Quarterlytics / Healthcare / Medical - Instruments & Supplies / Advanced Medical Solutions Group plc

Advanced Medical Solutions Group plc

ams.l · LSE Healthcare
Claim this profile
Ticker ams.l
Exchange LSE
Sector Healthcare
Industry Medical - Instruments & Supplies
Employees 1500
← All annual reports
FY2019 Annual Report · Advanced Medical Solutions Group plc
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
A

n

n

u

a

l

R

e

p

o

r

t

2

0

1

9

Annual Report 2019

 
 
About AMS

Advanced Medical Solutions is a world-leading 
independent developer and manufacturer 
of innovative and technologically advanced 
products for the global surgical and 
woundcare markets.

Our Strategic Pillars are the foundation for success:

Growth
Exploiting the 
Growth
opportunities of having 
Exploiting the 
a broad product range 
opportunities arising 
sold via multiple routes 
from having a broad 
to market and across 
product range sold 
multiple geographies
via multiple routes to 
market and across 
multiple geographies

Innovation
Strengthening 
Innovation
our portfolio by 
Strengthening 
developing or acquiring 
our portfolio by 
market leading high 
developing or acquiring 
quality products
market-leading high 
quality products

Operational  
Excellence
Operational  
Engaging a culture 
Excellence
of continuous 
Continuously 
improvement to 
improving our 
drive out cost and 
operations to 
defend margin
drive out cost and 
defend margin

We operate to the highest ethical standards, with our 
values of Care, Fair, Dare embedded in all we do.

Culture
Investing in hiring and 
Culture
developing talent while 
Investing in hiring and 
embedding our Culture 
developing talent while 
of Care, Fair, Dare
embedding our Culture 
of Care, Fair, Dare

Care
Caring about the work 
we undertake and the 
real life differences we 
can make 

Fair
Acting with integrity 
and ensuring we 
are fair in all aspects 
of business

Dare
Moving boundaries 
and challenging 
constructively to build 
on others’ ideas

In this report

Company Overview

24  Woundcare Business Unit

Financial Statements

1  Highlights
2  Group at a Glance
Strategic Report

4  Our Business Model
6  Section 172 Statement
8  Chairman’s Statement
9  Chief Executive’s Q&A
12  Our Strategic Pillars 
14  Major R&D Investments
16   Our Key Performance 

Indicators

18  Our Acquisitions: Biomatlante
20   Surgical Business Unit
20  Our Products 
22  Product Categories

24  Our Products
26  Product Categories

28   Financial Review
30   Stakeholder Engagement
44  Risk Management
Governance

48  Board of Directors
50   Senior Management
52   Corporate 

Governance Report
58   Audit Committee Report
62  Remuneration Report
78  Directors’ Report

84   Independent Auditor’s Report
91   Consolidated 

Income Statement

91   Consolidated Statement  

of Comprehensive Income

92   Consolidated Statement  
of Financial Position
93   Consolidated Statement  
of Changes in Equity
94   Consolidated Statement  

of Cash Flows
95   Notes Forming Part 
of the Consolidated 
Financial Statements

Advanced Medical Solutions Group plc Annual Report 2019

126   Company Statement 

of Financial Position
126   Company Statement of 
Changes in Equity
127   Notes to the Company 
Financial Statements

131  Five Year Summary
132  Advisers

 
 
 
 
 
Company Overview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Business Highlights

Financial Highlights

Despite significant challenges in 2019, growth 
was achieved across multiple categories, but was 
offset by the previously reported downturn in US 
LiquiBand®. Group revenue of £102.4 million was 
flat on 2018. Key drivers were:

•  US LiquiBand® sales reduced by 23% to £17.7 million 
(2018: £23.0 million) and by 25% at constant currency

•  EU/ROW LiquiBand® revenue increased by 24% at reported 
and constant currency to £10.8 million (2018: £8.7 million)

•  Fix8® sales increased by 27% at reported and constant 

currency to £2.6 million (2018: £2.1 million)

•  Biosurgical sales increased by 9% to £9.4 million 

(2018: £8.6 million) and by 10% at constant currency

•  Suture sales increased by 8% to £14.4 million 

(2018: £13.3 million) and by 9% at constant currency

•  Sales of antimicrobial dressings increased by 4% 

to £20.6 million (2018: £19.7 million) and by 3% at 
constant currency

Investment in acquisitions and increased research 
and development, regulatory and clinical activity 
is establishing a bedrock for future growth:

•  Acquisition of Sealantis in January 2019 for US$25 million 

(£19 million) strengthened our internal sealants R&D pipeline

•  Acquisition of Biomatlante in November 2019 for €8 million 

(£7 million) strengthened our biosurgical portfolio and 
enters AMS into the synthetic bone substitutes market with 
a differentiated product

•  Broadened and more diverse portfolio of innovative, internally 

developed products

Adjusted operating margin down 180 bps to 
26.4% (2018: 28.2%) and adjusted profit before 
tax down 7% to £26.6 million (2018: £28.8 million) 
due to investment in the product pipeline 
including Sealantis, adverse sales mix and 
currency contracts.

Group revenue
(£ million)

£102.4m

2018: £102.6m
Reported change: 0% 
(-1% at constant currency1)

Adjusted² operating
margin (%)

26.4%

2018: 28.2%
Reported change: -180bps

Profit before tax
(£ million)

£24.3m

2018: £28.3m
Reported change: -14%

Adjusted² profit before  
tax (£ million)

£26.6m

2018: £28.8m
Reported change: -7%

Diluted earnings
per share (p)

8.72p

2018: 10.41p
Reported change: -16%

Adjusted² diluted  
earnings per share (p)

9.83p

2018: 10.63p
Reported change: -8% 

Net operating  
cash flow

£21.7m

2018: £21.7m
Reported change: 0%

Net cash  
(£ million)

£64.8m

2018: £76.4m
Reported change: -15%

Proposed an increased final dividend of 
1.05p per share, making a total dividend  
for the year of 1.55p per share (2018: 1.32p), 
a 17% increase on 2018.

Impact of COVID-19
Since the balance sheet date, the Group has been impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic. The priority has been the safety, 
health and well-being of our employees, and supplying our customers as far as is feasibly possible.

Given the strong cash position outlined above, the Group confirms it is in robust financial condition to weather the global 
disruption caused by the pandemic. The Board believes in the long term prospects of the Group and is still proposing its 
final dividend for 2019.

The Group currently estimates that its annual revenues will be impacted by approximately 3% to 5% for each month 
the widespread restrictions remain in place. The Group continues to monitor the situation carefully and will update the 
market as appropriate.

In this period of uncertainty, the Group continues to carefully manage its operating costs, working capital and capital 
expenditure to ensure that it remains in the strongest possible financial and operational position to return to strong 
growth when the Group’s end markets recover to a more normal basis.

Further comment on COVID-19 can be found in the Chief Executive’s Q&A on page 11 and throughout the Annual Report.

1  Constant currency removes the effect of currency movements by re-translating the current period’s performance at the previous period’s exchange rates.
2 

 All items are shown before exceptional items which were £1.1 million (2018: £0.4 million) and amortisation of acquired intangible assets which were £1.7 million (2018: £0.1 million) 
and change in fair value of long-term debt £0.3 million (2018: Nil), as defined in the Financial Review. Adjusted operating margin is shown before exceptional items and amortisation 
of acquired intangible assets.

3  Net cash is defined as cash and cash equivalents plus short term investments less financial liabilities and bank loans.

Advanced Medical Solutions Group plc Annual Report 2019

1

Group at a Glance

Our Business

Group sales

£102.4m

Countries

>75

Employees

>700

Distribution partners

>100

Manufacturing 
and R&D locations

9 

6

4

5

1

2

3

8

9

The AMS Group has nine manufacturing facilities. 
The Group’s headquarters are located in the UK.

1. Winsford, UK: HQ: Advanced Woundcare 
manufacturing, R&D, Sales & Marketing

5. Domazlice, the Czech Republic: RESORBA® 
Sutures manufacturing & Sales

2. Plymouth, UK: Tissue adhesives 
manufacturing, R&D, Sales & Marketing

6. Neustadt, Germany: RESORBA® 
Sutures manufacturing

3. Etten Leur, the Netherlands: Bulk foam roll-
stock manufacturing, Sales & Marketing

7. Haifa, Israel: Sealantis® internal sealants 
manufacturing, R&D

4. Nuremberg, Germany: RESORBA® Collagen 
and Haemostats manufacturing, R&D, Sales & 
Marketing

8/9. Nantes, France: Biosurgical products 
manufacturing, R&D, Sales & Marketing

10. Moscow, Russia: Sales

2 

Advanced Medical Solutions Group plc Annual Report 2019

10

7

Business Units in 2019

Surgical
Surgical is reported in 
five product categories – 
Advanced Closure, Internal 
Fixation and Sealants, 
Traditional Closure, 
Biosurgical Devices and 
OEM Sealants.

Surgical 
Market1

Woundcare
Woundcare is reported in 
three product categories 
– Infection Management, 
Exudate Management 
and Other Woundcare.

Addressable Market

£10.8bn²

2018: £8.5bn

2 Sealantis and Biomatlante acquisitions 
increased our addressable market

Surgical sales

£56.5m*

2018: £57.1m
* down 1%, and 2% at 
constant currency

Advanced 
Woundcare 
Market1

Woundcare sales

£45.8m*

2018: £45.5m
* up 1%, and no change at
constant currency

Our Surgical 
technologies
• Tissue adhesives
• Collagen
• Sutures
• Oxidised cellulose
• Internal fixation
• Alginate sealants
• Bone substitutes

Our brands

• LiquiBand®
• RESORBA®
• LiquiBandFix8®
• Seal-G®
• Biomatlante

Surgical
Our Surgical Business Unit includes the 
sales, marketing, research, development 
and innovation of all our surgical products.

Our Woundcare  
technologies
• Alginates
• Fibres
• Foams
• Hydrocolloid
• Hydrogels
• Antimicrobial dressings

Our brands

• ActivHeal® *

* ActivHeal® was 
incorporated into 
Woundcare at the 
start of 2019 to allow a 
more market-focused 
approach, along with 
commercial and 
R&D synergies

Woundcare
Our Woundcare Business Unit includes 
sales, marketing, research, development and 
innovation of all our woundcare devices, 
regardless of whether they are sold under 
an AMS or partner brand.

1  Based on data supplied by The Global Healthcare Exchange and IMS Health.
2   Includes Biomatlante ($0.5bn) and Sealantis ($1.0bn), which were not part of Surgical in 2018.

Advanced Medical Solutions Group plc Annual Report 2019

3

Financial StatementsGovernanceCompany OverviewStrategic ReportOur Business Model

Creating quality outcomes 
across Surgical and Woundcare

Our Value Chain

New Product Development

Marketing and 
Regulatory Approval

Operations

Research 
and development
Design and testing

Bringing products 
to market
Regulatory approval 
in key markets

Manufacturing and 
security of supply
Quality assurance

What resources and 
relationships we rely on:

What resources and 
relationships we rely on:

What resources and 
relationships we rely on:

•  Separate R&D teams focusing 

•  Strong regulatory affairs 

•  Nine manufacturing sites

on different technologies

•  Woundcare: foams, fibres 

and antimicrobials

•  Surgical: tissue adhesives, 

haemostats, sutures, fixation, 
sealants and bone substitutes

•  Collaborations with universities, 
Key Opinion Leaders, surgeons 
and Tissue Viability Nurses

•  Extensive patent portfolio:  
over 30 patent families

•  Stage gate process

•  R&D Centre of Excellence 
from Sealantis acquisition

Our Key Stakeholders

•  Communities 

•  Employees

Read more on P30 – 43

department with world-wide 
regulatory experience

•  Extensive experience of 

managing successful audits 
(FDA, MDSAP) and managing 
recertification to comply with 
the Medical Device Regulation 

•  Regulatory registrations in over 

75 countries

•  Clinical support teams 

supporting both product 
development and post 
market surveillance

•  All manufacturing sites 

compliant with ISO 13485:2016

•  All UK, German and Czech sites 
are compliant with FDA 21 CFR 
part 820 Quality Management 
System (QMS)

•  Strong relationships with 

our supply chain

•  Investors

•  Regulators

•  Patients, Partners and Clinicians

•  Supply Chain

4 

Advanced Medical Solutions Group plc Annual Report 2019

Our Markets  
and Products

Our Routes 
to Market

Outcomes

Surgical

AMS or Partner Sales Team

Quality outcomes 
for patients

•  Surgical market is £8bn 

•  Products include LiquiBand® 
tissue adhesives, LiquiBand® 
Fix8® internal adhesive, 
RESORBA® sutures, 
haemostats, bone substitutes 
and internal sealants

2019 sales: 
£56.5m

•  All Surgical products are sold 
by our direct sales teams 
in Germany, the UK, Russia  
and the Czech Republic and 
through our global network of 
over 100 distributors in other 
parts of the world

Value for payers

Woundcare

AMS or Partner Sales Team

Solid financial 
position

•  Woundcare market is £2.8bn 

•  OEM sales of finished 

•  Products include alginates, 
hydrogels, hydrocolloids, 
antimicrobial dressings, film 
and foams

products and bulk materials to 
our medical device partners

•  Global advanced woundcare 

customer base

•  ActivHeal® range of advanced 

•  Bulk foam sold to converters 

woundcare products

and packers

2019 sales: 
£45.8m

•  ActivHeal® is predominantly 
sold through AMS in the UK 
and through distributors in 
other markets

Long-term growth and 
value for shareholders

Reporting in 2019
2019 is the first year we have reported our 
divisional performance by Surgical and 
Woundcare to reflect our core markets.

Advanced Medical Solutions Group plc Annual Report 2019

5

Financial StatementsGovernanceCompany OverviewStrategic ReportCreating Effective Engagement with our Key Stakeholders (s.172)

AMS aims to sustainably grow its medical 
device and woundcare businesses organically 
and via acquisition – focusing on customer 
satisfaction, productivity, innovation, business 
continuity and Health and Safety. We achieve 
this through the application of our values 
– Care, Fair, Dare – which ensures we 
value our employees and behave as good 
corporate citizens. To achieve this we maintain 
close relationships with our key stakeholders. 

Engagement with our stakeholders is critical to the business. 
It helps us to appreciate the impact our decisions have on 
stakeholder interests and better understand their needs and 
concerns. It strengthens our relationship with them and is an 
ongoing part of the operational management and governance 
of the Group.

We have identified our key stakeholders below. We engage with 
our stakeholders in a number of ways. Details are provided in 
the Stakeholder Engagement section which can be found on 
pages 30 to 43. 

Our 
Investors
Pages 30 – 31

Our 
Regulators
Page 42

Our 
Employees
Pages 32 – 35

Our key 
stakeholders

Our 
Communities
Page 41

Our Patients, Partners 
and Clinicians
Page 36

Our Supply 
Chain
Page 37

6 

Advanced Medical Solutions Group plc Annual Report 2019

Section 172 obligations 
The UK Corporate Governance Code 2018 (Code) emphasises 
the importance of s.172 of the Companies Act 2006, which 
requires Directors to act in a way that promotes the success 
of the Company for the benefit of shareholders as a whole. 
In doing so s.172 requires the Directors to have regard to a 
number of matters including:

•  The likely consequences of any decision in the long-term;

•  The interests of the Group’s employees;

•  The need to foster the Group’s business relationships with 

patients, suppliers, customers and others;

•  The impact of the Group’s operations on the community and 

the environment;

•  The desirability of the Group maintaining a reputation for high 

standards of business conduct; and

•  The need to act fairly as between members of the Company.

An overview of the Board’s 2019 engagement with stakeholders 
who are material to the long-term success of the business is 
explained in the Engagement with Stakeholders section on 
pages 30 to 43. 

In 2020 the Board will receive regular updates from the 
Executive Directors on how the business has engaged with 
stakeholders, the feedback received and the impact this has 
had on the Group’s existing policies, processes and procedures. 
This will include an enhanced Health, Safety and Environment 
Report to support the Board’s consideration of the impact 
of their decisions on our community and the environment. 
Board reports will include an assessment of the impact on 
our stakeholders.  

Ensuring high standards of business conduct is also critical for 
the success of the Group. The Directors receive regular updates 
throughout the year on ethical and compliance issues and our 
Corporate Governance Report on pages 52 to 57 identifies 
policies and guidelines governing our approach to anti-
corruption, anti-bribery, social matters and human rights.

Consideration of the long-term impact of decisions is integral 
to the approval of the strategy. Our strategic progress in 2019 is 
disclosed in the Chief Executive’s Q&A on pages 9 to 11 and in 
the review of our Strategic Pillars on pages 12 and 13.

Advanced Medical Solutions Group plc Annual Report 2019

7

Financial StatementsGovernanceCompany OverviewStrategic ReportChairman’s Statement

The Board remains optimistic 
about our future growth prospects

“The Board remains optimistic about 

AMS’s future growth prospects from both 
an organic and acquisitive standpoint.”

Peter Allen
Chairman

Overview 
Despite the challenges faced this year, we continue to progress 
as a world-leading, international provider of high quality, high 
value, innovative and technologically advanced products for the 
global surgical and advanced woundcare markets. 

Strategy
During 2019 our strategy, which is built on our strategic pillars 
of Growth, Innovation, Operational Excellence and Culture, 
has been further embedded to help us manage the challenges 
of changing market dynamics. We continue to provide high 
quality products with benefits to both patients and payers. 
Our acquisition of Sealantis added significant growth potential 
in the internal sealants market and underlined our strategic 
commitment to innovation. The acquisition of Biomatlante 
provides complementary technologies to strengthen our 
product portfolio, market access and R&D pipeline. 

We believe we can continue to deliver on our strategic 
pillars by driving the organic growth of our product range, 
maximising the synergies presented by acquisitions, seizing on 
opportunities in the market created by the introduction of the 
Medical Device Regulation (MDR), which has been delayed until 
2021, and continuing to consider further acquisitions that meet 
our strategic criteria.

We are managing the impact of COVID-19, with the priority 
on the safety, health and wellbeing of our employees and 
supplying our customers as far as feasibly possible. We aim 
to be in the best possible financial and operational position to 
return to strong growth when the Group’s end markets recover 
to a normal basis.

Corporate Governance
We remain committed to high standards of corporate 
governance, choosing to comply with the UK Corporate 
Governance Code. The Board believe that these high standards 
facilitate the delivery of our strategy and drive the generation of 
shareholder value, helping to safeguard their interests. Details of 
how we engage with our key stakeholders are outlined in the 
Engagement with Stakeholders section.

8 

Advanced Medical Solutions Group plc Annual Report 2019

We are embedding the section 172 principles at both Senior 
Management Team (SMT) and Board level, and have a robust 
framework of systems and controls throughout the Company.

Board Changes and Succession Planning
We have a well-established and mature Board which has 
successfully overseen the growth of the Group over recent 
years. Despite the benefits this brings, we are aware of the tenure 
requirements for our Non-Executive Directors and Chairman and 
the importance of succession planning. We have initiated plans to 
refresh the Board and this process will start with Peter Steinmann 
retiring from the Board at the AGM this year.

Dividend
The Board is proposing a final dividend of 1.05p per share, to 
be paid on 19 June 2020 to shareholders on the register at 
the close of business on 29 May 2020. This follows the interim 
dividend of 0.50p per share paid on 25 October 2019 and 
would, if approved, make a total dividend for the year of 1.55p 
per share (2018: 1.32p), an increase of 17%.

In light of the COVID-19 pandemic, we reviewed our decision 
to propose a final dividend in 2020 and decided to maintain 
it, given our financial health and the medium to long-term 
prospects of the Group.

Recognition and thanks
On behalf of the Board, I would like to thank all of our 
employees for their dedication and hard work during the 
past year. I would also like to thank our customers, suppliers, 
business partners and shareholders for their continued support 
in helping AMS achieve its goals.

AMS is well positioned to take advantage of market 
opportunities across our product portfolio and invest in both 
internal and external opportunities in line with the Group’s long-
term strategy and growth objectives.

Peter Allen
Chairman

7 May 2020

Chief Executive’s Q&A

Despite the setbacks I am pleased with 
the overall performance of the Group

“Our strong pipeline of R&D innovation further 

expands our addressable market and has never 
been stronger. We continue to be optimistic 
about our growth prospects in the growing 
global healthcare market.”

Chris Meredith
Chief Executive Officer

2019 was a challenging year and despite 
the difficulties we faced, I am pleased with 
the overall performance of the Group, 
other than for US LiquiBand® sales which 
were disappointing.

We look forward to regaining positive 
momentum in our US LiquiBand® business 
given the recent approval of LiquiBand® Rapid™ 
and anticipated approval of LiquiBand® XL.

during 2019?

Q   How has the Group performed 
A  Whilst 2019 proved a challenging year for the 

Group, with the previously reported downturn of US 
LiquiBand® and a third-party sterilisation failure at the end of 
2019, which was resolved in early 2020, I am pleased to report 
that good growth in other areas of the business enabled the 
Group to deliver revenues of £102.4 million, in line with 2018.

Adjusted profit before tax decreased by 7% to £26.6 million due 
to our operational investment in Sealantis, adverse sales mix 
and currency contracts. This contributed to a decrease of 8% 
in adjusted diluted earnings per share.

We have made progress on the two key product approvals 
needed to support the recovery of LiquiBand® in the US. 
LiquiBand® Rapid™ was recently approved by the FDA and the 
LiquiBand® XL clinical pilot study was concluded prior to the 
end of Q1 2020. 

As previously stated, Surgical Business Unit sales were restricted 
by US LiquiBand® performance, resulting in a 1% decrease 
in revenue to £56.5 million and by 2% at constant currency1.  
Our Woundcare business grew 1% to £45.8 million but was 
flat at constant currency1. We strengthened our woundcare 
portfolio in the year with US approvals for our antimicrobial 
PHMB foam and silver high-performance dressings, both of 
which were signed to partners and launched to the market 
in Q4 2019.

The acquisition of Biomatlante demonstrates our strategy 
of utilising our strong cash position to acquire businesses 
with complementary products, exciting technologies and 
new routes to market and the acquisitions of Sealantis and 
Biomatlante demonstrates our willingness to invest in key 
markets to deliver longer-term growth opportunities. 

1  Constant currency removes the effect of currency movements by re-translating the current period’s performance at the previous period’s exchange rates.

Advanced Medical Solutions Group plc Annual Report 2019

9

Financial StatementsGovernanceCompany OverviewStrategic ReportChief Executive’s Q&A  
continued

the year?

Q  How has the market changed during  
A  Favourable global healthcare and demographic trends 

are likely to continue to drive growth in our large global 
surgical and advanced woundcare markets in the longer-term, 
both of which provide AMS with significant opportunities. 

In recent years, the advanced woundcare market has reported 
lower market growth rates as well as increased price pressure 
and ongoing reviews of reimbursement levels in various 
European countries, all of which will create headwinds for our 
Woundcare Business Unit.

We have increased the size of our addressable surgical market 
with our two acquisitions in 2019. Commercialisation of 
Sealantis is expected in 2021 and this will open up the 
US$1 billion internal sealants market. Biomatlante provides 
innovative complementary products and immediate access to 
the US$0.5 billion synthetic bone substitutes market.

In addition, we are starting to see opportunities due 
to competitor product withdrawals in our surgical and 
woundcare markets as a result of the more stringent regulatory 
environment. We are confident of long-term growth as 
we continue to expand our product portfolio, enter new 
geographies and increase our share in each market.

will this impact the year ahead?

Q  How has the year been strategically and how 
A  Our strategy continues to be based on four pillars: 

Growth, Innovation, Operational Excellence and Culture.

Growth
Our growth strategy is to harness the opportunities from our 
multiple routes to market across multiple geographies with 
products that add value to patients and payers through delivery 
of equal or better clinical performance without compromising 
care or outcomes. We continue to increase our investment 
in major R&D and regulatory projects to enable future 
growth opportunities.

Innovation
For innovation, we continue to strengthen our portfolio by 
developing or acquiring high-quality products that allow 
us or our partners to make market share gains in high 
value segments.

Operational Excellence
Our operational strategy is centred around the needs of our 
customers and aims to reduce operating costs and operational 
risk whilst increasing capacity. This will allow us to continue to 
drive out cost and improve margins.

10  Advanced Medical Solutions Group plc Annual Report 2019

Culture
We operate to the highest ethical standards with our values of 
Care, Fair, Dare embedded in all we do.

•  Caring about the work we undertake and the real-life 

differences we can make;

•  Acting with integrity and ensuring we are fair in all aspects of 

business; and

•  Moving boundaries and challenging constructively to build on 

others’ ideas.

Q   What do AMS expect to be the benefits of the 

acquisitions made in 2019 and how do these fit  
with AMS’s strategy?

A  The acquisition of Sealantis has provided an important 

pipeline of significant products, intellectual property, 
a strong R&D team and access to markets in which we have 
not previously operated. The internal sealants market is 
large (US$1 billion) and growing and Sealantis has developed 
a range of products that reduce leakage of blood or fluid 
following gastrointestinal surgery. Integration has now been 
successfully completed, and the project team are currently 
engaging with regulators as we prepare clinical trials, with first 
commercial product launches planned for 2021. We expect to 
record a low level of sales to Key Opinion Leaders in 2020.

The acquisition of Biomatlante enhances our product offering 
and market access into orthopaedic, spinal, dental and sports 
surgery. It has a range of innovative, revenue-generating 
biomaterial products including, MBCP®, a biphasic calcium 
phosphate synthetic bone substitute which has a unique 
micro and macroporous structure that most closely resembles 
the architecture of natural human bone. The technology 
is supported by more than 650 published studies and 30 
years of clinical experience, which validate its superior 
performance in comparison to competitor products. The Group 
expects Biomatlante to be earnings enhancing in 2020. 
Integration is progressing well and the potential for further 
commercial synergies has been confirmed in post-completion 
commercial reviews.

Bringing in high-quality people and products to our Group is a 
crucial part of our strategy and we are working with the existing 
management in both acquired businesses to maximise their 
potential in the coming years.

The Group continues to actively seek acquisitions that deliver 
value for shareholders and which meet our criteria of being:

•  Products or technologies that enable us to leverage our 

woundcare customer base or surgical routes to market, or

•  Surgically focused companies with product synergies, strong 

R&D capability and ownership of their own products.

We have an internal team working to identify, appraise and 
progress acquisition opportunities and continue to explore 
options to accelerate growth through select targets.

Q   How have regulatory challenges in 2019 

affected AMS and how is the Group prepared 
for the future?

A  The transition phase of MDR runs until May 2024. 

MDR stipulates stricter requirements for product 

safety and performance, clinical evaluation and post-market 
clinical evidence. In the past eighteen months, the Group has 
successfully completed the recertification of the RESORBA® 
ranges, the LiquiBand® portfolio, and all of our significant 
woundcare products providing extended time to implement 
MDR. This demonstrates our capability to navigate the 
increasingly challenging regulatory framework as part of our 
robust Group-wide regulatory plan. During the MDR transition 
period, the Group expects to continue to incur an increasing 
level of costs associated with regulatory activity.

The Group is beginning to see opportunities arising from the 
impact of the MDR and, given our extensive preparations, we 
remain confident in our ability to exploit them. To support future 
geographic growth, our regulatory teams added more than 
one hundred new international registrations for our surgical 
and woundcare products in the year, across Latin America, the 
Middle East, the Far East and Australasia.

During the year, we successfully transitioned to MDSAP 
(Medical Device Single Audit Program) and, following audits at 
each of our sites, our certificates were received in the second 
half of 2019.

Q  How is AMS prepared for Brexit? 
A  The Group is well prepared for the anticipated end 

of the Brexit transition period on 31 December 

2020. UK product certificates have been reassigned to BSI 
Netherlands so that our products retain their EU approval, 
Advanced Medical Solutions BV has been appointed as our 
EU Authorised Representative and we will continue to hold 
increased inventory levels on all sites. Under WTO rules, there 
would be no duty on our finished goods and steps are in place 
to mitigate any additional duty costs on raw material.

your stakeholders?

Q  How have you engaged with  
A  We outline how we engage with our Stakeholders on 

pages 30 to 43. They were identified as; Our Investors, 
Our Employees, Our Communities, Our Patients, Partners and 
Clinicians, Our Supply Chain and Our Regulators. We continue 
to be grateful for the support and hard work of our committed 
staff, partners and other stakeholders.

the year ahead?

Q  What is your key message for 
A  The Group expected, prior to the COVID-19 pandemic, 

to deliver more than 10% revenue growth in 2020 

driven by new product launches, strong underlying demand 
for our surgical portfolio, cross-selling of existing products 
and/or entering new markets, and opportunities arising from 
the transition to MDR. US LiquiBand® was expected to return 
to growth in 2020 given the recent approval of LiquiBand® 
Rapid™ and the anticipated approval of LiquiBand® XL 
which is expected in H2. Notwithstanding that, we see the 
low reported market growth and increasing reimbursement 
challenges as potential headwinds for our Woundcare 
Business Unit, which will also be impacted by uneven ordering 
patterns associated with Brexit and COVID-19. Operationally, 
the business is in robust strength, our recent acquisitions are 
providing new market and product opportunities and the 
Board remains optimistic about AMS’s future growth prospects 
from both an organic and acquisitive standpoint.  

presented by COVID-19?

Q  How do you plan to respond to the risk 
A  In response to the ongoing outbreak of COVID-19 

the Group has set-up a designated team to closely 

monitor and risk assess its supply chain. The Group has 
also assessed the risks for its employees and has reiterated 
published guidance such as good personal hygiene practices 
and social distancing. AMS issued guidance to the market on 
COVID-19 in April 2020.

All AMS sites are currently in operation and meeting the Group’s 
commitments to maintain supply of its medical devices to 
healthcare partners and customers worldwide. However, the 
Group is now experiencing a slowdown in demand caused by 
the cancellation or postponement of elective surgeries and a 
reduction in accident and emergency treatment as a result of 
the global lockdowns. 

Clinical activities and new customer evaluations in both 
Business Units have also been temporarily impeded by the 
pandemic, and we envisage some potential supply disruption 
across the Group in the coming months. We are unable to 
predict the eventual financial impact for AMS, as it will depend 
on how long pandemic control procedures are in operation 
and how quickly thereafter the global markets in which the 
Group operates can recover. The Group currently estimates that 
its annual revenues will be impacted by approximately 3% to 5% 
for each month the widespread restrictions remain in place.

Our forward-looking financial guidance is constantly being 
reviewed in light of the situation and further guidance on the 
pandemic will be provided if required.

Advanced Medical Solutions Group plc Annual Report 2019 11

Financial StatementsGovernanceCompany OverviewStrategic ReportOur Strategic Pillars

Our core focus areas for ongoing success 
To sustainably grow our medical device and woundcare businesses organically and via 
acquisition, and increase customer satisfaction by focusing on productivity, innovation, 
businesses continuity and Health and Safety. We do this by living our Company culture through 
our Care, Fair, Dare values, valuing our employees and being good corporate citizens.

Growth
Our growth strategy is to exploit opportunities from 
multiple routes to market across multiple geographies 
with our diverse portfolio of innovative surgical and 
woundcare products, which add value to patients and 
payors and deliver equal or better clinical performance.

Innovation
We aim to continue to strengthen our portfolio by 
developing or acquiring high-quality products that allow 
us or our partners to make market share gains in high 
value segments. We invest in hiring and developing talent 
capable of delivering innovation for the business. 

How we are going to achieve it
•  Market share gains: Continue to increase the market share of 
our key products, particularly in large markets like the US, by 
demonstrating a strong combination of high-quality products 
delivering improved performance and value for money 
versus competitors.

How we are going to achieve it
•  Expert Key Opinion Leader Panels: Establish Key Opinion Leader 
panels to provide expert input into the innovation process and 
exchange information to ensure our innovation output meets 
clinical needs.

•  University linkage: Partner with universities to drive innovation and 

•  New products: Develop new products in line with our core strategic 

exchange ideas, knowledge and resources.

areas and deliver at least two new product launches each year.

•  New markets/entry: Achieve product approvals in new geographies 

and open up opportunities and market partners. Leverage our 
Regulatory expertise to take advantage of higher barriers to entry to 
new products and markets and maximise opportunities arising from 
competitor products not being renewed in specific markets.

•  Leverage acquisition synergies: Integrate and benefit from the 
recent Sealantis and Biomatlante acquisitions by exploiting R&D, 
commercial, regulatory and back-office synergies.

•  M&A: Identify targets and deliver acquisitions with breakthrough 
innovations. These should provide technologies to leverage the 
Woundcare customer base or surgical routes to market or surgically 
focused companies with strong product synergies.

What we have achieved in the year
•  Continued strong growth of LiquiBandFix8®, aided by the launch of 

Fix8® Open and regaining a Ventral Hernia Claim.

•  Initiated enrolment of our US Fix8® IDE and have multiple sites 

involved with increasing patient enrolment.

•  Strong LiquiBand® Exceed Mini sales since launch. Rapid adoption with 
minimal cannibalisation, particularly in the US Alternate Sites market.

•  Biosurgical growing strongly. Continued global registrations (LATAM/

Asia). Antimicrobial Collagen dressing further penetrating the 
EU market. 

•  Centres of Excellence: Establish Centres of Excellence for Innovation 

and ensure resources and ideas from across the Group are 
better utilised.

•  Investment in innovation (People and Processes): 

More centralised resources from across the Group to drive 
innovation. Streamline processes to maximise output from innovation 
resources. Ensure that best practice and standard processes are 
implemented across the Group. Increase spend on R&D aligned 
to increased output of innovation projects. Utilise knowledge and 
implement learnings from acquisitions.

What we have achieved in the year
•  Gained further experience and insight into better R&D practices and 
testing that will allow us to meet and achieve product launches in an 
increasingly difficult regulatory environment.

•  Achieved recertification for our RESORBA®, LiquiBand® and 

Woundcare ranges and passed numerous FDA and Notified Body 
audits across multiple manufacturing sites.

•  Submitted and awaiting CE approval for VancoColl antimicrobial 

collagen, offering higher potency antibiotic to the European market.

•  Further established our KOL network and initiated multiple clinical 

studies and case studies.

•  Successful acquisition of Sealantis and Biomatlante.

•  Held more than 20 masterclasses, symposiums and training 

•  Strong growth of Sutures within a mature market, driven by the 

German market and continued niche market expansion globally. 

workshops to educate and solicit feedback and encourage surgeon 
to surgeon discussions about our products and technologies.

•  Continued growth and expansion of our Surgical Business into 

Emerging Markets (Asia/LATAM).

•  Launched patented Silver High Performance Dressing and our 
premium PHMB foam range with silicone adhesive into the US.

•  Acquisitions of Sealantis (internal sealants) and Biomatlante (biological 

products) to expand R&D capabilities and product range.

How we are measuring success
•  % of revenue spend on R&D & Innovation

•  % of sales from new products launched in the previous five years

See pages 16 and 17 for our KPI performance

How we are measuring success
•  Revenue growth at constant currency (%)

•  Adjusted diluted earnings per share growth (%)

See pages 16 and 17 for our KPI performance

12  Advanced Medical Solutions Group plc Annual Report 2019

Key to strategic linkage in this report

Growth

Innovation

Operational  
Excellence

Culture

Operational Excellence
Through a strategy that begins with focusing on what 
our customers need and value, we will drive a culture 
of engagement and continuous improvement that will 
enable lower operational risk, lower operating costs, and 
increased revenues. This will allow us to continue to drive 
out cost and increase margin.

Culture
Our employees drive the success of AMS. We actively 
promote our Care, Fair, Dare culture and measure our 
employees’ engagement in our Culture. We encourage 
internal promotion of employees on a global basis and 
have invested in apprenticeship programmes to build 
future talent for our business.

How we are going to achieve it
•  Continuous improvement: Establish strong foundations and 

implement a culture of Continuous Improvement deploying an 
appropriate balance of Lean and Six Sigma techniques across all areas 
of AMS.

•  Investment: Invest in organisation and capabilities/systems that will 

support future growth and develop our people.

•  Customer satisfaction/OTIF: Improve customer satisfaction 

and productivity.

•  Plan for Success: Design and deliver an optimal manufacturing 
footprint strategy to support future growth and optimise our 
supply chain.

•  Compliance: Increase Quality and Regulatory capabilities to allow 

us to meet the ever-increasing requirements across the world which 
are being driven by stricter standards, including the Medical Device 
Regulation (MDR).

What we have achieved in the year
•  Established a PMO (Project Management Office) to improve our 

project management capability across AMS.

•  Invested in technology and capacity across both Surgical 

and Woundcare. 

•  Software selection and initial deployment of an eQMS (Electronic 

Quality Management System) and forecasting tools.

•  Invested in continuous improvement resources and value stream 

mapping tools.

How we are going to achieve it
We achieve a positive culture in our business by focusing on Care, Fair, 
Dare and implementing our five-point plan:

•  Talent Attraction: Our business requires highly skilled teams to bring 
innovative products to market ahead of our competition. We are 
committed to attracting the right talent with the correct remuneration 
and benefits, and to having a diverse workforce.

•  Talent Management: Developing and retaining talent allows us to 
build skills to maintain an innovations culture and retain knowledge 
within our business.

•  Values and Behaviours: Care, Fair, Dare provides a cultural framework 

to nurture how we interact and achieve success as a team.

•  Open Communication: Listening to all views, taking feedback and 
pro-actively providing information to allow us to remain agile and 
customer-centric.

•  Health and Safety: maintaining the highest levels of health and safety 
within our business ensures employees feel safe and secure within 
the working environment.

What we have achieved in the year
•  Enhanced our Talent Review process to standardise it across 

business areas and build talent plans that align with our five-year 
business plans.

•  Developed a Quality and R&D Career path to nurture talent in this 

vital area, building on the Regulatory career path we created in 2019.

•  Worked on implementing Care, Fair, Dare action plans in teams and 

•  Delivery of gross 2% cost reduction projects across the sites and 

held review workshops.

plans to deliver 4% in 2020.

•  Good progress in readiness of the changing regulatory environment 

which is being driven by MDR.

•  Successful transition to MDSAP accreditation across all sites. 

•  Developed operational capabilities in Israel to support the integration 

of our Sealantis acquisition.

•  Reduced our safety related injury rate by 25%. 

How we are measuring success
•  Customer Service (OTIF – On Time in Full) (%)

•  Rolled out standard recruitment training – including competency 

based questions ensuring we recruit to our Care, Fair, Dare values and 
training all managers in unconscious bias in recruitment. 

•  Re-launched our reward and recognition process to ensure a clear 

link to living our Care, Fair, Dare values.

•  Integrated our values with the values of Sealantis through 

collaborative workshops to ensure maximum buy-in and achieve 
better cultural alignment between the businesses.

•  Developed a strategic, Group-wide annual training plan, to ensure 

training investment is aligned to business priorities.

•  Year-over-year change of our standard cost base (%)

•  Developed a Group Environmental Plan with targets listed in our 

See pages 16 and 17 for our KPI performance

Group Environmental Policy.

How we are measuring success
•  Staff Retention/Turnover (%)

•  Employee Engagement Score (%)

See pages 16 and 17 for our KPI performance

Advanced Medical Solutions Group plc Annual Report 2019 13

Financial StatementsGovernanceCompany OverviewStrategic ReportMajor R&D Investments

Investment in R&D in 2019
We have made unprecedented levels of investment in pre-commercialised projects in 2019 as 
outlined below. We believe that this investment, which is directly related to acquisitions, research 
and development, regulatory and clinical activity, will establish a bedrock for future growth. 
We expect to start seeing payback from late 2020. During 2019 we:

•  Acquired Sealantis to strengthen our internal sealants R&D pipeline
•   Acquired Biomatlante to strengthen our biosurgical portfolio and enter us into the synthetic 

bone substitutes market with a differentiated product

•  Broadened and diversified our portfolio of innovative internally developed products

Investment in major projects

LiquiBandFix8® US PMA

 Investment £3m  
 Market opportunity £200m 

Sealantis

 Investment £8m 
 Market opportunity US$1bn

Medical Device 
Regulation (MDR)

 Investment £3.5m 
  Market retention £3bn; 
growth opportunities

Collagen pouch

 Investment c. £1m 
 Market opportunity >£500m

Silver High 
Performance Dressing

 Investment £1m 
 Market opportunity £100m

We received the US lnvestigational Device Exemption (IDE) for laparoscopic Fix8® which allowed us 
to start the clinical trial to support our premarket approval (PMA). The clinical trial is progressing well in 
terms of surgeon feedback on the product and its performance. Patient recruitment was initially slower 
than anticipated. We have increased the number of clinical sites and investigators at the sites, and prior 
to the COVID-19 pandemic, we expected to complete all procedures by the end of 2020 and to file 
for FDA approval in H2 2021. Patient recruitment is temporarily on hold whilst lockdown is in place. 
We continue to be excited about the long-term prospects for the LiquiBandFix8® portfolio and entry 
into the US will be a significant landmark for the Group. 

Sealantis has developed a range of products that reduce leakage of blood or fluid following 
gastrointestinal surgery. We are working on navigating the regulatory environment and product design 
enhancements to maximise commercial success. We expect:
•  Soft launch to Key Opinion Leaders in H2 2020
•  150 patient study across three major markets in H2 2020
•  Commercial product launch planned for 2021
•  Larger pivotal study to support FDA approval to start in H2 2021

MDR stipulates stricter requirements for product safety and performance, clinical evaluation, and 
post market clinical evidence. The Group has successfully completed recertification of the RESORBA® 
ranges, the LiquiBand® portfolio, and all of our significant woundcare products, providing extended 
time to implement MDR during the transition period until 2024. 

Opportunities are arising from the impact of MDR, which we are confident of exploiting. To support 
future geographic growth, we added more than 100 new international registrations for our surgical and 
woundcare products in the year, across Latin America, the Middle East, the Far East and Australasia.

Our antibiotic collagen pouch for cardiovascular devices, which is currently sold under prescription in 
Germany, is scheduled for an FDA review meeting in Q2 2020 to finalise the product indications and 
regulatory pathway for 510(k) approval in the US.

Silver High Performance Dressing, our next generation antimicrobial gelling fibre technology with 
excellent performance and patent-protected construction, received US approval in the second half of 
2019 and has been signed up by a number of our US partners with launch orders expected to ship in 
the first half of 2020. We intend to move forward with EU approval in 2020.

14  Advanced Medical Solutions Group plc Annual Report 2019

Market opportunity £200m 

Investment £3m

Market opportunity US$1bn 

Investment £8m 

Market opportunity £3bn 

Investment £3.5m

Market opportunity >£500m 

Investment c. £1m

Market opportunity £100m

Investment £1m 

LiquiBandFix8® US PMA

 Investment £3m  

 Market opportunity £200m 

We received the US lnvestigational Device Exemption (IDE) for laparoscopic Fix8® which allowed us 

to start the clinical trial to support our premarket approval (PMA). The clinical trial is progressing well in 

terms of surgeon feedback on the product and its performance. Patient recruitment was initially slower 

than anticipated. We have increased the number of clinical sites and investigators at the sites, and prior 

to the COVID-19 pandemic, we expected to complete all procedures by the end of 2020 and to file 

for FDA approval in H2 2021. Patient recruitment is temporarily on hold whilst lockdown is in place. 

We continue to be excited about the long-term prospects for the LiquiBandFix8® portfolio and entry 

into the US will be a significant landmark for the Group. 

Sealantis

Sealantis has developed a range of products that reduce leakage of blood or fluid following 

gastrointestinal surgery. We are working on navigating the regulatory environment and product design 

 Investment £8m 

 Market opportunity US$1bn

Medical Device 

Regulation (MDR)

 Investment £3.5m 

  Market retention £3bn; 

growth opportunities

Collagen pouch

 Investment c. £1m 

 Market opportunity >£500m

Silver High 

Performance Dressing

 Investment £1m 

 Market opportunity £100m

enhancements to maximise commercial success. We expect:

•  Soft launch to Key Opinion Leaders in H2 2020

•  150 patient study across three major markets in H2 2020

•  Commercial product launch planned for 2021

•  Larger pivotal study to support FDA approval to start in H2 2021

MDR stipulates stricter requirements for product safety and performance, clinical evaluation, and 

post market clinical evidence. The Group has successfully completed recertification of the RESORBA® 

ranges, the LiquiBand® portfolio, and all of our significant woundcare products, providing extended 

time to implement MDR during the transition period until 2024. 

Opportunities are arising from the impact of MDR, which we are confident of exploiting. To support 

future geographic growth, we added more than 100 new international registrations for our surgical and 

woundcare products in the year, across Latin America, the Middle East, the Far East and Australasia.

Our antibiotic collagen pouch for cardiovascular devices, which is currently sold under prescription in 

Germany, is scheduled for an FDA review meeting in Q2 2020 to finalise the product indications and 

regulatory pathway for 510(k) approval in the US.

Silver High Performance Dressing, our next generation antimicrobial gelling fibre technology with 

excellent performance and patent-protected construction, received US approval in the second half of 

2019 and has been signed up by a number of our US partners with launch orders expected to ship in 

the first half of 2020. We intend to move forward with EU approval in 2020.

Investment in major projects – Markets and key information
The below analysis focuses on five key areas from 2019:

Sealantis
Entry into the $1bn  
market for internal  
sealants.

LiquiBandFix8® PMA
Investment in 
preparation to enter 
significant markets; 
£100m US laparoscopic 
mesh fixation market 
and £100m US 
open surgery mesh 
fixation market.

Medical Device 
Regulation (MDR)
Increased costs for 
regulatory activities. 
Maintain access 
to all EU markets. 
Further opportunities 
expected in future. 

Collagen Pouch
New single 
competitor market for 
pacemaker surgery; 
initially the USA only.

Silver High  
Performance  
Dressing
Access to clear gelling 
wound dressings 
market; US approved 
2019, EU approval is 
being worked through 
by the Notified Body.

2018

2019

2020

2021

2022

2023

2024

2025

Market opportunity £200m 

Investment £3m

Market opportunity US$1bn 

Investment £8m 

Market opportunity £3bn 

Investment £3.5m

Market opportunity >£500m 

Investment c. £1m

Market opportunity £100m

Investment £1m 

Advanced Medical Solutions Group plc Annual Report 2019 15

Financial StatementsGovernanceCompany OverviewStrategic ReportOur Key Performance Indicators

Measuring success
The Group has a range of Key Performance Indicators (KPIs) which are used to monitor 
Group performance and measure progress against our strategy.

Financial KPIs

Revenue movement at constant currency1 % 

% of revenue spend on R&D & Innovation

-1%

-1%

19

18

17

16

15

12%

13%

11%

9%

6.3%

19

18

17

16

15

6.3%

5.8%

4.4%

4.4%

3.7%

Definition
Net revenue adjusted for constant currency1.

Definition
Spend on R&D & Innovation as a % of sales in the financial year.

Strategic linkage 

Strategic linkage 

Continued growth in revenue demonstrates the successful 
execution of the Group’s strategy. It is a contributing factor to our 
aim of providing long-term value for our shareholders.

As a developer of innovative and technologically advanced 
products investing resources in this area is critical to fulfilling the 
strategic goals of the business.

Progress made in the year
Revenue was flat in 2019 at £102.4 million (2018: £102.6 million) 
and decreased by 1% on a constant currency basis. Supported by 
new product approvals and the Biomatlante acquisition, the 
Group expects to deliver more than 10% revenue growth once 
our markets have recovered from the COVID-19 pandemic.

Progress made in the year
Spend increased by 9% (50bps) in 2019 to 6.3% of revenue 
(2018: 5.8% of revenue). As highlighted by our acquisition of 
Sealantis and strategic goals related to Innovation, we expect to 
continue to increase our spend in this area during 2020.

Adjusted2 diluted earnings per share (EPS) 
movement %

% of sales from new products launched in the 
previous five years

-8%

-8%

19

18

17

16

13%

12%

23%

15

10%

Definition
Movement in adjusted2 diluted EPS achieved in the year. 

Strategic linkage 

EPS is a measure of corporate profitability and the Group’s 
financial progress. It is also an important factor to our aim of 
providing value for our shareholders.

Progress made in the year
Adjusted diluted EPS was 9.83p in 2019 (2018: 10.63p), impacted 
by operational investment in Sealantis, adverse sales mix and 
currency contracts.

23.6%

19

18

17

16

15

23.6%

24.6%

23.7%

11.8%

11.2%

Definition
This is a measure of the % of sales the Group is generating from 
products launched in the five years prior to that year.

Strategic linkage 

As a Group focused on innovation with a number of patented 
products and technologies, this is an important measure of the 
success of our innovation programme, a stated strategic aim.

Progress made in the year
23.6% of 2019 sales were from new products (2018: 24.6%). 
We expect this to accelerate in 2020 due to our strong product 
pipeline, planned launches of LiquiBand® Rapid™ and LiquiBand® 
XL in 2020, and as our recent product launches become 
established in the market.

1  Constant currency removes the effect of currency movements by re-translating the current period’s performance at the previous period’s exchange rates.
2   All items are shown before exceptional items which were £1.1 million (2018: £0.4m) and amortisation of acquired intangible assets which were £1.7m million (2018: £0.1 million) and 
change in fair value of long-term debt £0.3 million (2018: Nil), as defined in the Financial Review. Adjusted operating margin is shown before exceptional items and amortisation of 
acquired intangible assets.

16  Advanced Medical Solutions Group plc Annual Report 2019

 
 
 
 
Key to strategic linkage in this report

Growth

Innovation

Operational  
Excellence

Culture

Year-over-year change of our average standard cost3 %

Staff retention/turnover %

2.8%

2.4%

12%

19

18

12%

10%

2.8%

(increase)

19

18

17

No data available

16

No data available

15

No data available

Definition
Measures the reduction in standard cost base3 against prior year.

Strategic linkage 

Continued improvements in cost reduction demonstrate the 
successful execution of our strategy and are important for the 
sustainability of the Group.

Progress made in the year
The standard cost base increased by 2.8% in 2019 (2018: 2.4%) 
as cost improvement activities were outweighed by inflationary 
factors. The target in 2020 is a 2% reduction, with a further 
reduction of 4% in 2021. Our Chief Operations Officer is focused 
on driving the achievement of this target.

Non-Financial KPIs

17

No data available

16

No data available

15

No data available

Definition
The % of staff who have left the Group during the year (gross 
number of leavers).

Strategic linkage 

Low levels of staff turnover are critical for the future success 
of the business. Low levels of turnover increase employee 
engagement and the embedding of the Care, Fair, Dare culture.

However, on element of turnover is considered beneficial, to 
support new ideas and best practices from outside the Group.

Progress made in the year
Staff turnover was 12% in 2019 (2018: 10%), which is lower than 
the national average of 15%. We consider this level of turnover to 
be beneficial to the business.

Customer service (OTIF) %

Employee Engagement Score %

80%

19

18

17

16

15

80%

83%

93%

90%

96%

48%

19

18

48%

41%

17

No data available

16

No data available

15

No data available

Definition
On-Time in Full (OTIF) is a measure of whether we delivered on 
our commitment to provide excellent service to our customers.

Strategic linkage 

OTIF is important both in terms of contractual commitment and 
customer retention.

Progress made in the year
OTIF decreased to 80% (2018: 83%), impacted by temporary 
stock shortages during recertification of the RESORBA® portfolio 
and sterilisation delays. Actions are being taken to increase 
manufacturing capacity and to improve forecasting and planning 
processes. We expect OTIF to return to above 90% in 2020. 

Definition
Of the employees who responded to the Employee Survey, 
the % of employees who had seen positive action from the 
implementation of Care, Fair, Dare culture. 

Strategic linkage 

This % indicates how successfully we have embedded our 
culture. An increasing score indicates more engaged employees, 
leading to higher productivity and higher retention.

Progress made in the year
The engagement score in 2019 increased to 48% (2018: 41%). 
Whilst we are satisfied with the employee engagement score for 2019, 
we aim to increase this in 2020. Participation in the Employee Survey 
increased to 49% of employees across the Group in 2019 (2018: 38%).

3  Reduction in average standard cost of production assuming no change in product mix.

Advanced Medical Solutions Group plc Annual Report 2019 17

Financial StatementsGovernanceCompany OverviewStrategic Report 
 
 
 
Our Acquisitions: Biomatlante

Biomatlante acquisition:
•  Strengthen AMS’s product portfolio

•  Added an innovative R&D pipeline

•  Increase market access in orthopaedic and dental 

•  Provides a range of revenue-generating surgical products 

and an R&D pipeline of complementary biosurgical 
technologies and offers significant growth potential 
in additional surgical markets estimated to be worth 
US$0.5 billion. The acquisition is expected to be marginally 
earnings enhancing in the first full year of ownership

•  Transaction completed in November 2019 for €8 million 
(approximately £7 million) in cash, with a potential further 
up to €0.3m due over the next two years

•  Significant growth potential in the synthetic bone 

substitute surgical markets 

•  Part of AMS’s growth strategy of acquisitions which have 

synergies with the AMS portfolio

•  The addition of a talented dedicated team to AMS and an 
excellent cultural fit supports the smooth integration of 
the business.

Biomatlante at a glance
Biomatlante was founded in 1995 in Nantes, France.

Biomatlante specialises in producing synthetic biomaterials 
for bone regeneration and is a world leader in bone graft 
technologies, selling products in over 50 countries. 

Biomatlante’s products are routinely used in orthopaedics 
and trauma surgery as well as in spine, ENT, stomatology, 
and dental surgery. 

Biomatlante is ready for the upcoming regulatory changes 
in Europe (MDR) and has a strong quality management 
system certified by multinational regulators including MDSAP 
certification, ISO 13485 and the US FDA. 

Biomatlante has developed strong ties with many research 
institutions and established close collaboration with the key 
being INSERM and the Nantes University.

A summary of the key aspects of the Biomatlante business is 
outlined below. 

Major players in Orthopaedics, Spine and Dental

Founded in 1995 
35 employees

Over 650 publications

More than 30 years 
of clinical background

8 patents (including 
2 exclusive license
agreements)

Pioneers in synthetic 
bone substitutes

Commercial presence in 
over 50 countries

Collaboration with national and 
international universities and research centres

18  Advanced Medical Solutions Group plc Annual Report 2019

“This acquisition is in line with our strategy to acquire technologies that are complementary 

to our surgical portfolio and allow us to leverage our global routes to market. 
The acquisition grants AMS access to multiple new markets, including the synthetic bone 
substitutes market which is estimated at US$0.5 billion. We are excited to welcome the 
Biomatlante team to AMS and look forward to working together with them to accelerate 
their commercial success internationally and to continue to develop the Biomatlante 
technology in a wide range of their potential applications and indications.”

Chris Meredith, CEO of AMS

Technology & Products
Biomatlante commercialised products, include:

•  MBCP® Synthetic bone substitutes: Syringes, Inserts and 

Synergies with AMS:
Biomatlante has multiple significant synergies with AMS, 
most notably in:

In’Oss™ (MBCP® Putty – a Moldable Bone Graft Substitute)

•  Sales & Marketing 

•  EZ Cure™ Collagen membranes

•  R&D

•  Osteotwin™ Biocompatible Interference Resorbable Screw

•  Regulatory

•  Marketing

•  Operational

MBCP® is a biphasic calcium phosphate synthetic bone graft substitute 
with a unique micro and, macro porous structure that most closely 
resembles the architecture of natural human bone. Soluble and 
resorbable: it gradually dissolves in the body, promoting new bone 
formation through the release of calcium and phosphate ions. In time, 
the porous structure becomes completely infiltrated with, and replaced 
by, healthy viable bone.

The acquisition significantly strengthens the Group’s product 
portfolio for the orthopaedic, spine and dental space, increases 
R&D capabilities in collagen and adds bone substitute capabilities 
to the Group, as well as operational capabilities and footprint 
in France.

Biomatlante has an established orthobiologics and bone regeneration portfolio.

Orthobiologics and Bone Regeneration Portfolio

MBCP® technology

Resorbable Osteosynthesis

Advanced Osteogenic Calcium Phosphate Bioceramics

Collagen Membranes

Orthopaedic / Spine

Dental

Breakdown of Sales

Geographical Distribution (%)

Medical Fields (%)

Brand Distribution (%)

Europe
APAC

NAM
MEA

LATAM

Dental
Spine

Ortho
Sport

Biomatlante
Semi-finished

Private Brand

Advanced Medical Solutions Group plc Annual Report 2019 19

Financial StatementsGovernanceCompany OverviewStrategic ReportOur Surgical Products: Patient Benefits

Minimising complications and 
improving patient safety and comfort

LiquiBandFix8® is the Group’s first application using medical 
cyanoacrylate technology inside the body. It is used to hold 
hernia meshes in place within the body instead of traditional 
tacks and staples. This provides accurate laparoscopic 
application of adhesive and reduces surgical complications, 
in particular, the potential pain associated with the use of 
tacks and staples, thereby improving the patient experience 
and reducing healthcare costs overall. The range was 
expanded in 2018 to include a LiquiBand FIX8® Device for 
atraumatic mesh fixation in Open inguinal hernia surgery 
(LiquiBandFix8® Open). 

In 2019 we gained a Ventral claim for LiquiBandFix8® Open, 
which was major progress on indications. We also launched 
a pain campaign, driving the benefits of the Fix8® products. 

Key advantages of LiquiBandFix8® and LiquiBandFix8® 
Open for patients, are outlined on these pages.

Top Right: LiquiBandFix8® laparoscopic  
Right: LiquiBandFix8® Open 

LiquiBandFix8® Open 
LiquiBandFix8® Open provides the same atraumatic benefits 
in open procedures as mesh using the Lichtenstein technique. 
The unique dual tip atraumatic device is engineered for strong mesh 
fixation and wound closure in open inguinal hernia surgery, and 
provides numerous benefits:

•  Patient Comfort – N-Butyl 2 cyanoacrylate adhesive is a good 

replacement for sutures in inguinal hernia repair leading to lesser 
post-operative complications and morbidities, a low exothermic 
reaction and a better quality of life. 

•  Cost-Effectiveness – Optimises cost due to less turnaround time 
which results in improved theatre output without compromising 
patient care. 

•  Strong Fixation – Offers high endurance against intra-abdominal 

pressure exerted by daily activities which may lead to mesh distortion.

•  Drive is for a trauma-less hernia mesh fixation and to lead change 

to clinical standard of care.

•  A study by Cochrane compared using glue against sutures/

Lichtenstein technique. The study found that fixing with cyanoacrylate 
saved 10.8 Minutes which equates to a 20% faster surgery and a 
significant reduction in perceived pain (a p value less than 0.05).

•  Device has a removable tip for wound closure and mesh fixation 
which is designed to project liquid anchors drop-by-drop and a 
guarded aperture to prevent tip blockage.

OPEN SURGERY FIXATION DEVICE
OPEN SURGERY FIXATION DEVICE
OPEN HERNIA MESH FIXATION DEVICE

20  Advanced Medical Solutions Group plc Annual Report 2019

LiquiBandFix8® (laparoscopic) – The global 
leader in trauma-less hernia mesh fixation
LiquiBandFix8® seeks to lead a change to clinical standard of care. 
The goal is to increase patient safety and comfort through the use 
of LiquiBandFix8®. The device is the first cyanoacrylate hernia mesh 
fixation device that replicated the look, feel and application technique 
of the industry standard invasive tacking devices and provides 
numerous benefits:

•  Reduced patient trauma – Provides surgeons with the ability to 
precisely deliver cyanoacrylate in single 0.125ml drops. This is 
significantly less traumatic than tacks in the abdominal wall

•  Improved patient recovery – Quicker and more comfortable recovery 

due to use of mesh in preference to screws or tacks

•  Improved delivery with increased patient safety – Surgeons are 

able to fix mesh more aggressively in intimate, higher risk areas where 
there would be a concern in using invasive tacks, for example near 
important vessels, tissues and cords, improving both the effectiveness 
and safety of the surgery

•  Reduced post-operative complications – Innovative liquid anchors 

result in strong hernia mesh fixation, reducing the risk of some 
common post-operative complications such as: Neuralgia, Paresthesia 
and Mechanical Tissue Trauma

Laparoscopic hernia mesh fixation device

Together we can 
minimise pain.

Device delivers precision, which drives patient safety

Non-Sticking, Atraumatic Tip

Quantity Indicator

Controlled Delivery Trigger

Ergonomic Design

Advanced design of

Strong and Secure Mesh Fixation

offers accurate 
fixation and 
patient safety.

Precise and Controlled Application

Fixation at Multiple Angles

Case evidence 
of patient benefits
Two separate retrospective studies carried out 
by Mr Paul Wilson (Consultant General Surgeon 
– Royal Lancaster Infirmary) have demonstrated 
the safety and efficacy of the Fix8® laparoscopic 
device for inguinal and ventral hernia repair and 
provided evidence of lower levels of complications 
such as post-operative pain, recurrence and other 
adverse events. The 2016 inguinal hernia repair 
study included 200 patients with a 12 month 
follow up and the 2020 study,  
the first ever study for cyanoacrylate fixation of 
ventral hernia meshes, included 137 patients with  
a 24 month follow up period.

Advanced Medical Solutions Group plc Annual Report 2019 21

Financial StatementsGovernanceCompany OverviewStrategic ReportOur Business Units

Surgical
Overview
The Surgical Business Unit includes sales, marketing, 
research, development and innovation of our surgical 
products. It is engaged principally in delivering differentiated 
devices to surgeons to close and seal wounds and to 
reduce the incidence of various surgical complications. 

“With an exciting R&D pipeline, new 

products being added to the LiquiBand® 
range, regulatory approvals underway, 
and opportunities from the Sealantis 
and Biomatlante acquisitions, we are 
optimistic about our ability to continue 
to deliver meaningful benefits to patients 
across the world.”

Jeff Willis, Business Unit Director

Sales by product area

Surgical Business Unit

2019 
£’000

2018  
£’000

Reported 
Growth

Growth at 
constant 
currency

Advanced Closure 

28,539 

31,684 

-10%

Traditional Closure 

14,407 

13,342 

Biosurgical Devices 

9,423 

8,640 

Internal Adhesive & Fixation 

2,629 

2,066

OEM Sealants

Total 

1,545

1,381

56,544

57,113 

8%

9%

27%

12%

-1%

-11%

27%

9%

10%

12%

-2%

Surgical revenue

£56.5m

Revenue decreased by 1% 
at reported currency and 
by 2% at constant currency.
(2018: £57.1 million).

Advanced Closure

Traditional Closure

Advanced Closure consists of the LiquiBand® topical skin 
adhesives, incorporating medical cyanoacrylate adhesives in 
combination with purpose-built applicators used to close and 
protect a broad variety of surgical and traumatic wounds. 

Growth
Revenue decreased by 10% to £28.5 million (2018: £31.7 million) 
and by 11% at constant currency despite strong growth in all 
territories except the US which was impacted by a combination 
of factors as previously reported:

•   Destocking due to lost business with two large Group 

Purchasing Organisations. 

•  Slowdown in new evaluations due to not having a combined 

glue and tape device for large wound closure.

•  Third-party sterilisation issue which was resolved in 

early 2020.

Innovation
LiquiBand® Rapid™ will be launched in Q2 2020. LiquiBand® XL, 
which finished its pilot study at the end of Q1 2020, will allow us 
to compete in the combined glue and tape device for closing 
larger wounds market. The successful product from the pilot 
study will enter a full study in May, which would keep us on 
track to file for a 510(k) by the end of Q2 2020.

Future
As the only supplier of both octyl and butyl chemistries and 
with continued formulation and claim expansions, AMS is well 
positioned to continue to innovate and gain global market share 
in Advanced Closure. Regaining market share in the US is a 
focus for 2020.

22  Advanced Medical Solutions Group plc Annual Report 2019

Traditional Closure consists of RESORBA® branded absorbable 
and non-absorbable sutures.

Growth
RESORBA® sutures delivered a record year of growth. 
Revenue increased by 8% to £14.4 million (2018: £13.3 million) 
and by 9% at constant currency. Growth was delivered in 
various European territories and the US. 

Innovation
The sutures category is well established and AMS has a full 
range of products. Despite this, AMS continues to enhance the 
range and in 2019 launched a new absorbable thread material 
(PDO RESORBA®). 

Expansion was planned into the orthopaedic suture space, 
which will be implemented in 2020 with the launch of  
OT-Cord, a coated high molecular weight suture.

Future
AMS will continue to explore targeted opportunities in this area 
and derive benefit by bundling with other products. 

We will continue our full range focus in Germany, including 
commitment contracts with major German buying groups, and 
‘full house’ suture account conversions. We hope to leverage 
speciality suture wins (and bundle with commitment contracts) 
and expand in locally distributed geographies (China, USA) and 
focal speciality areas (Dental). 

Acquisitions

Base 
Business

 LiquiBand®  
(US & ROW)

Internal 
Sealants

Surgical 
Business Unit

LiquiBand  
Fix8® (US  
& ROW)

Synthetic  
Bone 
Substitutes

Collagen 
Pouch

Vancocoll 
GENTA-
COLL®

Above: Surgical growth drivers

Strategy
Deploy our core skills in adhesives/sealants, applicator design, 
and biosurgicals to help surgeons achieve the best outcome 
for their patients. We will do this by investing in innovation 
and working with Key Opinion Leaders to deliver both new 
and improved products. We aim to:

•  Continue to grow LiquiBand® by targeting larger accounts 
and Health Providers (US), engaging new distributors (EU) 
and developing the Asia Pacific and Latin American markets

•  Launching product upgrades and new products into the 
market (LiquiBand Rapid® and LiquiBand XL in 2020)
•  Expanding sales of LiquiBandFix8® into key territories 

including Asia Pacific and LATAM and continue to seek 
value added Hernia specialist partners in all regions 
•  Increase adoption of both Fix8®Lapro and Fix8®Open 

across Europe and key territories

•  Expand use of biosurgical products across the EU and 

other territories using clinical evidence and industry groups

•  Progress key regulatory approvals for antibiotic collagens
•  Upgrade and develop suture range to drive sales in new 
and existing territories, leveraging the experience of 
speciality suture wins

Biosurgical Devices

Internal Adhesion and Fixation

Biosurgicals is principally composed of collagen-based materials 
including RESORBA® Gentacoll® Gentamycin Collagen 
products used in orthopaedic and cardiac applications, and 
Collagen fleeces and cones used in Dental applications. 

Growth
Revenue increased by 9% to £9.4 million (2018: £8.6 million) 
and by 10% at constant currency, predominately driven 
by growth in Europe and Latin America, a number of new 
customers, notably in the Far East, and by Biomatlante revenue 
(£0.4 million) following its acquisition at the end of November.

Innovation
Our biosurgical portfolio has been significantly expanded by 
the acquisition of Biomatlante which has added synthetic 
bone substitutes, cross-linked collagen membranes and 
bioabsorbable screws to our existing biosurgical ranges. 

Antibiotic loaded collagens providing local drug delivery is a key 
product development focus for AMS and we are working on 
development and regulatory activities for alternative antibiotics 
for orthopaedic and cardiac applications. We have submitted 
our CE mark application for collagen with vancomycin and 
approval is expected in H2 2020. Our antibiotic collagen 
pouch for cardiovascular devices, which is currently sold 
under prescription in Germany, is scheduled for an FDA review 
meeting in Q2 2020 to finalise the product indications and 
regulatory pathway for 510(k) approval.

Future
There are significant opportunities to expand dental and 
surgical use of RESORBA® biosurgical products across the EU. 
Biomatlante, and the launch of RESORBA® Bone initiatives, will 
enhance our footprint into the global orthobiologics market.

This category comprises LiquiBandFix8® devices, which are 
indicated for internal fixation of hernia meshes. 

Growth
Revenue increased by 27% to £2.6 million (2018: £2.1 million) 
predominately driven by demand for the laparoscopic device. 

Innovation
The open hernia mesh fixation device has received very positive 
surgeon feedback reinforcing our decision to access the global 
hernia market. In 2019, we added an indication for a ventral 
claim. We are building clinical evidence and a base of high-
profile Key Opinion Leaders to create a platform for success in 
2020. We are also exploring further configurations of the Fix8® 
technology platform.

Future
Internal surgery is a significant opportunity and, with the 
acquisition of Sealantis, we have multiple adhesive/sealant 
technologies to develop in combination with our applicator 
design expertise. AMS will also seek to optimise our channel 
strategy and continue to seek hernia speciality sales 
partnerships to maximise commercial gains.

OEM Sealants

Surgical sealants sold under partner brands. Revenue increased 
by 12% in 2019 to £1.5 million (2018: £1.4 million) partly due to 
partner ordering patterns.

Advanced Medical Solutions Group plc Annual Report 2019 23

Financial StatementsGovernanceCompany OverviewStrategic ReportOur Woundcare Products: Patient Benefits

Providing confidence for patients 
with security and protection

The Woundcare Business Unit has a strong, 
continuous new product pipeline targeting 
two new launches per annum, which 
was achieved in 2019. Progress has been 
focused on the infection management area, 
a cornerstone of our innovation pipeline. 

There are multiple growth opportunities via 
range extensions and market expansions for 
the woundcare market.

2019 saw the launch of our Lite foam products range in 
the EU and further approvals in Brazil of our advanced 
woundcare portfolio. We anticipate further product range 
extensions in the next two years, including the development 
of next generation gelling fibres.

In 2019 we gained FDA approvals for two new products into 
the US which strengthened our infection control portfolio, 
and are designed to meet the needs of patients with wounds 
requiring dressings with additional performance benefits. 
These were a High Performance Dressing with Silver, which 
includes a patent protected quilting pattern, and an extension 
to our premium PHMB foam range with silicone adhesive, 
which continues to demonstrate enhanced performance. 
Both launches were positioned with major US partners. 
Key advantages of the new products for patients are outlined 
on these pages.

ActivHeal®

ActivHeal® range and benefits
•  The Group is seeing strong progress from its initiative to 

exploit ActivHeal® opportunities in select overseas markets. 
We continue to navigate the approval process in multiple 
new markets including the Middle East and Latin America. 
This initiative has generated significant distribution partner 
interest and validates the decision to realign our Business Units 
at the start of 2019.

•  Range offers the best outcome for the patient 

ActivHeal® was developed to offer the NHS a more affordable 
clinically effective woundcare dressing range. It offers clinicians 
a simple, clear and cost-effective woundcare range whilst 
ensuring the best clinical outcome for the patient. 

•  Support of expanded range and award-nominated 

clinician support 
We provide access to our ActivHeal® Academy, a multi-tiered 
woundcare education programme to support clinicians of 
all levels with easily accessible, online educational resources. 
This support for clinicians provides patients with the best 
possible outcome when ActivHeal® products are used. We are 
enhancing the portfolio of products for clinicians to utilise and 
are continually expanding the ActivHeal® range and in 2019 
added Silicone Lite Foam. 

24  Advanced Medical Solutions Group plc Annual Report 2019

Above: ActivHeal® product range

PHMB Silicone Border 
– Next generation dressing containing  
the antimicrobial agent PHMB which kills  
and inhibits the growth of bacteria for  
chronic and post-surgical wounds.

Key benefits of dressing
•  Patient reassurance – When tested in vitro against MRSA, MRSE, 

and E. coli it achieved 99.9% eradication of these pathogens within 
24 hours. This is faster than some silver foam dressings. It gives 
patients peace of mind that their wound is receiving the most 
appropriate dressing solution.

Above: Silicone PHMB Border dressing

High Performance Dressing with Silver – 
Next-generation antimicrobial gelling fibre 
technology with excellent performance  
and patent-protected construction.

•  Maximum action of dressing – As PHMB in the dressing works 
so quickly, it means even patients with heavily exuding wounds 
which require frequent dressing changes are getting the maximum 
benefit of the dressing’s mode of action.

•  Reduction in pain – Proven efficacy for up to 7 days. It manages 
both wound exudate and microbial contamination, reducing 
wound pain during healing and improving the patient’s quality 
of life.

•  Minimises discomfort during replacement of dressing – 

Dressing changes are stressful for patients with infected wounds. 
We developed PHMB silicone border to have gentle but secure 
adhesion, reducing this pain and making dressing changes easier. 

•  Designed to minimise discomfort during use – Dressing easily 
repositioned or lifted for wound observation. Excellent fluid 
handling capability means fewer dressing changes, benefiting both 
patients and healthcare professionals.

Key benefits of technology
•  Eradication of pathogens – Good performance against 
bacteria and yeast, enabling effective treatment of a 
patient’s wound. Silver content helps to effectively suppress 
colonisation and proliferation of bacteria and yeast within the 
dressing for up to 7 days.

•  Fewer dressing changes and reduction of wound 

maceration – Unique quilting pattern provides better fluid 
handling capacity than other dressings. As a result, patients 
with heavily exuding wounds require fewer dressing changes, 
enhancing their quality of life. Its ability to lock in exudate and 
prevent the spread of wound fluid is key to reducing lateral 
wicking and minimising the risk of peri-wound maceration.

•  Easier dressing changes – Best in class tensile strength 

increases confidence in removing dressing intact, a benefit 
for clinician and patient. The quilting pattern enabling this is 
protected by a design patent.

•  Maintains a moist environment ideal for wound healing – 

Dressing forms a soft gel on contact with exudate, conforming 
to the wound and helping to maintain a moist wound 
environment, ideal for the promotion of moist wound healing. 

•  Absorbency – Demonstrates excellent absorbency of 

wound exudate.

Above: High Performance Dressing technology

Advanced Medical Solutions Group plc Annual Report 2019 25

Financial StatementsGovernanceCompany OverviewStrategic ReportOur Business Units

Woundcare
Overview
The Woundcare Business Unit is responsible for driving 
sales through our business to business partners, 
“direct sales”, and third-party converters by supplying 
a comprehensive multi-product portfolio of advanced 
woundcare products. We partner with world-leading 
woundcare companies, developing innovative products 
with differentiated claims and providing regulatory 
and clinical support for our partners to distribute 
under their own brands. We also distribute the AMS 
branded ActivHeal® range, which is sold predominately 
to the NHS but increasingly through partners into 
other markets.

“We are excited by 

the progress made in 
2019 linked to product 
approvals in the 
infection management 
area, which are the 
cornerstones of our 
innovation pipeline.”

Becky Walmsley,  
Business Unit Director

Infection Management

Exudate Management

The Infection Management category comprises advanced 
woundcare dressings that incorporate antimicrobials such as 
Silver and Polyhexamethylene Biguanide (PHMB).

Growth
Revenue increased by 4% to £20.6 million (2018: £19.7 million) 
and by 3% at constant currency with growth driven mainly by 
additional sales of PHMB dressings, including a number of new 
customers and the first shipment of our atraumatic PHMB foam 
dressing into the US following its approval in July 2019.

Innovation
Silver High Performance Dressing, our next generation 
antimicrobial gelling fibre technology with excellent 
performance and patent protection construction, received US 
approval in H2 2019 and has been signed up by a number of US 
partners with launch orders expected to ship in H1 2020.

Our Moisture Wicking Fabric with silver, indicated for use 
in the management of skin folds and skin-on-skin friction, 
was approved for the US and EU in the second half of 2019 
and provides access to a new market, worth more than 
US$25 million, with initial orders expected in the first half 
of 2020.

We have improved the design of our silver post-operative 
dressing which launched with a US partner in 2018 and we 
expect increased ordering from multiple partners in 2020.

Future
Looking forward, the Group is working on developing 
next generation high-gelling products with differentiated 
antibiofilm claims.

The Exudate Management category comprises advanced 
woundcare dressings which do not incorporate any 
antimicrobial elements and includes the majority of our 
ActivHeal® range.

Growth
Revenue was impacted by one of our main partners significantly 
altering its inventory levels due to the risk of Brexit related supply 
disruption. This partner ordered significantly more than usual in 
Q4 2018 and H1 2019 followed by much lower demand in H2 
2019. Revenue consequently declined by 6% to £19.3 million 
(2018: £20.4 million) and by 6% at constant currency.

Innovation
During the year we expanded our Lite Foam portfolio with a 
range of shapes and sizes for the acute post-surgery market, 
extended the claims on our silicone foam range to include 
pressure ulcer prevention (US) and gained a number of new 
customers in the EU and LATAM.

Future
There is strong progress from exploiting ActivHeal® 
opportunities in select overseas markets. We continue to 
navigate the approval process in multiple new markets including 
the Middle East and Latin America. This initiative has generated 
significant distribution partner interest and validates the decision 
to realign our Business Units at the start of 2019.

We are confident that the above actions, coupled with 
our ability to meet the demands of MDR, will continue to 
counteract the ongoing challenging market conditions in the 
advanced woundcare market.

26  Advanced Medical Solutions Group plc Annual Report 2019

Sales by product area

Acquisitions

OEM Business Unit

2019 
£’000

2018 
£’000

Reported 
Growth

Growth at 
constant 
currency

Base  
Business

ActivHeal®

Infection Management

20,555

19,744

Exudate Management

19,271

20,422

Other Woundcare

5,998

5,319

Total

45,824

45,485

4%

-6%

13%

1%

3%

-6%

9%

0%

Woundcare revenue

£45.8m

Revenue increased by 1% at reported 
currency and was in line with prior year 
at constant currency (2018: £45.5m)

Woundcare 
Business Unit

Moisture 
Wicking 
Fabric

Silver Post  
Operative  
Dressing

Atraumatic 
PHMB 
Foam

Silver High  
Performance  
Dressing

Above: Woundcare growth drivers

Other Woundcare

Royalties, fee income, gels and sealants used in woundcare.

Growth
Revenue increased by 13% to £6.0 million (2018: £5.3 million) 
and by 9% at constant currency predominately due to increased 
Organogenesis royalties of £2.9 million (2018, impacted by 
lower reimbursement: £1.8 million).

Innovation
Our skin protection range of products has been expanded via 
a new five-year global supply agreement with a key partner. 
This next generation launch addresses the market need 
of products for patients affected by prolonged exposure 
to moisture. 

Future
We will continue to evaluate the different ways our skin 
protection products can enhance the patient’s quality of life 
and help with the wound healing process.

Strategy
To be the partner of choice for innovative, differentiated 
products enabling our customers to be successful 
through full design, development, manufacturing and 
distribution services supported by in-house regulatory, 
clinical and marketing professionals. To achieve this AMS 
will continue to:

•  Expand the product portfolio via a multi-year innovative 
product development pipeline into growth segments, 
utilising close links to universities to enhance innovation 

•  Invest in our people to provide guidance to ensure 

compliance with the changing regulatory and clinical 
landscape, supporting expansion into new markets 

•  Gain product approvals by leveraging in-house expertise

•  Expand into emerging markets with our partners

•  Invest to enhance our reputation for high quality, 
customer service, regulatory and clinical support

•  Gain access to end users and develop a network of Key 

Opinion Leaders (KOL)

•  Ensure our intellectual property is safeguarded to 

protect our product portfolio

Advanced Medical Solutions Group plc Annual Report 2019 27

Financial StatementsGovernanceCompany OverviewStrategic ReportFinancial Review

The Group maintains its solid 
balance sheet and continues  
to invest in future growth

Eddie Johnson
Chief Financial Officer

Summary
In 2019 the Group delivered reported revenue in-line with the 
prior year and a 1% decrease at constant currency. Profit before 
tax decreased by 14% due to investment in Sealantis, adverse 
sales mix, currency contracts and increased amortisation due to 
the acquisition of Sealantis at the start of the year.

To provide the clearest possible insight into our performance, 
the Group uses alternative performance measures. 
These measures are not defined in International Financial 
Reporting Standards (IFRS) and, therefore, are considered to 
be non-GAAP (Generally Accepted Accounting Principles) 
measures. Accordingly, the relevant IFRS measures are 
also presented where appropriate. We use such measures 
consistently at the half year and full year and reconcile them 
as appropriate. The measures used in this statement include 
constant currency revenue growth, profit from operations, 
adjusted operating margin, adjusted profit before tax and 
adjusted net cash inflow from operating activities, allowing 
for the impacts of exchange rate volatility, exceptional items, 
amortisation and the change in fair value of long-term debt to 
be separately identified. Net cash is an additional non-GAAP 
measure used.

Administration costs were impacted by foreign 
exchange movements and increased by 3.7% to 
£34.6 million (2018: £33.3 million) excluding exceptional 
items. Foreign exchange movements, predominately 
driven by exchange rates on currency contracts increased 
administration costs by approximately £3 million with 
underlying administration costs lower than in 2018 as the 
Group controlled its discretionary administrative expenditure. 
The Group, however, continued to increase its investment in 
research and development including Sealantis and incurred 
£6.5 million of gross R&D, regulatory and clinical spend in the 
year (2018: £6.0 million), representing 6.3% of sales (2018: 5.8%).

Exceptional items of £1.1 million in the year (2018: £0.4 million) 
relate to the Sealantis and Biomatlante acquisitions as well as 
other business development activities.

Adjusted operating margin decreased by 180 bps to 26.4% 
(2018: 28.2%) and operating margin decreased by 410 bps to 
23.7% (2018: 27.8%) due to lower US LiquiBand® sales, adverse 
currency contracts and the investment in Sealantis. 

Adjusted profit before tax decreased by 7% to £26.6 million 
(2018: £28.8 million) and profit before tax decreased by 14% to 
£24.3 million (2018: £28.3 million).

The Group adopted IFRS 16 (Leases) in 2019 and the 
comparative period has been restated, which reduced profit 
before tax by £0.1 million in the year (2018: £0.2 million). 
There is no overall impact on the Group’s cash and cash 
equivalents as a result of IFRS 16.

Reconciliation of profit before tax to adjusted 
profit before tax

Profit before tax

Amortisation of acquired intangibles

Change in fair value of long-term debt

Exceptional items

Adjusted profit before tax

2019 
£’000 

2018 
£’000

24,257

28,271

1,689

(345)

1,053

81

–

402

26,648

28,754

The Group’s effective tax rate in the Income Statement, 
reflecting the blended tax rates in the countries where we 
operate and including UK patent box relief, increased to 
22.0% (2018: 20.5%) mainly due to some of the exceptional 
items in the period not being deductible for tax purposes and 
to Sealantis operating losses not being offset against profits 
elsewhere in the Group.

28  Advanced Medical Solutions Group plc Annual Report 2019

Cash Flow
Adjusted net cash inflow from operating activities increased by 
3% to £22.8 million (2018: £22.1 million). Net cash inflow from 
operating activities, impacted by exceptional items, were in line 
with the previous year at £21.7 million (2018: £21.7 million).

Net cash inflow from 
operating activities

Add back Exceptional items

Adjusted Net cash inflow from 
operating activities

Year ended 
31 December 
2019 
£’000 

Year ended 
31 December 
2018 
£’000

21,699

1,053

21,674

402

22,752

22,076

Working capital increased during the year, mainly due to increased 
inventory levels and lower payables. Inventory increased to 
5.1 months of supply (2018: 4.7 months) with high inventories 
to mitigate Brexit and recertification further impacted by goods 
awaiting sterilisation following the delay at a third-party facility. 
Payables decreased in value due to controlled discretionary 
expenditure, however, creditor days increased to 34 days 
(2018: 31 days). Debtor days increased marginally to 49 days 
(2018: 47 days). 

Capital investment in equipment, R&D and regulatory costs 
increased to £5.9 million (2018: £4.7 million).

Cash outflow relating to taxation increased to £5.9 million 
(2018: £3.8 million) due to the timing of tax payments, in 
particular in Germany and the US.

The Group paid its final dividend for the year ended 
31 December 2018 of £1.9 million in June 2019 (2018: for the 
year ending 2017, £1.6 million), and its interim dividend for the 
six months ended 30 June 2019 of £1.1 million in October 2019 
(for the 6 months ended 30 June 2018: £0.9 million). 

The Group has an undrawn £80 million credit facility provided 
jointly by Royal Bank of Scotland Group plc (The Royal Bank of 
Scotland) and HSBC UK Bank plc (HSBC) which is in place until 
December 2023. This facility carries an annual interest rate of 
LIBOR or EURIBOR plus a margin that varies between 0.60% 
and 1.70% depending on the Group’s net debt to EBITDA ratio. 
The facility is subject to leverage and interest cover covenants 
and is unsecured.

Adjusted diluted earnings per share decreased by 8% to 9.83p 
(2018: 10.63p) and diluted earnings per share decreased by 16% 
to 8.72p (2018: 10.41p).

The Board is proposing a final dividend of 1.05p per share to 
be paid on 19 June 2020 to shareholders on the register at 
the close of business on 29 May 2020. This follows the interim 
dividend of 0.50p per share paid on 25 October 2019 and 
would, if approved, make a total dividend for the year of 1.55p 
per share (2018: 1.32p), a 17% increase on 2018.

Operating result by business segment

Year ended 31 December 2019

Revenue 

Profit from operations

Amortisation of acquired intangibles

Adjusted profit from operations4

Adjusted operating margin4

Year ended 31 December 2018

Revenue 

Profit from operations

Amortisation of acquired intangibles

Adjusted profit from operations4

Adjusted operating margin4

Surgical  
£’000 

Woundcare 
£’000

56,544

45,824

14,411

11,370

1,675

8

16,086

11,378

28.4%

24.8%

57,113

45,485

18,164

11,272

76

18,240

31.9%

5

11,277

24.8%

Note 4: Adjusted for exceptional items, amortisation of acquired intangible assets and 
change in fair value of long-term debt.
The table is reconciled to statutory information in Note 4 of the financial information. 

Surgical
The adjusted operating margin of the Surgical Business Unit 
decreased by 350 basis points to 28.4% (2018: 31.9%), impacted 
by the reduction in US LiquiBand® sales which are at a higher 
gross margin than the Group average, Sealantis costs and 
adverse currency movements. 

Woundcare 
The adjusted operating margin of the Woundcare Business Unit 
remained consistent at 24.8% (2018: 24.8%), as an increased 
royalty from Organogenesis in the period was offset by adverse 
currency movements. 

Currency
More than one-third of Group revenues are invoiced in US 
Dollars and approximately one quarter are invoiced in Euros. 
The Group hedges significant currency transaction exposure 
by using forward contracts and aims to hedge approximately 
80% of its estimated transactional exposure for the next 12 to 
18 months. The Group estimates that a 10% movement in the 
£:US$ or £:€ exchange rate will impact Sterling revenues by 
approximately 3.4% and 2.7% respectively and in the absence 
of any hedging this would have an impact on profit of 2.7% 
and 1.0%.

Advanced Medical Solutions Group plc Annual Report 2019 29

Financial StatementsGovernanceCompany OverviewStrategic ReportStakeholder Engagement

Effective engagement with our key 
stakeholders and managing our impacts

Engaging with Investors

Our 
Investors

Our 
Regulators

Our 
Employees

Our key 
stakeholders

Our 
Communities

Our Patients,  
Partners and  
Clinicians

Our Supply 
Chain

Outcomes 
•  Information has been provided in results 
announcements and trading updates on:

 – Progress against market expectations and short to 

medium-term targets;

 – General market conditions, including progress made 
in key markets such as US topical skin adhesives, 
internal adhesives and EMEA/APAC;

 – Details of product pipeline, including new product 
launches in the EU, US and smaller international 
markets, and progress on the premarket approval 
(PMA) for LiquiBandFix8®;

 –  Progress on the acquisitions made and the strategy 

for future acquisitions

 – Ongoing impact of the Medical Device Regulation 

(MDR), and challenges and opportunities 
this provides; 

 – Impact of the realigned Business Units in 2019; and

 – Preparations to mitigate impact of Brexit and 

COVID-19.

Investor and analyst meetings and consultation
The Executive Directors and external strategic communications 
advisors manage the Group’s external relationships with 
investors, prospective investors, and analysts. They schedule a 
comprehensive programme of investor and analyst meetings 
and calls, in particular following the release of annual and half-
year results and trading updates.

Engagement in 2019
•  The Executive Directors attended 118 investor or analyst 

meetings (107 one-to-one meetings and 11 group meetings), 
engaging with around 70% of our current shareholders (by 
shareholding value) and 7 analysts. Key themes discussed 
included results, strategy, market dynamics, R&D pipeline, 
acquisition strategy, dividends and other matters relevant 
to individual parties. Investor roadshows were organised in 
London and Liverpool and also a number of site visits were 
arranged for investors;

•  The Remuneration Committee Chairman consulted with 
major shareholders on the proposed increases in the 
remuneration package for the Chief Executive Officer and 
newly appointed Chief Financial Officer;

•  The Chairman, the Senior Independent Director and other 
Non-Executive Directors were available to attend meetings 
with major shareholders at the request of either party to gain 
an understanding of any issues and concerns; and

•  Our investor website was updated and reviewed regularly to 

ensure that our information was up to date.

30  Advanced Medical Solutions Group plc Annual Report 2019

Effect of engagement with investors and analysts on Board decisions
•  The Board has reviewed matters such as: the best use of distributable reserves, 

for example for dividend payments; the timing and content of results announcements, 
trading updates, composition of the Board and succession planning, as well as other matters 
raised by shareholders at the AGM. 

•  The Board decided to continue to increase investment in major R&D and regulatory projects  

and to look for further acquisitions that meet our strict criteria as the best use of our 
cash balances.

•  The Board decided to put in place a medium-term succession plan for the Non-Executive 

members of the Board.

Board awareness of investor views
Engagement in 2019
•  The Chief Financial Officer reported regularly to the Board on 
the Company’s investor relations activities, including updates 
from the Company’s brokers to ensure that all Directors are 
aware of, and have a clear understanding of, the views of 
major shareholders and analysts covering AMS.

•  The Company’s brokers provided an analysis of investor 

and analyst feedback during the year under review and the 
Executive Directors regularly circulated updates to the Board.

Outcomes
•  Additional information was provided to investors in results 
announcements and trading updates as outlined above

•  Gives the Board a clear understanding of investor 

sentiment and how this changes over time

Views of retail shareholders
Engagement in 2019
•  The Deputy Company Secretary, together with the 

Company’s Registrars, engaged with our retail shareholders 
throughout the year to deal with enquiries relating to their 
shareholdings or information requests.

•  A number of retail shareholders attended the AGM and had 

the opportunity to meet with and put questions or comments 
to the Board.

•  The Deputy Company Secretary notifies the Chairman and 

Chief Financial Officer of any areas of concern or importance 
raised by retail shareholders. No such queries were raised 
during the year.

•  This provides a good perspective on the different drivers for 
investment in the Group and the reasons as to why retail 
shareholders may hold shares in the Company, such as brand 
recognition, capital growth and dividends. 

Views of voting agencies
Engagement in 2019
•  The Board is fully aware of the influence that proxy agencies, 

such as the Institutional Shareholder Service (ISS), Glass 
Lewis and the Investment Association, have on how our 
investors will vote at the AGM or via proxy. We wrote to 
investors and voting agencies to update them in respect 

of the remuneration packages and practices for Executive 
Directors, where applicable. We have worked closely with 
the proxy agencies and significant shareholders on key issues 
such as Director independence, tenure and number of Board 
appointments in 2020.

Outcomes
•  More insight into what our shareholders expect

•  Any feedback from proxy agencies helps to form our 
Remuneration Policy to ensure that our practices are 
satisfactory and provides input into succession planning 
for the Board and Nomination Committee

Annual General Meeting
Engagement in 2019
•  At the 2019 AGM, the Chief Executive updated shareholders 

on the Group’s performance and activities during the 
prior year.

•  The Chairman and each Board Committee Chair were 

available throughout the AGM to answer any queries raised.

•  The 2020 AGM will be a closed meeting in response to 

Government guidance on COVID-19.

•  The Notice of AGM will be circulated to all shareholders at 

least 20 business days prior to the meeting.

Outcomes
•  At the 2019 AGM, a number of retail shareholders asked 
the Board to consider the AGM location. We decided 
to hold the 2020 AGM in Cheshire. We will consider 
shareholders’ views for the 2021 AGM

Trading updates
Engagement in 2019
We continue to keep our shareholders fully informed of 
the performance of the business on a regular basis, through 
the publication of two trading updates, in January and June 
as well as the full and half-year announcements in March and 
September, and further announcements as and when required, 
including a COVID-19 update on 2 April 2020.

Advanced Medical Solutions Group plc Annual Report 2019 31

Financial StatementsGovernanceCompany OverviewStrategic ReportStakeholder Engagement
continued

Engaging with our Employees

Health and safety, well being, and environment
Engagement in 2019
•  We are focused on maintaining the highest levels of health 
and safety within our business. The health and safety of 
our employees, as well as that of our customers, suppliers, 
sub-contractors and all other visitors to our sites and offices, 
is of the utmost importance to us. We reduced our AIR (All 
Incident Rate) target by 33% from 6.0 to 4.0 in 2019 which 
reconfirms our desire to continuously improve our safety 
performance and enhance our safety culture.

AIR total number of injuries x 1000
Total labour hours worked

Outcomes 
•  Reviewed and updated the training and information 

provided to our employees and those visiting our sites 
to ensure that they remain fit for purpose and reflect 
the feedback received from our employees;

•  Developed the 2020-2024 Environmental,  

Health & Safety strategy;

•  Site H&S plans driven by site leadership teams 

introduced; and

•  Prepared and consulted on an environmental and 

energy management system for introduction in 2020

AIR

(per 100,000)

19

18

17

16

15

2.9

2.3

4.1

4.3

5.4

Employee Forum/Works Council
Engagement in 2019
•  Employee Forums have been established at sites across the 

Group, taking into account local requirements:

 – The Group has Employee Forums at both UK sites and a 

•  AMS continued to deliver solid safety performance with an 
AIR score of 2.9 (2018: 4.1). The number of incidents fell, 
driven by the stricter targets and improvements implemented 
following the higher score in 2018.

•  The Deputy Company Secretary updates the Senior 

Management Team (SMT) with a report highlighting any 
key H&S matters on a monthly basis and these reports are 
reviewed at the respective Board meetings during the year. 

•  A Group Health, Safety & Environmental Manager was 

appointed in 2019, highlighting the importance of this area 
to the Group.

•  During 2019 the following engagement took place with 

employees on health and safety:

 – Group Health, Safety & Environmental Manager visited 
the Group sites to understand any health, safety or 
environmental issues impacting employees;

 – Process to audit and assess all locations was undertaken;

 – Engaged with site employees on how they see health and 

safety, what they would like to see; and

 – Key health and safety messages were reiterated at the 

Employee Forum meetings, and opinions sought on ways 
to improve health and safety at our sites and reduce our 
impact on the environment.

combined UK Employee Consultative Group (ECG), which 
discusses key initiatives relevant to UK employees. UK site 
and ECG meetings are held twice annually. SMT members 
attend the site meetings and the ECG is chaired by a 
SMT member and attended by the Group HR Director. 
In Germany, there is a Works Council which meets monthly 
at our Nuremberg site and the Group HR Director and CFO 
attended a number of meetings in 2019, covering a variety 
of issues relating to employee working conditions. Both the 
ECG and Works Council comprise representatives from 
across the related sites.

•  Our French site (Biomatlante) has a Works Council, which will 
be integrated in 2020. Our smaller sites (Etten Leur, Israel and 
Neustadt) have HR on-site and hold monthly site employee 
meetings, allowing direct access to Group HR to raise issues.

•  The objectives of the forums are to:

 – Achieve closer engagement between the SMT 

and employees

 – Provide further opportunity for employees, via forum 
members, to influence working conditions and ways 
of working

 – Provide an initial indication of possible employee reaction 

to proposed policy and benefit changes

 – Share results of engagement activities and generate 

ideas for action; and

 – Allow direct access to Group HR to raise issues 

32  Advanced Medical Solutions Group plc Annual Report 2019

•  Since it was set up, the National ECG Forum has met 

three times. During these meetings, they have discussed 
and considered various matters, including mental health 
awareness, stress, reward and recognition, employee benefits 
and charitable donations, flexible working arrangements, and 
Code of Conduct. A bespoke Code of Conduct applicable to 
the Group will be implemented in 2020.

Outcomes
•  The National ECG forum has provided valuable input 
since it was put in place in 2018, including raising 
awareness of mental health across the Group, providing 
training to Mental Health First Aiders, introducing 
a Stress Policy, and increasing the awareness of 
recycling projects.

•  Forum members have helped to increase the profile 
and awareness of charity work across the Group. 
Charity matching is available, helping to increase the 
focus on St Luke’s Cheshire Hospice and Jeremiahs 
Journey, the selected charities in the UK in 2019, as 
well as a number of charities in Germany including 
animal protection, help for people with disabilities and 
children’s charities.

Internal Communications
Engagement in 2019
We continue to ensure that our employees are kept informed 
of developments and important issues. These are cascaded 
throughout the business through a variety of channels including 
the Group’s intranet, emails and newsletters.

The SMT meet monthly and communication is cascaded down 
through team meetings. This allows employees the opportunity 
to provide feedback or raise questions directly.

Employees also have the opportunity to ask the SMT questions 
directly through a portal on the Group’s Intranet, which can be 
done anonymously if desired.

There is a Group Whistleblowing Policy which provides direct 
access to the Board. This is a mechanism for employees to 
communicate any concerns they may have.

Outcomes
•  Employees raised a number of issues with Senior 
Management, such as looking at ways to utilise 
renewable energy at higher energy use sites and how 
to better tackle plastic waste and recycling in general. 
Site visits allowed employees to present issues in an 
open forum to the Executive Directors. These were part 
of the gap analysis carried out at the end of 2019 and 
will be integrated into the updated Environmental Plan 
in 2020.

Diversity and inclusion in recruitment and training
Engagement in 2019
•  HR assessed the need for diversity in the recruitment process.

•  Actions were initiated at our RESORBA® site to ensure 
compliance with local legislation relating to disabled 
employees, which resulted in a long-standing fine not 
being levied. 

•  In April 2019, the Company again invited all employees in the 
Group to participate in the Deferred Share Bonus Plan (DSB). 
The invitation enabled eligible employees to contribute up to 
£1,800 or 100% of their bonus, whichever is higher.

Main Board

Total Employees

6

747

Male
Female

5
1

Male
Female

46%
54%

Senior Management Team

9

Male
Female

6
3

As at 31 December 2019

Outcomes
•  The Group introduced a policy of having women in all 

recruitment selection pools.

•  There are women on all interview panels across 

the Group.

•  At 31 December 2019, approximately 31% of employees 
participate in one or more active DSB grants and 188 
employees participated in the April 2019 DSB Scheme. 
All Group employees were eligible.

•  The inclusion of employees in share schemes aligns 

their interests with that of the Executive Directors and 
other shareholders and increases their engagement 
with the performance of the Group through investment 
in the Company’s shares.

Advanced Medical Solutions Group plc Annual Report 2019 33

Financial StatementsGovernanceCompany OverviewStrategic ReportStakeholder Engagement
continued

The Advanced Medical Solutions’ ‘Care, Fair, Dare’ Approach

A culture of:

A focus on:

A behavioural 
style which is:

A leadership style which:

A set of values which:

•  Listening,  

•  Quality

•    Open-minded

•  Builds  

Care

support and 
taking action

•  Valuing  

contribution

•   The ‘Bigger 
Picture’

•    Respectful

engagement

•  Motivates and 
retains staff

•  Accountability 

•  Supporting 

•  Transparent

•  Proactively 

and responsibility

and coaching

•  Inclusive

Fair

•  Leading by  
example

•  The team not 
the individual

communicates

•  Empowers 
decision 
making

•  Optimism 

with realism

•   Solutions 

not problems

Dare

•  Determination 
and persistence

•   Continuous 
improvement

•  Responsive

•   Challenges the 

•  Creative

status quo

•   Removes 
barriers 
to innovation

•  Encourages  

pride and sense 
of belonging

•  Ensures that the 
health, safety 
and well-being 
of all employees 
is paramount

•  Delivers results

•  Will build a 

sustainable future

Culture
Engagement in 2019
•  Our Group operates to the highest ethical standards with our 
values of Care, Fair, Dare embedded in all we do. Our culture 
defines the behaviours we expect from every one of our 
employees when going about their business. We have well 
established processes through which we seek feedback 
from our employees about their perception of our culture 
and how employees have demonstrated the values during 
their interaction with them. We also receive feedback from 
our cultural workshops, employee engagement surveys, 
exit interviews, Employee Forums and visits by the Executive 
Directors and Senior Management to our sites and offices. 

•  Employees had the opportunity to attend Care, Fair, 
Dare workshops to agree action plans for their team 
and feedback on the process.

Outcomes
•  To ensure that the tone of our culture is driven from 

the top, the Board’s involvement in the review process 
is critical. The Board is scheduled to undertake a more 
detailed review of our culture in 2020 to assess how it 
is perceived (both positive and negative), and will agree 
with management as to what, if any, actions need to be 
taken. The review will also outline how we propose to 
measure and report on our culture in the Annual Report 
going forward.

34  Advanced Medical Solutions Group plc Annual Report 2019

Engagement survey
Engagement in 2019
•  We annually undertake an employee engagement survey 
which focuses on the implementation of Care, Fair, Dare. 

•  For the year under review, the survey results showed the 
overall level of engagement increased from 41% in 2018  
to 48% in 2019. 

•  We are satisfied with the employee engagement score  

in 2019, although we aim to increase this in 2020.

•  Employees have seen a positive improvement and 49% of 
employees took part. Participation has increased from 38% 
in 2018.

•  These results have been shared with the teams and each 
team have implemented a Care, Fair, Dare action plan 
to further embed the culture. It is hoped this will help to 
maintain or enhance employee engagement levels.

•  We are investigating the use of a variety of software tools 
to further enhance and improve employee engagement 
in 2020.

Outcomes
•  New strategies to promote health, safety and 

environment have been put in place as detailed above.

•  We have implemented a number of initiatives to 

improve internal communications. These include 
cascading our Corporate Objectives to help employees 
better understand the big picture, a request raised in the 
Care, Fair, Dare workshops and introducing an ‘Ask the 
SMT’ intranet portal where any employee can ask the 
SMT any question, anonymously if desired.

•  Provided resource to introduce a Project Management 
Office to prioritise our most important projects and 
optimise resource allocation.

•  Reviewed Authority Matrix to empower employees, a 

request from employee workshops.

•  Articles in our newsletter outlined further changes 

made from survey results.

•  Introduced competency-based interviews using Care, 

Fair, Dare values.

•  Trained managers on 360-degree feedback.

•  Revamped R&D processes to better link it to our Care, 

Fair, Dare values.

Policie s

S

t

a

n

d

ards

Train

i

n

PMO

g

e s o urces

R

Effect of engagement with 
employees on Board decisions
To increase its engagement with the workforce and comply 
with Code Provision 5 the Board nominated Penny Freer, 
the Senior Independent Director, as the designated Non-
Executive Director for workforce engagement. Penny will 
attend her first UK ECG meeting as soon as the practicalities 
of COVID-19 allow and report back to the Board thereafter. 
She will attend at least one meeting annually going forward 
and is also available to members of the UK ECG, Works 
Councils and any other employee body from across the 
Group throughout the year.

The Board also listened to recommendations regarding 
how to improve new product development and better 
manage competing demands on resources. This led to 
the development of the improved Product Development 
Process and implementation of a Project Management 
Office (PMO). This will help with launching products into 
the market quicker and overcoming regulatory hurdles.

Talent reviews were initiated across the Group, which 
included five-year training and development plans, and were 
presented to the Board in Q1 2020. Senior Management 
presented directly to the Board on their areas of responsibility 
in 2019, to increase engagement, and this will continue 
in 2020.

Advanced Medical Solutions Group plc Annual Report 2019 35

Financial StatementsGovernanceCompany OverviewStrategic ReportStakeholder Engagement
continued

Engaging with Patients, Partners and Clinicians

Patient, Partner and Clinician Satisfaction
Engagement in 2019
•  We focus on delivering innovative and technologically 
advanced products and industry-leading training, whilst 
resolving partner or clinician problems quickly and efficiently.

•  We ensure that our partners have the opportunity to speak to 
key employees at any time and any concerns are reviewed 
and acted upon quickly and effectively.

•  We invested significant resources in our ActivHeal® Academy 
to deliver free educational programmes to our clinicians, 
providing them with online training that can also meet their 
CPD needs.

•  We provided education and training for our partners 

and clinicians, both through face-to-face training and 
masterclasses, as well as developing platforms such as social 
media, dedicated websites, online tools and marketing 
software, allowing increased accessibility to our resources.

•  Patient outcomes and clinician experience provide key inputs 

to our innovation process. 

•  We provide value-based incentives, rebates and pricing 

schemes that create win/win relationships with our partners.

Outcomes
•  Increased loyalty and positive feedback in the market 
for ActivHeal®, with 96% of clinicians viewing the 
provision of educational materials as important to them 
and 100% indicating that they benefited greatly from it.

•  ActivHeal® nominated for a Marketing Excellence Award.

•  Investment in technology to improve our 

communication with partners and clinicians.

•  Growing global network and Surgical Business Unit, 
supported by investment in technology to improve 
communication with partners and clinicians.

Partner and Clinician Insight
Engagement in 2019
•  Partner and clinician insight is crucial to decision making 

and continuous improvement of our products and 
business. 2019 engagement initiatives included:

 – Increased our understanding of the key reasons that our 

products are chosen; 

 – Engaged an extensive survey through an industry-leading 
journal to gain insight as to how our ActivHeal® brand is 
perceived by clinicians;

 – Worked with the NHS on a Clinical Evaluation Team 

Report in order to enhance our ActivHeal® brand and raise 
awareness of the benefits we can provide by making ‘best 
in class’ packaging;

36  Advanced Medical Solutions Group plc Annual Report 2019

 – Engaged clinicians more directly, including support and 

participation in industry clinician groups;

 – Conducted ‘Voice of Customer’ and focus groups to review 
products and ideas to provide feedback on a regular basis;

 – Leveraged our ‘best in class’ LiquiBand® evaluation support 
tools to train and support evaluation and implementation of 
our products;

 – Provided masterclasses and training, and allowed Key 

Opinion Leaders the opportunity to learn our products; 
and,

 – Sessions with key partners and clinicians, which allow us to 

receive feedback directly from them.

•  In 2020 we will establish clinician/advisory panels focusing 

on woundcare and microbiology to identify technologies and 
patient and clinical need.

Outcomes
•  Aligned our pipeline of new products and value-added 

rebates, services and customer support programs 
with partners.

•  Results from feedback received has led to a review 
and further enhancements and marketing of our 
ActivHeal range.

Patient and Customer Feedback
Engagement in 2019
•  Held Quarterly Business Reviews (QBRs) with all major 

partners to solicit market and product feedback.

•  Customer feedback is used in a number of ways:

 – Focus groups to gain insight on our launches to market;

 – Issues raised by partners and clinicians at Clinician Groups 

is shared with our Procurement and Commercial teams for 
planning future design and specification;

 – Complaints are analysed to agree actions to resolve 

root causes.

Outcomes
•  Refined internal policies, processes and procedures  
to take into account partner and clinician feedback.

•  Enhance product design to improve user experience.

Industry Bodies
Engagement in 2019
•  We continue to work closely with industry bodies and 

charities working in our markets, such as the European Hernia 
Society, International Bariatric Club, The Lindsay Leg Club and 
Tissue Viability Society. This enables us to keep informed on 
any trends or changes that will affect partners or clinicians, 
and also gives us a voice to contribute to the sector.

Engaging with our Supply Chain

Ongoing supplier relations
Engagement in 2019
•  The Chief Executive Officer, Chief Operations Officer and 

Group Purchasing and Supplier Quality Manager meet with 
suppliers and sub-contractors to ensure that: (i) we are 
receiving the level of service expected; (ii) we have contracted 
on favourable commercial terms, locally and nationally; 
and (iii) any issues or challenges they are facing can be 
considered and suitable solutions found.

•  During the year, our Group Purchasing and Supplier Quality 
Manager attended a networking event to meet suppliers 
and material innovators.

•  Our Sourcing and Procurement Department held 

business briefings for new and existing subcontractors 
to ensure that they are aware of our plans and can 
provide performance feedback.

•  Numerous calls and face-to-face meetings were held with 
a key supplier who experienced a technical failure at their 
sterilisation plant. 

Outcomes
•  Ongoing discussions with suppliers have led to 

mutually beneficial arrangements improving costs and 
the consistency of supply of materials, and reducing 
lead times.

•  Informed the business of innovative and alternative 
technologies available for possible future adoption.

•  Keeps our sub-contractors and supply chain up to date 
in respect of any changes to our working practices 
as appropriate.

•  Key sterilisation supplier committed to significant 
investment at a key UK site to improve the service 
provided to AMS as one of their key customers.

Research and Development
Engagement in 2019
•  We invite all of our supply chain to bring product and service 

innovations and improvements to our attention. 

Outcomes
•  Development of a new product through to launch 

by working with an existing supplier and utilising their 
knowledge and network.

•  Aim to launch two new products per year. A pipeline is 

in place to achieve this goal in the coming years.

Payment terms
Engagement in 2019
•  We are fully aware of the importance to both the Group 
and our sub-contractors and suppliers of complying with 
all payment terms.

•  We have complied with the requirements to disclose 

our payment terms as required by Section 3 of the Small 
Business, Enterprise and Employment Act 2015.

Outcomes
•  Our payment practices compare favourably 

with industry norms.

Advanced Medical Solutions Group plc Annual Report 2019 37

Financial StatementsGovernanceCompany OverviewStrategic ReportStakeholder Engagement
continued

Minimising our Environmental Impact

Environmental Review of 2019
It is the Group’s policy to abide by all laws, directives and regulations relevant to its field of operations and we aim to minimise 
the effects of our operations on the environment. We are required to comply with the Streamlined Energy and Carbon Reporting 
(SECR) regulations in 2020. In 2019, we measured our environmental impact in line with the SECR requirements and planned the 
actions we need to implement in 2020. Our high-level findings are set out below:

Environmental Impact
During 2019 AMS emitted 
2,562 tonnes of CO2e into 
the atmosphere

Communication is key
2020 is a key year as AMS needs to 
comply with SECR

2020 targets need  
to be agreed
AMS has a base line figure to meet 
SECR, it now needs to meet the 
criteria of SECR

Future Sustainability
We need to commit to taking 
action on energy and  
environmental activities

Change of mindset
Public expectations are changing. 
AMS must react to this

38  Advanced Medical Solutions Group plc Annual Report 2019

Our focus
Our focus was on the areas of largest environmental impact, 
including manufacturing sites, warehouses, R&D sites and 
offices. Acquisitions completed in 2019 are not included in the 
data. Our emissions reporting represents our core business 
operations and facilities which fall within the scope of our 
Consolidated Financial Statements. Primary data from energy 
suppliers has been used wherever possible. 

KG CO2e by scope 2019 (AMS Group)

We report our emissions in three scopes:

Scope 1 – All Direct Emissions from the activities of 
an organisation or under their control, including fuel 
combustion on site such as gas boilers, fleet vehicles and air-
conditioning leaks.

Scope 2 – Indirect Emissions from electricity purchased and 
used by the organisation. Emissions are created during the 
production of the energy eventually used by the organisation.

Scope 3 – All Other Emissions from activities of the 
organisation, occurring from sources that they do not own 
or control. 

Location-based emissions are calculated in compliance with the 
factors published by BEIS/DEFRA for 2019. In 2020 we will be 
reviewing ways to offset carbon generation. 

2,562,342

Scope 1 45%
Scope 2 52%
3%
Scope 3

AMS Group (2019 emissions by footprint/scope)1

Footprint

Premises

Employees

Electric

Water

Waste

Sub total

Travel

Company Vehicles

Sub total

Other – Materials used

F-gas losses

Sub total

Total

Scope 1 

Scope 2 

Scope 3 

465,928

1,322,642

9,998

70,096

406,308

287,370

GHG emissions  
sub / total  
(kg C02e)

465,928

1,322,642

9,998

70,096

1,868,664

406,308

406,308

287,370

287,370

1,159,606

1,322,642

80,094

2,562,342

1  Data compiled under the requirements of the Streamlined Energy and Carbon Reporting Framework (SECR).

Advanced Medical Solutions Group plc Annual Report 2019 39

Financial StatementsGovernanceCompany OverviewStrategic ReportStakeholder Engagement
continued

A breakdown of the KG CO2e per unit and per 
£k sales at our sites combined, together with a 
summary of the key data shows:

•  Average KG CO2e emitted from all reported activity was 0.04 

KG CO2e per unit sold.

•  Average KG CO2e emitted per £K of sales from all reported 

activity was 25.14 KG CO2e.

•  Business travel by car accounted for 16% of all KG 

CO2e reported.

•  Service use (Gas & Electric) followed by business miles are 

the biggest generation of emissions equalling 70%.

•  Waste accounts for 3% of the total reported.

•  Indirect emissions was the biggest area of KG CO2e 

generation accounting for 52%.

KG CO2e per unit produced (2019)

0.040

0.030

0.020

0.010

0

Winsford

Plymouth

EU sites

The Future – what we will do

•  Report and feedback on our environmental progress 

KG CO2e per £K sales (2019)

each year.

•  Set targets to reduce environmental burden through effective 

energy and environmental management.

•  Investigate and implement (where appropriate) energy and 

environmental initiatives that will reduce our burden.

•  In line with AMS’s own environmental and energy 

commitments, we will incorporate the United Nations 
Sustainable Development Goals that can be made applicable 
to our business (see below).

•  Look to reduce essential service use (Electric & Gas) as this 
is our single biggest resource and accounts for 70% of our 
reported environmental figures. AMS will aim to reduce by 
10% over 2020 with further reductions year on year planned.

•  Look at business travel as this accounts for 16% of emissions 
and with modern communication methods could be area to 
reduce environmental burden.

40
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
0

Winsford

Plymouth

EU sites

AMS site

Group average

AMS site

Group average

Above: United Nations Sustainable Development Goals being incorporated by the Group.

40  Advanced Medical Solutions Group plc Annual Report 2019

Engaging with our Communities

Volunteering/local community
Engagement in 2019
•  We encourage all of our employees to participate in our 

engagement with the community. We took part in Passion for 
Learning, a caring and inclusive organisation passionate about 
using fun and imagination to boost children’s confidence 
and self-esteem, where our Chief Executive Officer and R&D 
Department attended in person. We also provided volunteer 
marshals for the St Luke’s Hospice Midnight Walk, our 
dedicated charity at the Winsford site. Among the other good 
causes we supported in 2019 were being involved in local 
schools and providing HR guidance for a local charity.

•  We participate in the local communities, through events such 
as those above and through charitable giving outlined below 
and also through other activities, such as membership of the 
Winsford 1-5 Group, for businesses local to the Winsford Site.

Outcomes
•  Employees gained a better understanding of the needs 
of their local community and the work our chosen 
charities carry out.

Charitable giving
Engagement in 2019
•  We believe that it is important to support charitable causes, 
both locally and nationally. We have therefore allocated 
funding in the form of matching funds (with an appropriate 
financial cap) raised by each site and individuals for their 
chosen charities.

•  In the UK we have a long-standing relationship with 

St Luke’s Hospice, who provide palliative care to local 
people, and raised funds for Jeremiah’s Journey, who 
provide free support to children, young people and their 
parents and carers who have, or are about to experience, 
the death of someone special. We also support a number 
of charities local to sites across the Group, sponsor local 
community events and sports teams, and employees and 
close family members of employees who participate in 
sporting teams or activities, where appropriate.

Outcomes
•  Substantially increased focus on charities 

and charitable giving 

•  Increased focus on employee volunteering

Above: Charities selected by UK sites in 2019.

Advanced Medical Solutions Group plc Annual Report 2019 41

Financial StatementsGovernanceCompany OverviewStrategic ReportOutcomes
•  Ability to be more efficient in obtaining product 

renewal certificates and well prepared ahead of the 
MDR deadline with better understanding and positive 
relationships with notified bodies, potentially providing a 
competitive advantage to the Group.

•  Gaining an increased understanding of regulatory 

requirements during the MDR transition period led to 
improved regulatory guidance and service to partners 
and customers. 

•  Improved success on new product approvals 

moving forward.

•  Robust Group-wide regulatory strategy.

Stakeholder Engagement
continued

Engaging with our Regulators

Engagement on 2019
•  The Board is committed to ensuring that it is open and 
transparent with regulators and look to work closely 
with them.

•  We work closely with our notified bodies to ensure that 

our products are approved as quickly as possible. This has 
been critical in the last two years following the need to 
renew product certificates Group-wide and the upcoming 
introduction of the Medical Device Regulation (MDR). 

•  Work with the Notified Bodies in 2019 lead to monthly 

meetings, clear contacts and lines of communication, and 
attending workshops to help both sides understand the 
enhanced requirements of the MDR. 

Effect of engagement with 
Regulators on Board decisions
•  Broader understanding of MDR and other legislation 
affecting the Group ensures that Board decisions are 
based on the full understanding of the environment in 
which we operate and reference the five-year strategy and 
post-MDR landscape.

•  The Board has significantly increasing resources 

available to invest in regulatory affairs following a review 
of the regulatory strategy and increased exposure to 
regulatory issues.

•  The Board better understands the key drivers for the 

Notified Bodies and Competent Authorities we certify with, 
resulting in more informed decisions.

42  Advanced Medical Solutions Group plc Annual Report 2019

Business Conduct
The Group aims to maintain a reputation for high standards of business conduct. We aim to comply with, and in many 
cases exceed, the requirements for an AIM-Listed Company. This is highlighted by the Group policies outlined below in 
the Non-Financial Reporting Statement. In particular, we have an increased focus on our impact on the environment, with 
more comprehensive reporting across the Group and voluntary disclosures on our environmental impact. The Engagement 
with Stakeholders section on pages 30 to 43 further outlines our commitments to our investors, customers, communities, 
environment and supply chain, and builds on our aim to act as a good corporate citizen.

In addition we follow the 2018 UK Corporate Governance Code (Code), which is the most comprehensive and stringent 
governance code in the UK. Reporting against the Code ensures we maintain our high standards of Corporate Governance 
and act in the way our stakeholders would expect.

Non-Financial Reporting Statement
This Annual Report contains the information required to comply with the Companies, Partnerships and Groups (and Non-
Financial Reporting) Regulations 2016, as contained in sections 414CA and 414CB of the Companies Act 2006. The table 
below provides key references to information that, taken together, comprises the Non-Financial Reporting Statement 
for 2019.

Reporting requirement

Group Policies that guide our approach

Environmental matters

–  Group Environmental Policy
– Ethical Sourcing Policy

Employees and social
matter

Respect for  
human rights

Anti-corruption and  
anti-bribery matters

– Group Equality Policy
– Community Support
– Health and Safety Policy
–  Group Environmental Policy
– Ethical Sourcing Policy

– Anti-Slavery Policy
– Ethical Sourcing Policy

– Group Anti-Bribery Policy
– Group Gift Policy
– Group Sanctions Policy
– Group Whistleblowing Policy
– Ethical Sourcing Policy

Information and risk management,  
with page references

Minimising our Environmental Impact, pages 38 to 40
Our Business Model, pages 4 and 5
Risk Management, pages 44 to 47

Minimising our Environmental Impact, pages 38 to 40
Our Business Model, pages 4 and 5
Risk Management, pages 44 to 47
Engagement with Stakeholders, pages 30 to 43
Our Strategic Pillars, pages 12 and 13

Corporate Governance Report, pages 52 to 57

Audit Committee Report, pages 58 to 61
Risk Management, pages 44 to 47

Description of the business model

Description of the principal risks in relation to the above matters, including 
business relationships, products and services likely to affect those areas of 
risk, and how the company manages the risks

Our Business Model, pages 4 and 5

Risk Management, pages 44 to 47

Non-financial key performance indicators

Key Performance Indicators, pages 16 and 17

Advanced Medical Solutions Group plc Annual Report 2019 43

Financial StatementsGovernanceCompany OverviewStrategic ReportRisk Management

Directors and SMT members are reviewed to ensure progress  
is being made with risk actions and mitigation plans.

Creating quality outcomes by managing risk
Risk and uncertainty are an inherent part of 
doing business and could have an impact on 
our business, brands, assets, revenue, profits, 
liquidity and capital resources. To meet our 
strategic objectives, build shareholder value 
and promote our stakeholders’ interests, 
we must manage this risk.
An effective and successful risk management process balances 
risk and reward and is dependent on the judgement of the 
likelihood and impact of the risk involved. The Board has overall 
responsibility for ensuring there is an effective risk management 
framework, which underpins our business model. 

The Board has applied principles 28 and 29 of the 2018 
UK Corporate Governance Code (Code) by establishing a 
continuous process for identifying, evaluating and managing 
the significant risks the Group faces, as outlined on page 45, 
and for determining the nature and extent of the significant risks 
it is willing to take in achieving its strategic objectives.

We believe that the policies, procedures and monitoring 
systems that are in place are sufficient to effectively manage  
the risks faced by our business.

Identifying Risks 
A robust methodology is used to identify key risks across  
the Group; in Business Units, operations and during projects. 
This is an ongoing process, and is carried out In accordance  
with the relevant provisions set out in the Code. 

The Business Units, Senior Management Team (SMT), Audit 
Committee and Board review risks throughout the year. 
These risks are documented in the Risk Register which is 
formally reviewed by the SMT, external auditor and the Board 
twice annually. The plans and actions assigned to the Executive 

Key Roles and Responsibilities

Board

•  Overall responsibility for corporate strategy, 
governance, performance, internal controls 
and Risk Management Framework

•  Identification, review and management of 

•  Defining the Group’s appetite for risk 
•  Assessing the effectiveness of the risk 

management processes adopted across 
the Group

identified Group strategic risks 

•  Challenging the content of the Risk Register

Audit 
Committee

•  Assessing the effectiveness of the risk 

•  Monitoring compliance with internal 

management processes adopted across 
the Group

control systems and co-ordinating Internal 
Audit arrangements

•  Ensuring compliance with financial and 

•  Monitoring and oversight of internal 

reporting legislation, rules and regulations 
and ensuring the Annual Report is fair, 
balanced and understandable

and external audit

•  Management of the business and delivery 

•  Challenging the appropriateness and 

Senior 
Management 
Team

of strategy

•  Identification and monitoring of the key 
risk indicators and taking timely action 
where appropriate 

•  Ensuring implementation of the Group’s 
actions and mitigation plans required to 
manage risk

adequacy of action plans to mitigate risk
•  Analysing the aggregation of risk across 

the Group

•  Provision of cross-functional resource to 

effectively mitigate risk

y
t
i
l
i

b
i
s
n
o
p
s
e
r
g
n
i
t
r
o
p
e
r
d
n
a
g
n
i
r
o
t
i
n
o
M

Business 
Units and  
Other  
Functions

•  Execution of the delivery of the actions 

•  Identification and reporting of strategic risks  

associated with managing risk

to the Senior Management Team

•  Timely reporting on the implementation and 

•  Implementation of a risk management 

progress of agreed action plans

approach which promotes the ongoing 
identification, evaluation, prioritisation, 
mitigation and monitoring of operational risk

44  Advanced Medical Solutions Group plc Annual Report 2019

y
t
i
l
i

b
i
s
n
o
p
s
e
r
e
c
n
a

i
l

p
m
o
c
d
n
a
n
o
i
t
a
t
n
e
m
e
p
m

l

I

 
 
 
 
 
 
Risk Management Model

C o r p o rate Governance

Identify
Identify risks

Assess existing
controls

Analyse
Score risks

Assess mitigated
factors

Score mitigated
risks

Risk
Management
Process  

Monitor
and Report 
Monitor execution
of actions

Manage
Assign responsibility

Develop action plan

Analysing Risks 
Once identified, the process will evaluate identified risks to establish 
root causes, financial and non-financial impacts and likelihood of 
occurrence. We use a scoring system to assess the likelihood of a 
risk materialising and the potential financial impact on the Group. 
The risks are prioritised in terms of severity based on the scoring 
and a mitigation plan is prepared to reduce the risk. Once controls 
and mitigating factors are considered, the risk is reassessed and  
re-scored (mitigated score) to ascertain the net exposure.

Managing Risk 
The SMT and the Board review the Risk Register formally at least 
twice a year, assessing whether the risks are still the most significant 
facing the Group and whether new risks have arisen. Effectiveness, 
adequacy of controls and mitigating actions are assessed and if 
additional controls or actions are required, these are identified and 
actions assigned. The Risk Register documents this.

Monitoring and Reporting Risk 
The SMT is responsible for monitoring progress to mitigate key 
risks. The risk management process is continuous; key risks and 
risk mitigation plans and progress are reported to and reviewed 
by the Board, following the SMT’s bi-annual review of the 
Group’s Risk Register.

Internal Audit 
Additionally, the Board is supported by a programme of 
Internal Audits. Internal Audit reports to the Audit Committee 
on the progress of control or process improvements following 
Internal Audit recommendations.

Risk Heat Map
While we continue to monitor and manage a wider range of risks, the risk map summarises those risks considered to have the 
greatest potential impact if they were to materialise.

Principal Risks

1  Market share/new markets

6  Brexit

2 

Intellectual property

7  Regulatory

3 

 Industry consolidation/ 
loss of key business

4  Increased competition

5  Acquisitions/integration

Risk Size

8  Single source supply

9  Cyber-risk

10 Talent management

11  Forex

Likelihood

Large

Medium

Small

High

Low

Trend (net position  
of risk vs FY2018)

Increase 
from 2018

No 
change

Decrease 
from 2018

S T R ATEGY
Strategic

2

 5

 3

4

6

 1

 7

 8

9

10

al 
n

O peratio

11

F

i

n

a

n

c

i
a

l    

Advanced Medical Solutions Group plc Annual Report 2019 45

Financial StatementsGovernanceCompany OverviewStrategic Report 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
       
 
Risk Management 
continued

Principal Risks and Uncertainties

All of the Principal Risks and Uncertainties are listed  in the following pages, which includes a link to the strategy through the 
strategy icons.

Strategic Risks

Risk

Potential Impact

Key Controls and Mitigating Factors

Status

1. Market share 
declines/developing 
new markets is 
slower than 
expected  

•  Income shortfall

•  Effective alignment of strategy to consider the market changes and 

•  Loss of Woundcare partners

promote quality and cost savings

•  Cost increase

•  Loss of 

competitive advantage

•  New territories for revenue growth identified and developed

•  Continued development of new products and projects to deliver 

growth to provide differentiation

•  Marketing strategy to support partners and products

Increased  
risk

Increased risk for 
the woundcare 
market as a whole 
and LiquiBand® 
in the US

2. Lack of  
innovation/
insufficient 
focus on protection  
of intellectual 
property (IP) 

3. Industry  
consolidation/loss 
of business at key 
account level 

•  Loss of business 

•  Pipeline of new products/technologies identified and prioritised

•  Loss of market share

•  Implementation of improved Product Development Process and 

No 
change

•  Poor return on 
R&D investment

•  Misidentification of new, 
competitive technology

•  Commercial value of 

Project Management Office to ensure R&D projects progress to plan 
and action is taken if necessary

•  Patented technologies reviewed for inclusion in new developments

•  Strong links with partners, including Universities, to reduce the risk of 

missed opportunities

products not maximised

•  Investment in clinical research, personnel and symposia to foster new 

•  Potential patent 
infringement

approaches, and Key Opinion Leaders

•  Consideration of licensing technology

•  IP portfolio regularly reviewed and strong IP enforcement

•  Early review of IP portfolios of acquisitions 

•  Income shortfall

•  Reduced reliance on any one customer. Our biggest customer 

represents 12% of the Group’s revenue

•  All customers have contracts with agreed termination clauses

•  Evaluation of opportunities to broaden reach into new markets, 

potentially by developing partnerships across numerous jurisdictions

•  Unique products protected by know-how and/or IP

•  Evaluation of new claims to support existing product range

•  Development and launch of new products to secure existing 

customers and drive future growth

Increased  
risk

US LiquiBand® 
business fell in 
2019  and there 
is a competitive 
woundcare market

4. Increased global  
competition 

•  Income shortfall

•  Full-service offering including strong regulatory and quality assurance, 
product development, product differentiation and clinical support to 
mitigate a pure cost of supply proposition

No 
change

•  Contracts have agreed set minimas which allow terms to be 

renegotiated or agreements terminated

•  Diversified approach reduces the impact on any one project, partner 

or product

5. Making the wrong 
or no acquisition/
poor integration 

•  Impact on Group 

•  Strategy set and M&A objectives defined

performance, revenue and 
market capitalisation

•  Reputational loss

•  Advisors appointed

•  Detailed market intelligence and identification of targets

•  Extensive due diligence process established

•  Integration plan in place with key milestones

6. Brexit  
Implications 

•  Higher costs

•  Customs delays

•  Comprehensive supply chain review completed

•  Awarded Authorised Economic Operator status to allow quicker 

•  More complicated/longer 

customs clearance

product approvals

•  Applied for HMRC approval for import duty recovery (cost saving 

•  Longer lead times 
for customers

•  Reduced client willingness 
to develop business in  
the UK

and reduce duty risk post Brexit)

•  Transferred certificates to BSI Netherlands 

•  Inventory levels increased at all sites

•  Appointed EU Authorised Representative

•  Liaised with partners to mitigate supply/customs issues 

No 
change

Decreased 
risk

AMS is well prepared 
for Brexit

46  Advanced Medical Solutions Group plc Annual Report 2019

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Key to strategic linkage in this report

Growth

Innovation

Operational  
Excellence

Culture

Operational Risks

Risk

Potential Impact

Key Controls and Mitigating Factors

7. Regulatory risk 

•  Inability to supply product

•  Stringent regulatory regime with an experienced team

•  Product launches delayed

•  Clear 3–5 year regulatory strategy in place to manage MDR

•  Unable to keep 
existing claims

•  Loss of customer, 

revenue and reputation

•  Third-party sourcing as contingency for regulatory delays

•  Strong regulatory pathway ensures that the increased regulatory 

requirements are met to gain approvals 

•  Work with partners and distributors where they have local expertise

8. Vulnerability to 
single source supply 

•  Inability to supply specific 
products and exposed to 
price increases

•  Increased cost of supply

•  Strictly controlled Quality Management System

•  Dual source key components wherever possible

•  Strong Vendor Risk Assessment process

•  Hold levels of inventory to prevent operational issues arising 

from delays

•  Business Interruption Insurance to cover significant interruption 

of supply

9. Cyber-Risk 

•  Systems and 

data compromised

•  Loss of sensitive data

•  Loss of reputation

•  Implementation of audit and testing recommendations

•  IT administrator access levels tightened

•  Compulsory Cyber Security training for all employees 

•  Ongoing user education

10. Talent  
management 

•  Loss of key staff

•  Insufficient talent pool for 

•  Succession and talent management process at SMT and mid-
management levels to identify talent gaps and high potential

succession planning

•  Designed and developed a better grade system, allowing individuals to 

clearly see a career path

•  Integrated total reward, performance and culture strategy to drive 

attraction, retention and employee engagement

•  Care, Fair, Dare culture embedded across the Group

•  Introduced better coaching and mentoring across SMT to aid 

personal development and engagement across teams

Financial Risks

Risk

Potential Impact

Key Controls and Mitigating Factors

11. Forex exposure 

•  Loss of income

•  Established treasury policy on forex exposure

•  Shortfall in profit

•  Robust forward forecasting of currency cash flows

•  Market expectations missed

•  Aim to hedge 80% of forecast net cash flows for the next 18 months

Status

No 
change

No 
change

No 
change

No 
change

Status

No 
change

Since 31 December 2019, COVID-19 has become a key risk. At the time of printing this Annual Report we are managing this 
risk accordingly. Details on COVID-19 have been outlined in the Highlights (page 1), Chairman’s Statement (page 8), and Chief 
Executive’s Q&A (pages 9 to 11). Going concern has been addressed on page 56. More information, where necessary, has been 
provided in press releases and market announcements. 

The Strategic Report has been prepared solely to provide information to shareholders to assess how the Directors have performed 
their duty to promote the success of the Group.

The Strategic Report contains certain forward-looking statements. These statements are made by the Directors in good faith based 
on the information available to them up to the approval of this report and such statements should be treated with caution due to 
the inherent uncertainties, including both economic and business risk factors, underlying any such forward-looking information.

The Group Strategic Report, which encompasses pages 4 to 47, was approved by the Board of Directors and signed on its behalf by:

Eddie Johnson
Company Secretary 

7 May 2020

Advanced Medical Solutions Group plc Annual Report 2019 47

Financial StatementsGovernanceCompany OverviewStrategic Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Board of Directors

Peter V Allen

Chris Meredith

Eddie Johnson

Non-Executive Chairman

Chief Executive Officer

Chief Financial Officer and 
Company Secretary

A

R

N*

N

C

Biography:
Peter Allen has extensive experience 
in the healthcare industry, having held 
key senior positions in a number of 
companies and playing a significant role 
in their development. This includes 12 
years at Celltech Group plc (1992–2004) 
as CFO and Deputy CEO, six years as 
Chairman (2007–2013) of ProStrakan 
Group plc (Interim CEO 2010–11), 
three years as Chairman of Proximagen 
Neurosciences plc (2009–12) and 
five years as Chairman at Diurnal 
plc (2015-2020). He is a qualified 
Chartered Accountant.

Term of office:
Peter Allen was appointed as Non-
Executive Chairman of the Group in 
January 2014.

Biography:
Chris Meredith joined AMS as Group 
Commercial Director in July 2005 
following a successful 18-year career 
in international healthcare sales, 
marketing and business development. 
His experience covered business-to-
business contract manufacturing, product 
development and clinical research, as 
well as branded product sales all within 
the medical device, pharmaceutical 
or consumer healthcare markets. 
Chris has previously held senior positions 
at Smiths Industries, Cardinal Health, 
Banner Pharmacaps, and Aster Cephac. 
He was appointed Managing Director 
of Advanced Woundcare in February 
2008, became Chief Operating Officer in 
January 2010 and was appointed as Chief 
Executive Officer in January 2011.

Term of office:
Chris Meredith was appointed Group 
Chief Executive Officer in January 2011.

Biography:
Eddie Johnson joined AMS in October 
2011 and was appointed Group Financial 
Controller in November 2012. Prior to 
this he gained a first class degree in 
Maths and Computer Science from 
Keele University in 1993 and qualified 
as a Chartered Accountant in 1996. 
Since moving into industry in 1996 Eddie 
has held a number of senior finance roles 
in various industry sectors including, more 
recently, Head of Commercial Finance 
at Norcros plc and Western European 
Financial Controller for Sumitomo 
Electrical Wiring Systems.

Term of office:
Eddie Johnson was appointed as Chief 
Financial Officer and Company Secretary 
in January 2019.

Independent:
Not applicable.

Independent:
Not applicable.

Independent:
Not applicable.

External appointments:
Peter is currently the Non-Executive 
Chairman of AIM listed Clinigen plc and 
Abcam plc, together with privately owned 
Oxford Nanopore Technologies Limited 
and Istesso Limited.

External appointments:
Chris Meredith was appointed as a 
Non-Executive Director of Creavo 
Medical Technologies Ltd in May 2018. 
Creavo Medical Technologies Ltd is a 
UK-based, privately-held medical device 
Company that is developing innovative 
techniques and in no way conflicts 
with AMS.

External appointments:
Not applicable.

Key
*   Denotes Chairman

C   Company Secretary 

A   Audit Committee 

R    Remuneration 
Committee

N    Nomination  
Committee

48  Advanced Medical Solutions Group plc Annual Report 2019

 
 
Penny Freer

Steve Bellamy

Peter M Steinmann

Senior Independent 
Non-Executive Director

Non-Executive Director

Non-Executive Director

A

R*

N

A*

R

N

A

R

N

Biography:
Penny Freer joined the Board of AMS in 
March 2010. With 25 years’ experience 
in investment banking she was formerly 
Head of Equities for Robert W Baird in 
London, and prior to this held senior 
positions at Credit Lyonnais and 
NatWest Markets.

Biography:
Steve Bellamy was formerly an Executive 
Director of Sherwood International 
plc and Brierley Investments’ London 
operations. He has also held Non-
Executive Directorships and advisory roles 
in a wide range of businesses, many of 
which were in the technology sector, 
and was most recently a Non-Executive 
Director at Michelmersh Brick Holdings 
plc. He is a New Zealand qualified 
Chartered Accountant.

Biography:
Peter Steinmann is a Swiss national with  
over 25 years of commercial experience 
in Medical Devices and Diagnostics.  
He has held senior roles within Johnson 
& Johnson, Medtronic International and 
Boehringer Mannheim.

Peter has held Directorships prior to 
joining AMS. Having worked throughout 
Europe and North America, he has 
extensive knowledge of the global 
medical devices market.

Term of office:
Penny Freer was appointed as Senior 
Independent Non-Executive Director of 
AMS in March 2010.

Term of office:
Steve Bellamy was appointed as  
Non-Executive Director of AMS in  
February 2007.

Term of office:
Peter Steinmann was appointed as Non-
Executive Director of AMS in July 2013.

Independent:
Yes.

Independent:
Yes.

Independent:
Yes.

External appointments:
Penny Freer is Chairman of AP Ventures 
LLP, a non-executive director of 
Empresaria Group plc, Crown Place 
VCT plc and The Henderson Smaller 
Companies Investment Trust plc and a 
founding partner of corporate advisory 
business, London Bridge Capital Partners.

External appointments:
Steve Bellamy is currently a Non-
Executive Director at Caffyns plc.

External appointments:
Peter is currently a Non-Executive 
Director of Calciscon AG, (in-vitro 
diagnostics), and a Director of Steinmann 
International GmbH.

Advanced Medical Solutions Group plc Annual Report 2019 49

Financial StatementsGovernanceCompany OverviewStrategic Report 
 
 
 
 
 
Senior Management

Simon Coates

Rose Guang

Alan Richardson

Cathy Tomlinson

Group Quality 
Assurance/Regulatory 
Affairs (QA/RA) 
Director

Biography:
Rose joined AMS in May 2013 
as Group QA/RA Director 
having completed her 
Masters Degree in Precision 
Engineering from Nanyang 
Technology University in 
Singapore. Rose has over 20 
years’ experience working for 
medical device companies 
and has a strong background 
in setting up effective quality 
systems. Rose has worked for 
Bausch & Lomb International 
Healthcare, Nypro and spent 
nine years at Medical House 
Products plc as Director of 
Quality, Regulatory Affairs 
and Operations. Prior to 
joining AMS, Rose was Head 
of Quality and Regulatory 
Affairs at Bespak, part of 
Consort Medical plc.

Rose is also a Six Sigma 
Master Black Belt.

Chief 
Operations Officer

Group HR Director

Biography:
Alan joined AMS in 
November 2018 as 
Chief Operations Officer. 
Alan graduated with a B Eng 
honours degree in Chemical 
Engineering from Bradford 
University. Alan joined 
Yorkshire Chemicals as a 
Chemical Engineer and 
has since had 25 years of 
experience in the Medical 
Device, Pharmaceutical, 
Contract Research and 
Chemical Industries 
having worked for both 
Bristol-Myers Squibb and 
Convatec. Prior to joining 
AMS, Alan spent 11 years 
at Convatec and held a 
number of roles including 
Director, New Product 
Integration; Vice President 
Quality and Operations and 
Vice President of Advanced 
Woundcare Operations.

Biography:
Cathy joined AMS in May 
2017 as Group HR Director. 
Cathy graduated with a 
degree in Business Studies 
from Liverpool John Moores 
University and completed 
a Masters in Business 
Administration at Strathclyde 
University. She spent five 
years working for Amazon 
and was head of HR for their 
final mile delivery business 
(which was a start-up 
business for Amazon).

Prior to this Cathy held 
senior HR roles for Xerox – 
supporting the outsourcing 
of managed services 
from government and 
blue-chip organisations to 
Xerox and Emirates Airline, 
based in Dubai, where she 
supported the growth of the 
airline in new geographies 
and acquisitions.

Group IS Manager

Biography:
Simon joined AMS in 2002 as 
Group Information Systems 
Manager and, during the 
Company’s growth since 
then, he has overseen many 
key IT projects including 
implementing ERP systems 
across the Group, integrating 
acquisitions and relocating 
the business into its existing 
Winsford site.

Simon has over 25 
years’ experience in IT 
infrastructure, systems 
implementation and software 
development gained from 
a number of different 
industries. Prior to joining 
AMS he was Worldwide 
IT Manager at Whitford 
Plastics Ltd, a manufacturer 
of fluoropolymer coatings, 
supporting them through 
a period of rapid growth, 
managing multiple sites and 
key IT projects including 
ERP implementation and 
adoption of the Euro for the 
European offices.

Simon was appointed to the 
Senior Management Team in 
January 2015.

50  Advanced Medical Solutions Group plc Annual Report 2019

Pieter van Hoof

Becky Walmsley

Jeff Willis

Group 
Operations Director

Business Unit Director, 
Woundcare

Business Unit Director, 
Surgical

Biography:
Becky joined AMS in July 
2015 as Business Unit 
Director of OEM and Bulk 
Materials (now Woundcare). 
Becky graduated with a 
degree in Modern Languages 
(French and German) with 
International Studies from 
South Bank University in 
1993 and completed an 
Executive Masters of Business 
Administration at Lancaster 
University in 2000.

Becky has more than 13 
years’ experience in the 
Medical Device sector, 
having held various 
senior management 
roles, most recently as 
European Sales Director for 
Scapa Healthcare.

Biography:
Pieter joined AMS B.V. 
in November 2009. 
Having completed a Masters 
degree in Engineering in 
Chemistry and Biochemistry 
at the Katholieke Universiteit 
Leuven (Belgium). 
Pieter joined Janssen 
Pharmaceutica working as 
a production supervisor in 
the manufacturing unit for 
sterile injectable products 
before joining the DuPont 
Engineering Polymers 
business in September 1999. 
At DuPont Engineering 
Polymers Pieter worked 
in a number of business 
process improvement roles 
in Supply Chain, certifying as 
a 6 Sigma Master Black Belt, 
before moving into Sales 
and Marketing, gathering 
experience in account 
management and business 
development. Before joining 
Advanced Medical Solutions 
B.V. Pieter held the position 
of European Customer 
Services Manager for DuPont 
Engineering Polymers.

Biography:
Jeff joined AMS in 
October 2005  
as Vice President Business 
Development, Americas. 
Jeff graduated with a 
degree in Biomedical 
Engineering from the 
University of Florida in 1996 
and completed a Masters 
programme in Management 
of Technology at Georgia 
Institute of Technology in 
2001. He spent ten years 
with Kimberly-Clark Health 
Care in various R&D, Product 
Development, and New 
Business Development 
roles. In 2004, Jeff joined 
Abbott Laboratories in 
Columbus, Ohio as Manager 
of Licensing and Business 
Development supporting 
the medical nutritional and 
consumer products division.

In October 2009, Jeff 
assumed the role of Vice 
President of Group Marketing 
for AMS, relocating to the UK. 
In December 2011, Jeff also 
took responsibility for the 
Integration of RESORBA®.

Jeff was appointed Director 
of our Branded Distributed 
Business Unit in November 
2012, and following a recent 
re-organisation is now 
Director of the Surgical 
Business Unit. He resides 
in the US.

Advanced Medical Solutions Group plc Annual Report 2019 51

Financial StatementsGovernanceCompany OverviewStrategic ReportCorporate Governance Report

“The Group has focused on the new 

corporate governance rules and the 
important matter of Board succession.”

Peter Allen
Chairman and Chair of the Nomination Committee

Chairman’s Introduction to 
Corporate Governance:
The Board is committed to the principles of good corporate 
governance which encompass leadership, effectiveness, 
accountability, remuneration and shareholder relations. 
Our shares are quoted on the AIM market and are subject to the 
AIM Admission Rules of the London Stock Exchange. 

For the year ended 31 December 2019, Advanced Medical 
Solutions Group has chosen to comply with the 2018 UK 
Corporate Governance Code (Code), which was updated for 
financial years beginning on or after 1 January 2019. The Code 
sets a higher standard than the alternative Quoted Companies 
Alliance (QCA) Code and this aligns with our corporate 
governance principles. We comply as far as is practicable and 
appropriate for a public Company of the Group’s size. We set 
out important details of our work during the year on the 
following pages.

All statements made are made against the Code.

Whilst exercising our governance responsibilities, the Group 
aims to create value and to honour our responsibilities to our 
key stakeholders, further details of which are outlined in our 
Engagement with Stakeholders as set out on pages 30 to 43. 

In this report, we have provided additional insight into our 
approach to board succession. From our engagement with 
shareholders and proxy firms, Glass Lewis and ISS, we believe 
this will be welcomed. 

Furthermore, in line with Code Provision 24 and general best 
practice, I have stepped down from the Audit Committee 
with effect from 6 May 2020. When invited, I will attend Audit 
Committee meetings as the Board considers my extensive 
accounting experience adds value to the discussion.

In addition, I have recently stepped down as Chairman of 
Diurnal plc in order to meet the corporate governance 
requirements regarding Board appointments.

Succession planning
AMS has a Board which functions well.

In accordance with the Code, the Group intends to refresh the 
composition of the Non-Executive Directors. This process will 
start at the 2020 AGM and over the next 3 years we will ensure 
that new non-executive directors are appointed allowing for a 
smooth and effective handover, particularly with respect to the 
Chairmanships of the Audit and Remuneration Committees.

52  Advanced Medical Solutions Group plc Annual Report 2019

Peter Steinmann will retire from the Board this year and will 
not put himself forward for re-election at the upcoming AGM. 
The Board would like to thank Peter for his contribution over 
the last six and a half years.

2020 AGM
In 2020 we will put forward all the Directors for re-election in 
accordance with Code Provision 18, except for Peter Steinmann 
as outlined above. 

Steve Bellamy and Penny Freer, despite their tenures in excess 
of the nine-year limit outlined in Code Provision 10, are both 
considered to be independent of character and judgement, 
qualities which are exhibited through their contribution to 
Board meetings, and their Chairmanship of the Audit and 
Remuneration Committees respectively. In addition, both Steve 
and Penny have extensive experience with the Company and 
undertake ongoing training and development to maintain 
relevant knowledge and expertise. The Board rigorously self-
assesses their performance, with a focus on independence 
and commitment and believes that they will continue to add 
value. The Company, therefore, complies with Code Provision 
24, which requires there to be at least two independent Non-
Executive Directors. 

Peter Allen, Steve Bellamy and Penny Freer own shares in 
the Company as shown on page 80. These holdings have 
been highlighted to shareholders and are small. They are not 
considered to impact Non-Executive Director independence 
under Code Provision 10.

Role of the Board
The role of the Board is to establish the vision and strategy for 
the Group, to deliver shareholder value and is responsible for 
the long-term success of the Company. Individual members of 
the Board have equal responsibility for the overall stewardship, 
management and performance of the Group and for the 
approval of its long-term objectives and strategic plans.

Division of Responsibilities
There is a clear division of responsibilities between the role of the Chairman and the Chief Executive Officer of the Company. 
The roles are clearly set out in writing and reviewed by the Board.

Role

Chairman

Name

Peter Allen 

Responsibility

•  Leadership and management of the Board

•  Setting the Board’s agenda, style and tone of discussions

•  Ensuring the Board’s effectiveness in all aspects of its role

•  Working closely with the Chief Executive Officer on developing 
the Group’s strategy, and providing general advice and support

•  Facilitating active engagement by all members

•  Participating in shareholder communications

•  Promoting high standards of corporate governance

Chief Executive Officer

Chris Meredith

•  Managing the Group’s business

Senior Independent Director

Penny Freer

Non-Executive Directors

Steve Bellamy 
Peter Steinmann

•  Developing Group strategy for consideration and approval by 

the Board

•  Leading the Senior Management Team (SMT) in delivering the 

Group’s strategic and day-to-day operational objectives

•  Leading and maintaining communications with all stakeholders

•  Acting as an intermediary for other Directors when necessary

•  Available to meet with shareholders and aid communication of 

shareholder concerns when normal channels of communication 
are inappropriate

•  Chairing meetings of Non-Executive Directors if, and 

when required

•  All responsibilities of a Non-Executive Director as outlined below

•  Constructively challenging and contributing to the development 

of Group strategy

•  Monitoring the integrity of financial information, financial controls 

and systems of risk management to ensure they are robust

•  Reviewing the performance of Executive Management

•  Formulating Executive Director remuneration

The Non-Executive Directors
Each of the Non-Executive Directors is free from any relationship with the Executive Management of the Company and are 
free from any business or other relationship that could affect or appear to affect the exercise of their independent judgement. 
The Board considers that all of the Company’s Non-Executive Directors are Independent Directors, in both character and 
judgement, in accordance with the recommendations of the Code. This is explained in more detail on page 52. The Chairman, 
Peter Allen, was considered independent on his appointment.

The Operation of the Board
The Board has the responsibility for ensuring that the Group is appropriately managed and achieves the strategic objectives it 
sets. To achieve this the Board reserves certain matters for its own determination, including matters relating to Group strategy, 
approval of interim and annual financial results, dividends, major capital expenditure, budgets, monitoring business and financial 
performance, treasury policy, risk management, corporate governance and the effectiveness of its internal control systems. It has 
a schedule of matters specifically reserved for its approval. Matters are delegated to the Board Committees, Executive Directors 
and the Senior Management Team where appropriate. The Board performs its responsibilities through an annual programme of 
meetings and by continuous monitoring of the performance of the Group.

Advanced Medical Solutions Group plc Annual Report 2019 53

Financial StatementsGovernanceCompany OverviewStrategic ReportCorporate Governance Report  
continued

Matters considered by the Board in 2019 included:

•  Directors’ responsibilities

•  Finance and operations review

•  Annual budget

•  Strategic plans

•  Acquisition strategy

•  Potential merger and 
acquisition targets

•  Risk review

•  Health, Safety and Environment

•  Impact of Brexit

•  Board evaluation

•  Gender Pay Gap Reporting

•  UK Corporate Governance Code

•  Major capital expenditure

•  Reports from the Board Committees

The Board also delegates a number of its responsibilities to Committees and Management as described below.

Board Committees
The Board has delegated specific authority to the Audit Committee, Remuneration Committee and the Nomination 
Committee. Steve Bellamy, Penny Freer and Peter Steinmann are members of the Audit, Remuneration and Nomination 
Committees. Peter Allen is a member of the Remuneration and Nomination Committees. Chris Meredith is a member of the 
Nomination Committee.

The Terms of Reference of all three Board Committees are available on the corporate website ‘www.admedsol.com’.

Board and Committee Meetings
The Board meets on a formal basis regularly, and met formally nine times in 2019. Members are supplied with financial and 
operational information in good time for review in advance of the meetings. Most Board Committee meetings are scheduled 
around Board meetings.

The Directors attended the following meetings in the year ended 31 December 2019:

Board Member

Peter Allen

Steve Bellamy

Penny Freer

Chris Meredith

Peter Steinmann

Eddie Johnson

*  By invitation. 

Board

Audit Committee

Remuneration Committee

Nomination Committee

9/9

9/9

9/9

9/9

9/9

9/9

3/3

3/3

3/3

3/3*

3/3

3/3*

3/3

3/3

3/3

3/3*

3/3

N/A

1/1

1/1

1/1

1/1

1/1

N/A

All Directors have access to the advice and services of the Company Secretary and Deputy Company Secretary. The Board 
approves the appointment and removal of the Company Secretary. The Non-Executive Directors are able to contact the Executive 
Directors, Company Secretary, Deputy Company Secretary or Senior Managers at any time for further information.

Board Composition
The Board comprises the Non-Executive Chairman, two Executive Directors and three Non-Executive Directors. The Directors’ 
profiles appear on pages 48 and 49 and detail their experience and suitability for leading and managing the Group. Together they 
bring a valuable range of expertise and experience to the Group. No individual or group of individuals dominates the Board’s 
decision making process. The Chairman fosters a climate of debate and challenge in the boardroom, built on his challenging but 
supportive relationship with the Chief Executive Officer which sets the tone for Board interaction and discussions.

Appointment of Non-Executive Directors
Non-Executive Directors are appointed to the Board following a formal, rigorous and transparent process, involving external 
recruitment agencies, to select individuals who have a depth and breadth of relevant experience, thus ensuring that the selected 
candidates will be capable of making an effective and relevant contribution to the Board. The process for the appointment of 
Non-Executive Directors is managed by the Nomination Committee.

Diversity
We recognise the importance of diversity at Board level and our Board members comprise different nationalities with a wide 
range of skills and experiences from a variety of business backgrounds. The female representation on the Board at 31 December 
2019 was 16.6%. The Board is aware of the Hampton-Alexander target of 33%, and will take this into consideration during 
succession planning.

The Senior Management Team also has diverse experience. Its members comprise several nationalities and female representation 
was 33%. It is felt that this ratio is acceptable at this time, and will be kept under review.

54  Advanced Medical Solutions Group plc Annual Report 2019

Terms of Appointment and Time Commitment
All Non-Executive Directors are appointed for an initial term of three-years subject to satisfactory performance. After this time they 
may serve additional three-year terms following review by the Board. All Non-Executive Directors are expected to devote such time 
as is necessary for the proper performance of their duties. Directors are expected to attend all Board meetings and Committee 
meetings of which they are members and any additional meetings as required.

Further details of their terms and conditions are summarised in the Remuneration Report on pages 73 and 74 and the terms and 
conditions of appointment of the Non-Executive Directors are available at the Company’s Registered Office.

Tenure Chart
The size of the Board during 2019 was six and the tenure is shown below. The Company follows the Code as far as is practicable. 
The explanations regarding the tenures and independence of the Board members is outlined on page 52.

1 year

2 years

3 years

4 years

5 years

6 years

7 years

8 years

9+ years

Peter Allen

Steve Bellamy

Penny Freer

Chris Meredith

Peter Steinmann

Eddie Johnson

Date of
appointment

Date of next
election or 
re-election

04-Dec-13

10-Jun-20

01-Feb-07

10-Jun-20

01-Mar-10

10-Jun-20

03-May-05

10-Jun-20

01-Jul-13

Retiring

01-Jan-19

10-Jun-20

Induction and Professional Development
New Directors are given a formal induction process including details of how the Board and Committees operate, meetings with 
Senior Management and information on Group strategy, products and performance. Training and development needs of Directors 
are reviewed regularly. The Directors are kept appraised of developments in legal, regulatory and financial matters affecting the 
Group by the Deputy Company Secretary and the Group’s external auditors and advisors.

Professional Advice, Indemnities and Insurance
There is provision for Directors to take independent professional advice relating to the discharge of their responsibilities should they 
feel they need it. The Company has arranged Directors’ and Officers’ liability insurance against certain liabilities and defence costs. 
However, the Directors’ insurance does not provide protection in the event of a Director being found to have acted fraudulently 
or dishonestly.

Board and Committee Evaluation
The performance evaluation of the Board, its Committees and Directors is undertaken by the Chairman annually and implemented 
in collaboration with the Committee Chairmen. The 2019 Board and Committee evaluations were conducted by way of each 
Director and Committee member completing comprehensive questionnaires. The results were collated, discussed and acted upon 
by the Board and Committees. The Board reviews the outcomes of the Committee evaluations and assesses their performance. 
The Chairman confirms that the performance of the Non-Executive Directors continues to be effective.

Election and Re-Election of Directors
The Company’s Articles of Association require all Directors to retire and submit themselves for re-election at the first AGM after 
appointment and thereafter at least every three years. In 2020 all of the Directors will be put forward for re-election in accordance 
with Code Provision 18. The Notice of AGM provides details of those Directors seeking re-election.

Remuneration Committee
The Remuneration Committee comprises Penny Freer (Chairman), Peter Allen, Steve Bellamy and Peter Steinmann as laid 
out below:

Name

Penny Freer

Steve Bellamy

Peter Allen

Chairman (since 25 June 2010, member since 1 March 2010)

Member (since 20 February 2007)

Member (since 4 December 2013)

Peter Steinmann (stepping down at 2020 AGM)

Member (since 1 July 2013)

Advanced Medical Solutions Group plc Annual Report 2019 55

Financial StatementsGovernanceCompany OverviewStrategic Report 
Corporate Governance Report  
continued

The Committee has Terms of Reference that are reviewed at least annually, were updated at the end of 2018 and are available to 
view on the Company’s Website ‘www.admedsol.com’. The Deputy Company Secretary acts as Secretary to the Committee.
The Remuneration Committee met three times in 2019. The Committee, in consultation with the Chief Executive Officer, 
determines the Group’s policy on Executive remuneration, employment conditions and the individual remuneration packages of 
the Executive Directors of all Group companies and all Management earning in excess of £100,000 per annum. It also approves all 
new incentive schemes, the grants of options under the Group’s share option schemes and the grants of shares under the Group’s 
Long-Term Incentive Plan (LTIP). The report of the Committee is included on pages 62 and 77.
Nomination Committee
The Nomination Committee comprises Peter Allen (Chairman), Penny Freer, Steve Bellamy, Chris Meredith and Peter Steinmann as 
laid out below:

Name

Peter Allen

Chris Meredith

Penny Freer

Steve Bellamy

Chairman (since 1 January 2014, member since 4 December 2013)

Member (since 1 January 2011)

Member (since 1 March 2010)

Member (since 20 February 2007)

Peter Steinmann (stepping down at 2020 AGM)

Member (since 1 July 2013)

The Committee meets as and when it is necessary to do so. The Committee has Terms of Reference that are reviewed at least 
annually, were updated at the end of 2019 and are available to view on the Company’s Website ‘www.admedsol.com’. The Deputy 
Company Secretary acts as Secretary to the Committee. The Committee met once during the year.
The Committee’s role is to:
•  Ensure that appropriate procedures are in place for the nomination and selection of candidates for appointment to the Board 

considering the balance of skills, knowledge and experience of the Board

•  Make recommendations to the Board regarding the re-election of Directors, succession planning and Board composition, having 

due regard for diversity, including gender

•  Consider succession planning for Senior Management and membership of the Audit and Remuneration Committees
Audit Committee
The Audit Committee comprised Steve Bellamy (Chairman), Peter Allen, Penny Freer, and Peter Steinmann in 2019. Peter Allen 
stepped down from the Audit Committee on 6 May 2020.

Name

Steve Bellamy

Penny Freer

Chairman (since 6 June 2007, member since 20 February 2007)

Member (since 1 March 2010)

Peter Steinmann (stepping down at 2020 AGM)

Member (since 1 July 2013)

Steve Bellamy, a qualified Chartered Accountant, chairs the Committee and has recent and relevant financial experience. 
The Committee has Terms of Reference that are reviewed at least annually, were updated at the end of 2019 and are available to 
view on the Company’s Website ‘www.admedsol.com’. The Deputy Company Secretary acts as Secretary to the Committee.
The Committee met three times during the year. The Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Head of Financial Reporting, 
External Audit Partner and Internal Auditor attended a number of these meetings. The Audit Committee also met with the External 
Audit Partner without the Executives and Senior Managers present. The Audit Committee Report is included on pages 58 to 61.

Going Concern
In carrying out their duties in respect of going concern, the Directors have carried out a review of the Group’s financial position 
and cash flow forecasts for the next 12 months from the signing of the accounts. These have been based on a comprehensive 
review of revenue, expenditure and cash flows, taking into account specific business risks and the current economic environment. 
In light of the COVID-19 pandemic sensitivity analysis has been prepared to stress test forecasts and the Directors are confident the 
business can withstand the challenges and is a going concern, due to the significant headroom available.

All AMS sites are currently in operation and meeting the Group’s commitments to maintain supply of its medical devices to 
healthcare partners and customers worldwide. However, the Group is now experiencing a slowdown in demand caused by the 
cancellation or postponement of elective surgeries and a reduction in accident and emergency treatment as a result of the global 
lockdowns. The Group currently estimates that  its annual revenues will be impacted by approximately 3% to 5% for each month 
the widespread restrictions remain in place.

With regard to the Group’s financial position, it had net cash at the year-end of £64.8 million (2018: £76.4 million). Net cash 
reduced in 2019 due to the acquisitions of Sealantis in January and Biomatlante is November. The Group has an undrawn five-year, 
£80 million, multi-currency, revolving credit facility with an accordion option under which AMS can request up to an additional 
£20 million on the same terms. The facility is provided jointly by the Group’s existing banks HSBC and The Royal Bank of Scotland. 
The facility is subject to leverage and interest cover covenants and is unsecured.
While the current economic environment is very uncertain, in particular in relation to COVID-19, the Group operates in markets 
whose demographics are favourable, underpinned by an increasing need for products to treat chronic and acute wounds. 
Consequently, market growth is predicted for the medium-term once the impact of COVID-19 subsides. Further details of the 
56  Advanced Medical Solutions Group plc Annual Report 2019

impact of COVID-19 can be found on pages 1 and 11. The Group has a high number of contracts with customers across different 
geographic regions who also with substantial financial resources, ranging from government agencies through to global healthcare 
companies. The Group has also considered the implications that may arise as a result of Brexit and developed appropriate risk 
management solutions to mitigate this risk.
Having considered the above, the Directors have concluded that the Group is well placed to manage its business risks in the 
current economic environment. Accordingly, they continue to adopt the going concern basis in preparing the Financial Statements.

Remuneration
The level of remuneration of the Directors is set out in the Remuneration Report on pages 62 to 77.

Modern Slavery Act
Prior to the introduction of the legislation the Company had implemented an Ethical Sourcing Policy and the requirements of 
the Modern Slavery Act build on that policy. During 2019, the Company has taken the following key steps to implement the 
requirements of the Modern Slavery Act 2015:

•  Group-wide communication of the Anti-Slavery and Human Trafficking Policy through compliance training 

•  Reinforcement of existing policies covering ethical business practices and legal compliance

•  Contractual commitments from supply chain partners to act in accordance with our Ethical Sourcing Policy

•  Routine audits of suppliers include an assessment of compliance

•  Continuing liaison with suppliers, contractors and business partners to establish their commitment to the eradication of slavery 

and human trafficking

•  The full compliance statement can be found on the Company’s website ‘www.admedsol.com’.

Gender Pay Gap Reporting – Ensuring Opportunities for All
AMS believes in being an inclusive and diverse employer, where individuals are provided opportunities to develop and reach their 
full potential. We are confident that men and women are paid equally for doing equivalent jobs across the business.

Our latest report under the Gender Pay Gap Regulations (Equality Act 2010 (Gender Pay Gap Information) Regulations 2017) is 
available on the corporate website ‘www.admedsol.com’.

Relations with Shareholders
The Strategic Report, which incorporates the Chairman’s Statement, Chief Executives Q&A, Financial Review, Section 172 
Statement, Stakeholder Engagement and Risk Management sections, together with other information in the Annual Report of 
the Group, provides a detailed review of the business. The views of both institutional and private shareholders are important, and 
these can be varied and wide-ranging, as is their interest in the Company’s strategy, reputation and performance. The Executive 
Directors have overall responsibility for ensuring effective communication and the Company maintains a regular dialogue with its 
shareholders, and this is described in the Stakeholder Engagement section on pages 30 to 43.

The Notice for the Annual General Meeting is sent to shareholders at least 20 working days before the meeting. Details of how the 
2020 AGM will be adapted in line with the latest guidance on COVID-19 are outlined below.

The AMS website ‘www.admedsol.com’ is regularly updated and provides additional information on the Group including 
information on the Group’s products and technology. 

Annual General Meeting
In line with the UK Government’s latest guidelines on COVID-19, AMS will host its 2020 AGM as a closed meeting at the Group’s 
Winsford office at 11.00 am on 10 June 2020. The health and safety of the Group’s shareholders, as well as its employees and 
customers is of paramount importance and, as a result, it will not be possible for shareholders to attend the meeting in person. 
Any shareholders attempting to attend the AGM will be refused entry.

The AGM will be convened with the minimum necessary quorum of two shareholders. The outcome of the resolutions will, as 
usual, be determined by shareholder vote based on the proxy votes received. Shareholders are therefore strongly encouraged to 
vote by proxy on the resolutions contained in the AGM notice. Given the restrictions on attendance, shareholders are also strongly 
encouraged to appoint the “Chairman of the Meeting” as their proxy rather than another person who will not be permitted to 
attend the meeting. Further details on voting can be found in the AGM Notice.

The results of the AGM will be announced to the London Stock Exchange and placed on the Group’s website, in the usual way, 
as soon as practicable after the conclusion of the AGM.

The Board would like to thank all shareholders for their continued support and understanding in these exceptional circumstances. 

Eddie Johnson
Company Secretary 

7 May 2020

Advanced Medical Solutions Group plc Annual Report 2019 57

Financial StatementsGovernanceCompany OverviewStrategic ReportAudit Committee Report

“The Committee has remained focused 

on safeguarding shareholder value 
by ensuring effective governance, 
internal controls, risk management 
and financial reporting.”

Steve Bellamy
Chair of the Audit Committee

Attendance record and tenure in 2019

Member

Steve Bellamy (Chair)

Peter Allen (stepped down on 6 May 2020)

Penny Freer

Peter Steinmann

As set out in the biographical information on pages 48 and 49, 
the members of the Committee have a strong mix of skills, 
expertise and experience and as a whole have the relevant 
competencies for the sector in which we operate. The Board 
has determined that Steve Bellamy, a qualified Chartered 
Accountant in New Zealand, and Peter Allen, a member of the 
Institute of Chartered Accountants in England and Wales, were 
the Committee’s financial experts.

In line with Code Provision 24, Peter Allen stepped down from 
the Audit Committee with effect from 6 May 2020 in line with 
Best Practice. When invited, he will attend Audit Committee 
meetings as the Board considers his extensive financial 
experience adds value to the discussion.

Aims and Objectives
The overall aim of the Committee is to monitor the integrity 
of the Group’s Financial Statements and announcements, its 
accounting processes, and the effectiveness of its internal 
controls and risk management system. The Committee 
assists the Board in fulfilling its responsibility to ensure that the 
Group’s financial systems provide accurate and up-to-date 
information on its financial position, and supports the Board in 
its consideration as to whether the Group’s published Financial 
Statements are fair, balanced and understandable.

58  Advanced Medical Solutions Group plc Annual Report 2019

Number of meetings held  
during the year when the  
Director was a member

Number of
meetings
attended

3

3

3

3

Committee  

tenure

13 years

6 years

10 years

6 years

The Audit Committee is required to:

•  Oversee and advise the Board on the current risk exposures 

of the Company and related future risk strategies

•  Oversee the activities of Internal Audit

•  Review internal control policies and procedures for the 

identification, assessment and reporting of material financial 
and non-financial risks

•  Review the Group’s procedures for detecting and 

preventing fraud

•  Review the Group’s procedures for the prevention of bribery 

and corruption

•  Review the Group’s procedures for ensuring that appropriate 

arrangements are in place to enable employees to raise 
matters of possible impropriety in confidence

•  Review the effectiveness of the Group’s financial reporting

•  Review the content of the Annual Report and advise the 
Board whether, taken as a whole, it is fair, balanced and 
understandable, and provides the information necessary for 
shareholders to assess the Group’s position, performance, 
business model and strategy

•  Review the engagement, effectiveness and independence 
of the External Auditor, and consider a tender process 
where appropriate

•  Review audit and non-audit services and fees

•  Review the Committee’s Terms of Reference

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Audit Committee Activities
To discharge its responsibilities, during the year, the Committee 
has undertaken the following activities:

Financial Statements and Reports
•  Reviewed and approved the External Audit fees for 2019.

•  Reviewed the annual and half-yearly financial reports and 

related statements:

 – Assessed key accounting judgements

 – Assessed cost of capital

 – Assessed impact of Brexit

 – Assessed working towards releasing the Annual Report 

earlier following the Preliminary Statement.

•  Reviewed and considered the significant matters in relation 

to the Financial Statements and how these have been 
addressed, including:

 –   Going Concern – The 2018 UK Corporate Governance 
Code Provision 31 has set out a requirement for the 
Directors to explain in the Annual Report how they 
have assessed the prospects of the Company, over 
what period they have done so and why they consider 
that period to be appropriate. This is set out on page 
56. The Committee reviews the analysis undertaken 
in relation to strategic risk management and risk 
assessment, risk appetite, internal control, risk and control 
reporting structure and the principal risks identified on an 
ongoing basis. This monitoring and review validates the 
statement which was documented for the first time in 
2016. Consideration has also been given to the impact 
of COVID-19.

 –  Goodwill impairment, including the acquisitions of Sealantis 

and Biomatlante.

 – Accounting for the acquisitions and associated valuation of 

intangible assets acquired.

External Audit
•  Monitored the independence and ensured the objectivity of 

the External Auditor.

•  Approved all non-audit service work over £10,000.

Risk Management
•  Reviewed the key risks to the Group and the plans to mitigate 

these risks.

•  Reviewed the scoring criteria and reporting to the Committee.

Terms of Reference
•  The Committee’s Terms of Reference are reviewed 

annually in line with the Institute of Chartered Secretaries 
and Administrators (ICSA) guidance to reflect the UK 
Governance Code. 

Effectiveness of External Auditor
To assess the effectiveness of our External Auditor, a formal 
performance review is undertaken on an annual basis to identify 
the adequacy of their approach to: 

•  Resource quality: – it is important that the External Auditor has 
achieved the right balance of audit team resource. With the 
team providing both continuity and knowledge, as well as 
a fresh perspective through new team members to allow 
processes and accounting policies to be challenged.

•  Effective communication: – key audit judgements are 
communicated at the earliest opportunity to promote 
discussion and challenge between the External Auditors, 
management and the Audit Committee, informing AMS of 
audit issues as they arise, so that these can be dealt with in 
a timely manner. Communication regarding good practice, 
changes to reporting requirements and accounting standards 
is also needed to enable the Company to be prepared prior 
to year-end. Timely provision of audit papers is required 
to enable adequate management review and feedback. 
The quality of the reports and publications provided by 
the External Auditor in terms of content, relevance and 
presentation is reviewed.

•  Scoping and planning – specifically relating to the year-end 

audit work: timely provision of the External Audit strategy and 
timetable to the Audit Committee and management.

•  Fees: – ensuring they are transparent, appropriate and 

communicated prior to the commencement of any work 
undertaken. Where variations occur, these are challenged at 
the earliest opportunity to enable dialogue and negotiation to 
be undertaken.

•  Reviewed and approved the Audit Plan for the 2019 audit.

•  Auditor independence: – the Committee continues to 

•  Reviewed the performance of the External Auditor and 

considered the re-appointment of Deloitte LLP as auditor for 
2020 and recommended appointment to the Board.

Internal Audit
•  Considered and agreed the strategic and annual Internal 

Audit plan.

•  Reviewed and followed up on management responses to 

Internal Audit findings and recommendations.

•  Reviewed the performance of RSM UK and considered their 

re-appointment.

•  Reviewed ongoing advice from previous audits.

•  Engaged RSM to conduct a ‘Healthcheck’ of AMS control 

environment and assurance needs.

monitor the External Auditor’s compliance with applicable 
ethical guidelines and considers the independence and 
objectivity of the External Auditor as part of the Committee’s 
duties. The Committee received and reviewed written 
confirmation from the External Auditor on all relationships 
that, in their judgement, may bear on their independence. 
The External Auditor has also confirmed that they consider 
themselves independent within the meaning of UK regulatory 
and professional requirements.

Advanced Medical Solutions Group plc Annual Report 2019 59

Financial StatementsGovernanceCompany OverviewStrategic ReportAudit Committee Report  
continued

Non-Audit Services
The External Auditor may be appointed to provide non-audit 
services where it is in the Group’s best interests to do so, 
provided a number of criteria are met. These are that the 
External Auditor does not:

•  Audit their own work

•  Make management decisions for the Group

•  Create a conflict of interest

•  Find themselves in the role of an advocate for the Group

All projects where forecast expenditure may exceed £10,000 
were approved by the Audit Committee. In 2019, Deloitte 
were engaged to provide due diligence on a potential 
acquisition. The fee was £175,000 (above the £10,000 
threshold). Deloitte LLP has been the Group’s External Auditor 
for 12 financial years. Following the positive outcome of a 
performance and effectiveness evaluation undertaken by the 
management, the Audit Committee concluded that it was 
appropriate to recommend to the Board the re-appointment 
of Deloitte LLP as the Group’s External Auditor for the next 
financial year. The Group will comply with the FRC ‘Revised 
Ethical Standard 2019, which will restrict the services permitted.

Internal Audit
Internal Audit at AMS is managed and delivered by an external 
firm of Auditors, RSM UK, who provide this service under the 
direction and guidance of the Audit Committee. Against an 
agreed mandate, this function performs independent Internal 
Audit across the Group. An Internal Audit strategy and an annual 
Internal Audit plan are approved by the Audit Committee each 
year. Internal Audit reviews areas of potentially significant risk 
and substantial process improvement and provides assurance 
that key controls are effectively designed and operated 
consistently. Audit reports are produced to convey the extent of 
control assurance derived from the formal testing of controls. 
RSM UK’s findings and recommendations are reported directly 
to the Audit Committee.

The Audit Committee:

•  Reviews and approves the charter of the Internal Audit 
function and ensures the function has the necessary 
resources and access to information and the Group’s 
employees as necessary to enable it to fulfil its mandate 
and is equipped to perform in accordance with appropriate 
professional standards for Internal Auditors.

•  Approves the appointment and the termination of the 

Internal Auditors.

•  Ensures the Internal Auditor has direct access to the 

Board Chairman and to the Committee Chairman and is 
accountable to the Committee.

•  Reviews and assesses the annual Internal Audit work plan.

•  Receives a report on the results of the Internal Auditors work 

at least twice per year.

•  Reviews and monitors management’s responsiveness to the 

Internal Auditor’s findings and recommendations, and follows 
up on the corrective actions taken.

•  Monitors and reviews the effectiveness of the Company’s 

controls in the context of the Company’s overall risk 
management system.

60  Advanced Medical Solutions Group plc Annual Report 2019

All Internal Audit reports are discussed with the Audit 
Committee and the External Auditor, and the recommendations 
are considered and acted upon. RSM UK attends Audit 
Committee meetings twice a year and updates the Audit 
Committee in writing ahead of each Committee meetings.

In 2019 the Internal Auditor reviewed previous audit reports and 
undertook a ‘Healthcheck’ of AMS’ control environment and 
assurance needs. The recommendations of Internal Audit were 
accepted by the Audit Committee and acted upon. 

The role of Internal Audit was reviewed in 2019. It was 
determined that internal audit should be focused on controls, 
driven by corporate governance and effective risk management, 
with audits focusing on key risks. A three-year Internal Audit plan 
was discussed in detail and agreed in March 2020.

The Group also calls on the services of external bodies to 
review the controls in certain areas of the Group. The quality 
assurance systems are reviewed by the Group’s Notified Bodies, 
the British Standards Institute (BSI), TÜV Rheinland LGA Products 
GmbH, PCBC, Dekra and Lloyds Register, on a regular basis.

The Internal Controls Framework is available for all employees 
to view on the Intranet. Updates are driven by an underlying 
process change or by the outcomes of Internal Audit projects. 
Issues are identified, the policies are updated and then approved 
by the Chief Financial Officer. The updated policies are then 
formally approved by the Board.

Risk Management and Internal Controls
The Board takes responsibility for the Group’s system of 
internal control and for reviewing its effectiveness, taking 
guidance from the Audit Committee. The Board monitors and 
reviews all material controls including financial, operational 
and compliance controls. Risks arising from operations can 
only be managed rather than eliminated. Only reasonable and 
not absolute assurances can be made against material loss or 
misstatement. Key features of the internal control system are:

•  The Group has an organisational structure with clear 
responsibilities and lines of accountability. The Group 
promotes the values of integrity and professionalism. 
The members of the Board are available to hear, in 
confidence, any individual’s concerns about improprieties.

•  The Board has a schedule of matters reserved for its 

consideration. This schedule includes potential acquisitions, 
capital projects, treasury policies and management systems, 
risk management systems and policies, approval of budgets, 
re-forecasts, Health and Safety and Corporate Governance.

•  The Board or the Audit Committee reviews the Risk Register 

at least twice a year.

•  The Board monitors the activities of the Group through the 
management accounts, monthly and full year forecasts 
and other reports on current activities and plans. The Senior 
Management Team, at least monthly, monitors financial and 
operational performance in detail.

•  The Group has set appropriate levels of authorisation which 
must be adhered to as the Group carries out its business.

•  An Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) system with in-built 
controls over process and authority, minimising manual 
intervention and overall strengthening controls is in place 
in the UK, the Netherlands and Germany, with appropriate 
equivalent systems in other jurisdictions

•  The Group operates a ‘whistle-blowing’ policy enabling any 

individual with a concern to approach any of the Non-
Executive Directors in confidence

As part of the External Auditor’s annual review process, any 
weaknesses identified in the Group’s internal control system 
are reported to and discussed with the Audit Committee and 
corrective actions are agreed.

Maximising long-term shareholder value is a key corporate 
objective for the Group, recognising that creating value is the 
reward for taking and accepting risk. The Directors consider risk 
management to be crucial to the Group’s success and give it 
a high priority to ensure that adequate systems are in place to 
evaluate and limit risk exposure.

Management formally reviews the Risk Register at least twice 
a year. Risks are evaluated for both likelihood and financial 
impact and scored against both criteria. This is used to identify 
the most significant risks the business faces. These risks have 
been identified and are discussed in more detail in the Strategic 
Report on pages 44 to 47. Actions are agreed to mitigate 
the risks.

At each review, progress on actions is assessed and further 
actions may be identified. Risks are re-scored and the effects 
of mitigating actions taken are used to identify a residual risk 
score. Management also gives consideration to other risks 
that have been identified, scores these risks to understand 
the significance and assigns actions to be taken to mitigate, if 
required. The process for identifying, evaluating and managing 
the risks faced by the Group is ongoing throughout the year.

Management report to the Audit Committee at least twice a 
year on the Risk Register. The Board or the Audit Committee 
reviews the Group’s Risk Register and the effectiveness of 
Management’s actions to mitigate the risks.

As part of the External Auditor’s annual review process, any key 
risks and areas of audit focus are also identified and agreed with 
the Audit Committee.

Steve Bellamy
Chair of the Audit Committee

7 May 2020

Advanced Medical Solutions Group plc Annual Report 2019 61

Financial StatementsGovernanceCompany OverviewStrategic ReportRemuneration Report

“In 2019 the Committee has focused on 

the Group’s Remuneration Policy and 
compliance with best practice, along 
with increased shareholder engagement.”

Penny Freer
Chair of the Remuneration Committee

The Board presents the Remuneration Report for the year ended 31 December 2019.

As an AIM-quoted Company, Advanced Medical Solutions Group plc is not required to comply with the Directors’ Remuneration 
Report regulations requirements under Main Market UK Listing Rules or those aspects of the Companies Act applicable to listed 
companies. The following disclosures are made voluntarily.

The Remuneration Committee (Committee) comprises the three Non-Executive Directors of the Group and the Chairman of the 
Board. The following table details members of the Committee, their attendance at meetings held during the year and their tenure:

Attendance record and tenure in 2019

Member

Penny Freer (Chair)

Steve Bellamy

Peter Allen

Peter Steinmann

Number of meetings held  
during the year when the  
Director was a member

Number of
meetings
attended

3

3

3

3

Committee  

tenure

10 years

13 years

6 years

6 years

Biographical information on the Committee members is set out on pages 48 and 49. They have no personal financial interest, 
other than as shareholders, in the matters to be decided. They have no conflict of interest arising from cross-Directorships and 
no day-to-day involvement in running the business. They do not participate in any bonus, share option or pension arrangements. 
The Board has accepted the Committee’s recommendations in full.

The Committee, on behalf of the Board, and in consultation with the Chief Executive Officer, determines the Group’s policy 
on executive remuneration, employment conditions and the individual remuneration packages of the Executive Directors of all 
Group companies and management and staff earning in excess of £100,000 per annum. It administers the share option schemes, 
determines the design of performance-related pay schemes, sets the targets for such schemes and approves payment under 
such schemes. The Terms of Reference of the Committee are reviewed each year and are available on the Company’s website, 
‘www.admedsol.com’.

62  Advanced Medical Solutions Group plc Annual Report 2019

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A resolution will be put to shareholders at the Annual General Meeting on 10 June 2020 asking them to consider and approve this 
Report. The activities the Remuneration Committee undertook in 2019 were:

Month

March

October

December

Principal Activities

•  Discussion on the progress of shareholder consultation regarding 
the 2019 remuneration for the Chief Executive Officer and newly 
appointed Chief Financial Officer

•  Review of 2018 personal objectives 

•  Review of proposed 2018 Executive Director and Senior 

Management Team (SMT) bonus and Deferred Annual Bonus awards

•  Discussion on 2019 personal objectives for the Executive Directors 

•  Review of the 2019 corporate objectives 

•  Review of LTIP performance criteria, how these are calculated, and 

consideration of holding periods

•  Review and approval of Gender Pay Report 

•  Review of 2019 personal objectives for Executive Directors

•  Ratification of LTIP and share option awards for 2019 (Executive 

Directors, SMT and key employees)

•  Ratification of Annual Performance Bonus and Deferred Annual 

Bonus awards for Executive Directors and SMT

•  Review of compliance with Executive Shareholding Policy for 

Executive Directors and SMT

•  Ratification of 2016 LTIP vesting (Executive Directors and 

Senior Management)

•  Review of the criteria for the Executive Shareholding Policy

•  Consideration of the proposed 2020 salaries for the Executive 

Directors and SMT

•  Consideration of SMT LTIP awards for 2020 and the rules regarding 

these awards

•  Ratification of changes to the Executive Shareholding Policy

•  Review of results of Committee Self Assessment questionnaire, 

•  Terms of Reference and Directors’ Expenses Policy

•  Approval to run DSB Scheme and contribution levels in 2020

•  Agreement of 2020 Remuneration Committee Meeting dates

•  Review of legal and corporate governance developments

Advanced Medical Solutions Group plc Annual Report 2019 63

Financial StatementsGovernanceCompany OverviewStrategic ReportRemuneration Report  
continued

2019 Remuneration at a Glance

Components of remuneration

Total remuneration

Fixed

Variable

Salary

Fixed total

Annual bonus

Variable total

=

=

Total

Fixed

= Total

Fixed

Salary

CEO – Chris Meredith

CFO – Eddie Johnson

Pensions and other benefits

CEO – Chris Meredith

CFO – Eddie Johnson

Variable
Annual bonus

Bonus 2019

CEO – Chris Meredith

CFO – Eddie Johnson

Performance measures

Group revenue

+

Pension and other benefits

CEO – Chris Meredith

CFO – Eddie Johnson

+

LTIP

+

DSB

+

Variable

£’000

300

170

31

18

£’000

Nil

Nil

Fixed
Variable

43%
57%

Fixed
Variable

56%
44%

Shareholding requirements  
(as at 31 December 2019)

Target 

CEO – Chris Meredith

200% of base salary

CFO – Eddie Johnson

200% of base salary

Actual shareholding  

as a % of target

844%

133%

Weighting

Overall 
achievement

2019 
performance 
(% of overall 
maximum)

Remuneration Policy

Strategically aligned 

Nil

100%

Nil1

£’000

426

92

The remuneration policy is aligned with our strategy and 
culture. Share ownership drives the right long-term behaviour. 
The Executive Directors are required to build a significant 
shareholding. This aligns their interests with the stakeholders’ 
interest for sustainable long-term growth. 

Pay for performance

The remuneration of our Senior Management is designed to 
promote the long-term success of the Company and reward 
value creation for our stakeholders. Assessment of short-term 
incentives under the Annual Performance Bonus is made 
against corporate, financial, strategic and other non-financial 
objectives. A proportion of the bonus is deferred for Executive 
Directors and Senior Management for a period of three-years. 
Long-term incentives are linked to long-term financial and 
strategic objectives. 

Weighting

Overall 
achievement

2019 
performance 
(% of overall 
maximum)

50%

100%

50%

Market competitive 

Financial

Group PBT adjusted

85%

Below 
threshold

15% Maximum

100%

EPS

CEO – Chris Meredith

CFO – Eddie Johnson

Personal

Overall

LTIP

2016 LTIP vesting for 2016–2019

CEO – Chris Meredith

CFO – Eddie Johnson

Performance measures

Financial

Total shareholder 
return (TSR)

Financial

Overall

DSB

Earnings per  
share (EPS)

50%

80.6%

40.3%

100%

90.3%

All elements of our remuneration are reviewed regularly to 
ensure they remain market competitive to attract and retain 
talent, as well as to avoid excessive overpayment. 

Employee commitment 

We are committed to paying our people fairly and in a clear, 
transparent and simple way.

Gains on DSB vested

CEO – Chris Meredith

CFO – Eddie Johnson

1  Nil bonus as threshold not achieved on financial measurements.

64  Advanced Medical Solutions Group plc Annual Report 2019

£’000

13

58

Remuneration Policy
The remuneration policy is formulated to provide a remuneration structure that is competitive and will allow the Company to 
attract, retain and motivate Senior Executives of the calibre required to develop and implement the Company’s strategy and 
enhance earnings over the long-term. At the same time, the Company seeks to ensure that it is not paying more than is necessary 
for this purpose. A cohesive reward structure consistently applied with links to corporate performance is seen as crucial in ensuring 
attainment of the Group’s strategic goals. The policy aims to conform to best practice as far as reasonably practicable. The policy 
will continue to apply for 2020 and subsequent years, subject to ongoing review as appropriate. The Committee retains the right to 
exercise discretion. The policy is based around the following key principles:

•  Total rewards will be set at levels that are sufficiently competitive to enable the recruitment and retention of high calibre 

Senior Executives

•  Total incentive-based rewards will be earned through the achievement of performance conditions consistent with 

shareholder interests

•  The design of long-term incentives will be prudent and will not expose shareholders to unreasonable financial risk

•  In considering the market positioning of reward elements, account will be taken of the performance of the Group and of each 

individual Executive Director

The Committee appointed Mercer (previously Kepler) in 2014 to provide advice on the remuneration of the Executives and SMT. 
Each Executive Director’s remuneration package consists of basic salary, bonus, LTIPs, health and insurance benefits, and pension 
contributions. The Committee ensures that there is a balance between fixed and performance-related remuneration elements.

Enhanced Shareholding Guidelines
Executive Directors and senior management are expected to accumulate and maintain a significant shareholding. In December 
2019 the holding requirements for the Executive Shareholding Policy were increased to 200% and 100% of salary respectively for 
the Executive Directors and SMT to reflect Corporate Governance Best Practice and enhance their alignment with the interests of 
our stakeholders, and philosophy of share ownership. All SMT members met or exceeded the shareholding target in 2019, except 
the three members who have been with the Company for less than five years. If a SMT member does not comply at the end of the 
five year period the Committee retains discretion to decide on the appropriate sanction, which may include a simple ‘warning’ or 
reduction in the next LTIP grant, or a reduction of bonus opportunity.

Mercer was engaged from December 2018 to February 2019 to provide guidance on consulting with shareholders on the 
proposed 2019 salary increases for Chris Meredith (Chief Executive Officer) and Eddie Johnson (upon appointment as Chief 
Financial Officer). Chris Meredith’s salary was increased by 7.8% in 2019 and Eddie Johnson received a salary of £170,000 upon 
appointment. Penny Freer (Senior Non-Executive Director and Chairman of the Remuneration Committee) spoke with the majority 
of the significant shareholders in early 2019 to discuss these proposed salary changes. The feedback was generally supportive, 
and any concerns raised were resolved. Mercer will again be engaged in early 2020 to review the performance criteria and 
holding periods for the 2014 LTIP, to ensure they are in line with corporate governance best practice. Mercer is the only advisor 
who provided material assistance to the Committee during 2019 in its consideration of matters related to Directors remuneration. 
Details of the engagement with Mercer in 2019 are set out below:

Advisors

Mercer LLC

Appointment and selection

Other services provided to the Company

Fees for Committee assistance

Appointed to provide ongoing advice to the 
Committee on various matters including Directors’ 
remuneration, shareholder communication and 
other governance matters.

Advice on employee reward

£9,840

The Committee will continue to ensure our remuneration structure is aligned to the Company’s culture that supports our long-
term sustainable growth, whilst emphasising our underlying philosophy of share ownership.

Advanced Medical Solutions Group plc Annual Report 2019 65

Financial StatementsGovernanceCompany OverviewStrategic ReportRemuneration Report  
continued

Compliance with the UK Corporate Governance Code 2018 (Code)
As a large AIM quoted company AMS has chosen to follow the Code on a ‘comply or explain’ basis. There were a number of 
changes to the Code in 2018. We are compliant in the majority of areas such as the inclusion of malus provisions in the LTIP, LTIP 
awards vesting at the normal vesting date for good leavers and share ownership guidelines for Executive Directors (Executive 
Shareholding Policy). For new appointments, the Committee will set pension contributions in line with those available to the 
wider workforce.

The areas where we are currently not compliant with the Code are:

Code provision

Description of non-compliance

Explanation/remedial action 

36

37

38

Share awards granted for Executive Directors are not released 
for sale on a phased basis or subject to a total vesting and 
holding period of five years or more. The vesting period is 
three years. The Committee has not developed a formal 
policy for post-employment shareholding requirements 
encompassing both unvested and vested shares.

LTIP performance criteria are being reviewed with Mercer 
ahead of the 2020 LTIP awards. A formal policy for post-
employment shareholding will be considered in 2020.

Remuneration schemes should include provisions that would 
enable the Company to recover and/or withhold sums or 
share awards and specify the circumstances in which it would 
be appropriate to do so.

Despite the LTIP and Deferred Annual Bonus Scheme having 
malus provisions, there is currently not a clawback provision. 
This will be considered with post-employment shareholding 
in 2020.

The pension contribution rates for Executive Directors, or 
payments in lieu, should be aligned with those available to 
the workforce. 

The Company has implemented a policy that any future 
Executive Director appointments will receive the same 
pensions contributions as the workforce. The Committee does 
not consider the current contributions of 10% to be excessive.

We aim to voluntarily seek advisory shareholder approval for our Remuneration Report to provide accountability and for 
shareholders to express their views on the remuneration policy and its implementation. All feedback provided by shareholders 
helps inform the Committee’s approach to governance of the remuneration policy. The Committee welcomes any feedback 
on the remuneration policy. If shareholders have any specific comments on the Remuneration Policy, the Committee maybe 
contacted through the Company Secretary (companysecretary@admedsol.com).

Consideration of Shareholder Views
In formulating the remuneration policy, the Committee takes into account guidance issued by shareholder representative bodies, 
including the Investment Association, the Pensions and Lifetime Savings Association, Glass Lewis and Institutional Shareholder 
Services. The Committee also takes into consideration any views expressed by shareholders during the year (including at the AGM) 
and encourages open dialogue with its largest shareholders. Major shareholders were consulted in advance about changes to the 
remuneration policy in 2019.

Consideration of Employment Conditions elsewhere in the Group
The Committee considers the general basic salary increase for the broader employee population when determining the annual 
salary increases and remuneration for the Executive Directors. The cost of living increase for the 2019 financial year was 2% for 
the Senior Management Team and the broader employee population. However, the Committee determined to increase the basic 
salary for Chris Meredith (Chief Executive Officer) by 7.8%, which was discussed with shareholders by Penny Freer (Chairman 
of the Remuneration Committee). Eddie Johnson (Chief Financial Officer) was awarded a salary of £170,000, below that of his 
predecessor, as the scope of his role does not include operational oversight.

Statement of Voting at General Meeting
At the 2019 AGM, the percentages of votes cast ‘for’, and ‘against’ in respect of the Directors’ Remuneration Report were as follows:

Resolution

To approve the Directors’ Remuneration Report

Number of  

shares voted

113,671,023

Votes cast 
‘for’

95.58%

Votes cast 
‘against’

4.42%

66  Advanced Medical Solutions Group plc Annual Report 2019

Overview of Directors’ and Senior Management Remuneration Policy 
Policy Table

Element of
remuneration

Purpose and 
how it supports 
strategy

How the element operated 
and maximum opportunity

Framework used to 
assess performance

Where there is a change in responsibility, progression 
in the role, change in size or structure of the Group 
or increased experience of the Executive Director 
or member of Senior Management, the Committee 
retains the discretion to award a higher increase than 
the UK workforce.

The Committee used this discretion when awarding 
Chris Meredith (CEO) a 7.8% increase in 2019.

Base Salary

To provide competitive 
fixed remuneration.

To attract, retain and 
motivate Executive 
Directors and Senior 
Management of 
the right calibre to 
deliver the Company’s 
strategy and to provide 
a core level of reward 
for the role.

In line with the policy outlined on page 
65 salary levels of Executive Directors 
and Senior Management are set 
after taking into account experience, 
responsibilities and performance, 
both on an individual and business 
perspective, and external market data 
(benchmarked against companies of a 
similar size and complexity and other 
companies in the same industry sector).

Salaries are reviewed annually (normally 
December, with any changes effective 
from 1 January). Details of the current 
salaries of the Executive Directors are 
set out below on page 70. A review 
was last carried out in December 2019. 
There is no prescribed annual increase. 
The Committee will take into account 
the general increase for the broader 
employee population in the UK but on 
occasions may need to recognise, for 
example, an increase in the scale, scope 
or responsibility of the role. 

Benefits

N/A

To attract, retain and 
motivate Executive 
Directors and Senior 
Management of 
the right calibre 
to deliver the 
Company’s strategy 
by providing a market 
competitive level of 
benefit provision.

A range of benefits may be provided by 
the Committee after taking into account 
local market practice. The Executive 
Directors’ benefits currently 
comprise private medical insurance. 
Additional benefits may be provided 
as appropriate. There is no defined 
maximum as the cost benefits can vary 
annually and the Company requires the 
ability to remain competitive.

Annual  
Performance 
Bonus

Drives and rewards 
performance against 
annual financial and 
operational goals 
which are consistent 
with the medium to 
long-term strategic 
needs of the business.

Each of the Executive Directors is 
entitled under the terms of their service 
agreements to receive an Annual 
Performance Bonus to be determined 
by the Committee based on the 
Group’s financial performance and the 
achievement of specific personal targets 
set by the Committee.

The Annual Performance Bonus is focused on the 
delivery of strategically important performance targets. 
These include demanding financial and non-financial 
measures. The financial targets are currently set 
against Group revenue, Group profit before tax and 
Earnings Per Share. 85% of the award is dependent 
upon the financial performance of the Group and 15% 
is achievable for meeting personal objectives and a 
values assessment based on Care, Fair, Dare.

Executive Directors can receive an Annual 
Performance Bonus, up to the percentage of salary set 
out on page 70.

Senior Management are entitled to receive up to 50% 
of their salary in bonus, of which 77% of the award 
is dependent on financial performance targets and 
23% on personal objectives and Care, Fair, Dare. 
The Committee may use different measures and/or 
weightings for future bonus cycles to take into account 
changes in the strategic needs of the business.

For Executive Directors and Senior Management, 
if the Financial thresholds are not met there is no 
bonus payable.

Advanced Medical Solutions Group plc Annual Report 2019 67

Financial StatementsGovernanceCompany OverviewStrategic ReportRemuneration Report  
continued

Overview of Directors’ and Senior Management Remuneration Policy  continued
Policy Table

Element of
remuneration

Purpose and 
how it supports 
strategy

Deferred 
Annual 
Bonus (DAB)

Provides mechanism 
to exercise malus 
provisions.

Deferred 
Share Bonus 
Plan (DSB)

To align the interests 
of the Executive 
Directors, the SMT 
and the employees 
with shareholders, 
incentivise long-term 
value creation and as 
a key tool for retention 
of staff.

Long-Term 
Incentive 
Plan (LTIP)

To align the interests 
of the Executive 
Directors and the SMT 
with shareholders and 
incentivise long-term 
value creation

How the element operated 
and maximum opportunity

Framework used to 
assess performance

Following advice from Mercer regarding 
corporate governance developments 
in remuneration, the Committee 
introduced a Deferred Annual Bonus 
(DAB) Scheme whereby both Executive 
Directors and the SMT are required 
to defer up to 25% of their Annual 
Performance Bonus for three years. 
The DAB was approved by shareholders 
at the 2014 AGM.

The DAB introduced malus provisions 
which are laid out on page 69. There is 
no provision for clawback.

The Deferred Share Bonus Plan (DSB) 
is available to all employees and allows 
them to elect for the payment of 
some bonus to be made in the form of 
shares. It also allows for the provision 
of matching shares if the bonus shares 
are held for a set period. The DSB 
encourages employees to acquire 
shares in the Company and retain those 
shares in order to receive additional 
free shares from the Company. It acts 
as a valuable retention tool aligning 
employees’ interests with those of 
shareholders. The DSB first operated 
in 2007. The existing scheme received 
shareholder approval at the 2015 AGM.

The Company introduced a new 
Long-Term Incentive Plan (2014 LTIP) 
at the 2014 AGM, replacing the LTIP 
introduced in 2006. The LTIP permits 
an annual grant of shares that vest 
subject to performance and continued 
employment. The LTIP awards are 
granted in accordance with the rules 
of the plan. Individuals who are entitled 
to awards under the 2014 LTIP are not 
eligible to receive options under the 
Company’s Share Option Plan or the 
Executive Share Option Scheme.

Under the rules of the LTIP, the 
maximum annual award size is 200% 
of salary. Details of the proposed award 
levels for 2019 are set out below. 
Awards under the LTIP may be granted 
in the form of nil-cost options or cash 
(where the award cannot be settled in 
shares). Awards are currently structured 
with a consideration of £1.

The 2014 LTIP introduced malus 
provisions which are laid out on page 69. 
There is no provision for clawback.

N/A

N/A 

50% of the Award is determined based on the Total 
Shareholder Return (TSR) performance of the Company 
compared with the AIM Healthcare Share Index over the 
vesting period and 50% of the Award is determined by the 
growth in the average Earnings Per Share (EPS) per year 
of the Group over a three-year period.

Of the 50% of the Award that is determined by 
reference to the AIM Healthcare Share Index, no shares 
will be awarded if the Company is ranked below the 
median. Awards will vest on a sliding scale from 25% to 
100% for performance above median to upper quartile 
performance against the Index.

The performance measurement for EPS will be based 
on the percentage increase of the Group’s EPS over a 
three-year period commencing on the 1 January of the 
year the Award is made. Awards will vest on a sliding 
scale from 25% to 100% for an average annual growth 
rate of EPS from target EPS of 5% to an average annual 
growth rate increase of EPS of 20% over the vesting 
period. No awards will be made for an average annual 
growth rate of EPS below target EPS.

The Committee has the flexibility to make appropriate 
adjustments to the performance conditions to ensure 
that the Award achieves its purpose. Any vesting is also 
subject to the Committee being satisfied that the Group’s 
performance on these measures is consistent with the 
underlying performance of the business.

68  Advanced Medical Solutions Group plc Annual Report 2019

Element of
remuneration

Purpose and 
how it supports 
strategy

How the element operated 
and maximum opportunity

Framework used to 
assess performance

Pension

To provide a 
market competitive 
remuneration 
package to enable 
the recruitment and 
retention of Executive 
Directors and 
Senior Management.

N/A

All UK employees are entitled to become 
members of the Group Pension and 
Life Assurance Scheme which was set 
up with effect from 1 February 1999. 
The Scheme entitles Executive Directors 
to contribute up to 10% of salary with 
the Group contributing a fixed 10%. 
All other UK employees contribute a 
minimum of 3% of their salary which 
is matched by a 6% contribution of 
the Group. The Pension Plan is a 
money purchase scheme. In 2011, 
the Group made arrangements allowing 
individuals to sacrifice their salary for 
pension contributions.

Following changes in the taxation of 
personal UK pension contributions, 
and limitations on the size of individual 
personal pension funds, the Group has 
agreed that an employee may substitute 
the pension contributions they would 
have received from the Group for salary.

Automatic enrolment has been 
implemented for all UK employees, 
except for those who have opted out.

Any new Executive Directors joining the 
Group will have a pension in line with 
the workforce.

Malus provisions – 2014 LTIP/DAB
The 2014 LTIP and DAB incorporate malus provisions. For LTIPs and DABs awarded from 2014 onwards, the Committee may in 
its absolute discretion resolve to vary an Award in the event that any of the Financial Statements or results for the Company, or for 
any Group Company, are materially restated (other than restatement due to a change in accounting policy or to rectify a minor 
error) or if, in the reasonable opinion of the Committee and following consultation with the relevant employing Group Company, 
a participant has deliberately misled the management of the Company and/or the market and/or the Company’s shareholders 
regarding the financial performance and/or technical information of any Group Company or any Subsidiary, or a participant’s 
actions amount to serious misconduct or conduct which causes significant financial loss for the Company, any Group Company 
and/or the participant’s Business Unit.

If the Committee determines that the malus provision applies then they may resolve that the number of shares comprised in an 
Award that are not vested shares and/or vested shares in the case of an Option where the Option has not yet been exercised 
should be reduced (to Nil if appropriate) and/or impose further conditions on an Award.

Advanced Medical Solutions Group plc Annual Report 2019 69

Financial StatementsGovernanceCompany OverviewStrategic ReportRemuneration Report  
continued

Directors’ Emoluments – Single Figure of Remuneration
The various elements of the remuneration for each Director in 2018 and 2019:

Salary and fees

Annual 
Performance 
Bonus

Deferred Bonus

LTIPs vested

Gains on DSBs 
vested1

Benefits

Pensions

Total  
Remuneration

£’000

2019

2018

2019

2018

2019

2018

2019

2018

2019

2018

2019

2018

2019

2018

2019

2018

Chris Meredith

Eddie Johnson2

Peter Allen

Steve Bellamy

Penny Freer

Peter Steinmann

Mary Tavener3

Total

300

170

74

44

44

38

–

670

278

–

73

43

43

37

215

689

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

127

–

–

–

–

–

81

– 208

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

42

426

407

–

–

–

–

–

27

69

92

–

–

–

–

–

518

–

–

–

–

–

377

784

13

58

–

–

–

–

–

13

–

–

–

–

–

4

71

17

1

1

–

–

–

–

–

2

1

–

–

–

–

–

1

2

30

17

–

–

–

–

–

28

–

–

–

–

–

22

770

338

74

44

44

38

–

896

–

73

43

43

37

727

47

50 1,308 1,819

1  Gains on DSBs vested is based on the share price at vesting date. Details of the DSB can be found on page 68.
2  Eddie Johnson was appointed as Chief Financial Officer on 1 January 2019.
3  Mary Tavener resigned as Chief Financial Officer on 31 December 2018.

The table above summarises the payments made and additional amounts earned by the Executive Directors and Non-Executive 
Directors for the 2018 and 2019 financial years. The Chairmen of the Audit Committee and Remuneration Committee (Steve 
Bellamy and Penny Freer) received a supplementary fee of £3,000 for chairing a Committee. The Deferred Annual Bonus recorded 
in the table above is in respect of the 2018 financial year, to be paid or deferred into shares, which will not be received until 
2022. No Annual Performance Bonus was payable for 2019, and as a result the Deferred Annual Bonus scheme was not utilised. 
The Executive Directors were granted further LTIPs as detailed on page 72. All Directors have confirmed that, save as disclosed in 
the single figures of remuneration tables above, they have not received any other items in the nature of remuneration.

Salaries and Fees
Executive Directors
The Remuneration Committee determined there would be an increase of 1.5% for Executive Director base salary in 2020. 
The Group’s UK employees also received a 1.5% salary increase for the 2020 financial year. 

Director

Chris Meredith

Eddie Johnson (appointed 1 January 2019)

2020

2019

% increase

£304,500

£300,000

£172,550

£170,000

1.5%

1.5%

Annual Performance Bonus
The Annual Bonus contains two elements — the cash element and the deferred share element. The bonus is determined on 
both financial targets and personal objectives. Up to 25% of the bonus is deferred into shares in line with the malus provisions. 
The Annual Bonus payments presented in the table above were based on performance against growth in Group revenue, adjusted 
Profit before Tax, and EPS, and performance against personal performance objectives measured over the relevant financial year. 
The maximum bonus potential for the year ending 31 December 2020 will be 150% of salary for the Chief Executive Officer and 
75% for the Chief Financial Officer. There is no bonus payment if the minimum financial thresholds are not met.

The personal objectives for the Executive Directors are set on an individual basis and for the year ended 31 December 2019 were 
linked to the corporate, financial, strategic and other non-financial objectives of the Group. 

70  Advanced Medical Solutions Group plc Annual Report 2019

The table below summarises 2019 performance against the targets:

Performance Measures

Group revenue

Adjusted Profit Before Tax

Adjusted fully diluted Earnings Per Share

Weighting

Threshold £m

Target £m

Stretch £m

Achievement £m

28.33%

28.33%

28.33%

107.4

28.2

10.1

110.7

29.1

10.4

116.3

30.6

10.9

Below threshold

Below threshold

Below threshold

2019 result 
(% of overall 
maximum)

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

Personal objectives / values assessment

15.0%

The Remuneration Committee has assessed 
that the Executive Directors fully achieved their 
personal objectives for the year.

Total

100.0%

Maximum

15.0%

0.0%

In 2019 threshold was not achieved in any of the financial performance criteria, and therefore no bonus will be payable in 2020 
for the 2019 Financial Year. However, the Executive Directors performance against their personal objectives was still reviewed by 
the Remuneration Committee; if financial thresholds had been met then up to 22.5% of salary would have been payable to the 
Chief Executive Officer and 11.5% of salary would have been paid to the Chief Financial Officer (Eddie Johnson) upon achievement 
of personal objectives. The Committee considers the 2020 objectives to be commercially sensitive as they give our competitors 
insight into our business plans and therefore are not detailed in this Report.

Overall the 2019 bonus payments made in respect of the 2018 financial year were as follows:

Director

Chris Meredith

Eddie Johnson (bonus for 2019 reflects Group Financial Controller role)

Bonus paid 
in 2019 (2018 
Financial Year)

Deferred  

Annual Bonus

Percentage  
of salary  

(total bonus)

Maximum %  

of salary

£169,093

£42,273

£29,624

£7,261

50.6%

48.4%

120%

50%

Vesting of LTIPs for the year ended 31 December 2019
The LTIPs granted on 18 April 2016 to the Executive Directors under the 2014 Long-Term Investment Plan were based on 
performance criteria during the three-year period as detailed below. The LTIPs vested on 18 April 2019. The performance 
conditions were:

•  50% of the Award was subject to a performance condition based on the Company’s Total Shareholder Return (TSR) performance 
over the performance period (90 dealing day period to the date of grant measured against the 90 dealing day period prior to the 
three-year anniversary following the date of grant) relative to the constituent companies of the AIM Healthcare Share Index over 
the performance period

•  50% of the Award was subject to a performance condition based on the growth in the Company’s underlying diluted earnings 

per share (EPS) over the period from 1 January 2016 to 31 December 2018

The Performance Targets were as follows:

TSR Performance

Below 50% of the comparator Group 

Vesting %

0%

Between 50% and 75% of comparator Group

Straight-line vesting between 25% and 100% based on the ranking in the comparator Group

Above 75% of comparator Group

EPS average annual growth rate

<5% average annual growth rate

100%

Vesting %

0%

5%–20% average annual growth rate

Straight line vesting between 25% and 100%

Following a review of the performance conditions of the LTIPs granted in April 2016, 90.3% of the award vested in April 2019. 
The Company achieved 100% vesting for the TSR element (2018: 100% vesting), ranking 8th out of the 60 comparators and 80.6% 
vesting for the EPS element (2018: 74.5% vesting) with average annual EPS growth of 16.1%.

In the Directors’ emoluments single figure remuneration table on page 70, the figure attributable to the LTIPs granted on 18 April 
2019 is calculated by multiplying the number of shares in respect of which the Award vested by the share price on the vesting date.

Advanced Medical Solutions Group plc Annual Report 2019 71

Financial StatementsGovernanceCompany OverviewStrategic ReportRemuneration Report  
continued

Directors’ Interests in the Long-Term Incentive Plan (LTIP)
In 2019 the Committee considered it appropriate to approve LTIP awards based on 200% of salary for Chris Meredith and 75% of 
salary for Eddie Johnson. Both awards represent the maximum allowed under the remuneration policy and formed part of the 
shareholder consultation. 

On 24 April 2019 the following LTIP awards were granted to each Executive Director:

Director

Chris Meredith

Eddie Johnson

Type of Award

Basis of grant  

awarded

Share price 
at date of grant (£)

Number of shares 
granted

Face value of grant 
(£)

Vesting determined by 
performance over

Nil-cost option

200% of salary

Nil-cost option

75% of salary

3.2875

3.2875

182,510

38,783

600,000

127,500

See below

See below

EPS – Three financial years to 31 December 2021. 

TSR – Three years to 24 April 2022 (average share price of 90 days prior to grant compared to average share price of 90 days prior 
to vesting).

Outstanding Share Awards
The maximum number of shares to be allocated to the Executive Directors under the LTIP, in each case for an aggregate 
consideration of £1, are as follows:

Director

Chris Meredith

Eddie Johnson 
(appointed 1 January 2019)

As at  
1 January  
2019

146,939

143,553

109,571

90,344

–

34,235

31,148

23,775

19,603

–

Exercised in 
the year

Issued in  
the year

Lapsed in  
the year

As at  
31 December 
2019

Market price at 
date of grant 
(p)

First vesting date

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

182,510

–

–

–

–

38,783

–

13,925

–

–

–

–

3,022

–

–

–

146,939

129,628

109,571

90,344

182,510

34,235

28,126

23,775

19,603

38,783

151.50 10 September 2018 (vested)

184.60

246.69

308.00

328.75

18 April 2019 (vested) 

6 April 2020

13 April 2021

24 April 2022

132.00 10 September 2018 (vested)

184.60

246.69

308.00

328.75

18 April 2019 (vested) 

6 April 2020

13 April 2021

24 April 2022

The entitlement to shares under the LTIP is subject to achieving the performance conditions referred to on page 71. The figures 
shown are maximum entitlements and the actual number of shares (if any) will depend on these performance conditions being 
achieved. During the year ended 31 December 2019, Chris Meredith exercised Nil LTIPs (2018: Nil) and Eddie Johnson Nil LTIPs 
(2018: Nil). Awards made have no performance re-testing facility.

72  Advanced Medical Solutions Group plc Annual Report 2019

Approach to Remuneration of Executive Directors on Recruitment
In the case of appointing a new Executive Director, the Committee may make use of all the existing components of remuneration. 
The salaries of new appointments will be determined by reference to the experience and skills of the individual, market data, 
internal relativities and their current salary. New appointments will be eligible to receive a personal pension, medical insurance 
benefits and to participate in the Company’s share schemes.

In line with Best Practice for new Executive Director appointments, the Committee will set pension contributions in line with rates 
available to the wider workforce.

Non-Executive Directors
Non-Executive Directors are appointed under arrangements that may generally be terminated by either party on six months’ notice 
and their appointment is reviewed annually. The fees of the Non-Executive Directors are determined by the Executive Directors, 
taking into account the time and responsibility of each role. Additional fees related to the supplementary fee paid to the Chairmen 
of the Audit and Remuneration Committees.

Non-Executive Directors receive travel expenses but do not participate in any incentive arrangements. All Non-Executive Directors 
have confirmed that, save as disclosed in the single figures of remuneration tables above, they have not received any other items in 
the nature of remuneration. Further details of the Non-Executive Director fees are outlined below.

Element of remuneration

Purpose and how it supports strategy

Non-Executive Director fees.

Reflects time commitments, 
responsibilities of each role and 
fees paid.

Framework used to assess performance

Non-Executive Directors do 
not participate in variable pay 
arrangements and do not receive 
retirement benefits.

How the element operated and maximum 
opportunity

As per the Executive Directors 
there is no prescribed maximum 
annual increase. The Board is 
guided by the general increase 
in the Non-Executive Director 
market and the broader employee 
population but on occasion may 
need to recognise, for example, 
an increase in the scale, scope or 
responsibility of the role. 2019 fee 
levels are set out on page 70 and 
those fees were increased by 1.5% 
in 2020 in line with the general 
workforce.

Service Agreements
Executive Director service contracts, including arrangements for early termination, are carefully considered by the Committee 
and are designed to recruit, retain and motivate Directors of the quality required to manage the Company. The service contract 
of each Executive Director is not fixed term and is terminable by either party giving not less than 12-months’ notice in writing. 
The Executive Directors’ contracts are available to view throughout the year at the Company’s registered office and at the Annual 
General Meeting. The Remuneration Committee reviews the contractual terms for new Executive Directors to ensure they reflect 
best practice. Details of the service contracts for the Executive Directors and letters of appointment of the Non-Executive Directors 
are as follows:

Executive Director

Chris Meredith

Date of Contract

3 May 2005

Unexpired Term (months) 
or Rolling Contract

Rolling Contract

Eddie Johnson (appointed 1 January 2019)

1 January 2019

Rolling Contract

Non-Executive Directors

Peter Allen

Steve Bellamy

Penny Freer

Peter Steinmann

4 December 2013

Rolling Contract

1 February 2007

Rolling Contract

1 March 2010

1 July 2013

Rolling Contract

Rolling Contract

Notice Period (months)

12

12

6

6

6

6

Advanced Medical Solutions Group plc Annual Report 2019 73

Financial StatementsGovernanceCompany OverviewStrategic ReportRemuneration Report  
continued

Policy on Payment for Loss of Office – Executive Directors
The Remuneration Committee considers the circumstances of individual cases of early termination and determines compensation 
on a case-by-case basis accordingly, taking into account the relevant contractual terms, the circumstances of the termination 
and any applicable duty to mitigate. There are no special provisions in the event of loss of office or for payment in lieu of notice 
(PILON). The Remuneration Committee considers the circumstances of individual cases of early termination and determines 
compensation accordingly.

If such circumstances were to arise, the Executive Director concerned would have no claim against the Company for damages or 
any other remedy in respect of the termination. The Remuneration Committee would apply general principles of mitigation to any 
payment made to a departing Executive Director and will honour previous commitments as appropriate.

The table below summarises how the awards under the Annual Performance Bonus and 2014 LTIP are typically treated in different 
leaver scenarios and on a change of control. Whilst the Remuneration Committee retains overall discretion for determining ‘Good 
Leaver’ status, it typically defines a ‘Good Leaver’ for the Annual Performance Bonus and 2014 LTIP as circumstances which include 
retirement, ill health or injury, disability, redundancy and the employing company ceasing to be under the control of the Group.

The 2014 DAB defines a ‘Good Leaver’ as ceasing to be a Director or employee of a Group Company where that individual is not 
a ‘Bad Leaver’. A ‘Bad Leaver’ is defined as a Director or employee leaving the business due to the Financial Statements requiring 
restatement. Final treatment is subject to the Committee’s discretion.

Event

Timing of vesting/award

Calculation of vesting/payment

Annual Bonus/DAB

Good Leaver

Annual Performance Bonus payment would 
be negotiated as part of the terms of the 
leaving arrangements (at the discretion of the 
Remuneration Committee)

Unvested Deferred Annual Bonus share awards vest at 
the normal vesting date (or earlier at the Remuneration 
Committee’s discretion)

No automatic entitlement to Annual Performance 
Bonus on a pro-rata basis (at the discretion of the 
Remuneration Committee)

Bad Leaver

Not applicable

Individuals lose the right to their Annual Performance 
Bonus and unvested Deferred Annual Bonus share awards

Change of control

LTIP

Good Leaver

Annual Performance Bonuses are paid and unvested 
Deferred Share Bonus share awards vest on the date 
of notification to the Executive Directors regarding the 
change of control

Annual Performance Bonus is paid only to the extent that 
any performance conditions have been satisfied and are 
pro-rated for the proportion of the financial year worked 
to the effective date of change of control

On normal vesting date (or earlier at the Remuneration 
Committee’s discretion)

Unvested awards vest to the extent that any performance 
conditions have been satisfied and a pro-rata reduction 
applies to the value of the awards to take into account the 
proportion of vesting period not served

Bad Leaver

Unvested awards lapse on cessation of employment

Unvested awards lapse on cessation of employment

Change of control

Unvested awards vest on the date of notification to the 
Executive Directors regarding the change of control

Unvested awards vest and a pro-rata reduction applies for 
the proportion of the vesting period not served

Upon exit or change of control Deferred Share Bonus (DSB) awards will be treated in line with the DSB plan rules.

If employment is terminated by the Company, the departing Executive Director may have a legal entitlement (under statute or 
otherwise) to additional amounts, which would need to be met. In addition, the Committee retains discretion to settle other 
amounts reasonably due to the Executive Director.

In certain circumstances, the Committee may approve new contractual arrangements with departing Executive Directors including 
(but not limited to) settlement and/or consultancy arrangements. These will be used sparingly and only entered into where the 
Remuneration Committee believes that it is in the best interests of the Company and its shareholders to do so.

There are no agreements between the Group and its Directors or employees for loss of office or employment (whether through 
resignation, purported redundancy or otherwise) which take effect as a result of a takeover bid.

74  Advanced Medical Solutions Group plc Annual Report 2019

Payments to past Directors
No payments were made to past Directors during the year ended 31 December 2019. 

Payments for Loss of Office
No payments for loss of office were made during the year ended 31 December 2019.

Statement of Directors’ Shareholdings and Share Interests

Director

Chris Meredith

Eddie Johnson

Beneficially owned1 at 
31 December 2018

Beneficially owned1 at 
31 December 2019

Outstanding 
LTIP awards at  
31 December 2019

Outstanding 
DAB awards at  
31 December 2019

Outstanding share 
awards under DSB at 
31 December 2019

Shareholding as a % of 
Issued Share Capital at 
31 December 2019

1,491,943

77,555

1,514,804

98,787

658,992

144,522

57,977

22,542

27,556

33,886

0.70%

0.05%

Executive Directors are required to hold shares worth 200% of pre-tax annual salary in Company shares in compliance with the 
Executive Shareholding Policy. This was increased from 100% of pre-tax annual salary in December 2019. Compliance with this 
policy as at 31 December 2019 is shown below:

Director

Chris Meredith

Eddie Johnson

Shares held2

Vested DSBs

1,480,127

19,044

34,677

79,743

LTIPs (50% 
of vested / 
unexercised 
LTIPs)

138,284

31,181

DAB Awards

Total Shares

Target 
shareholding 
 target (£)

Actual 
shareholding 
value (£)

57,977

1,711,065

600,000

5,064,751

22,542

152,510

340,000

451,428

% vs holding 
target

844%

133%

1  Includes all shares beneficially held by the Executive Director (or their spouses and children) and vested DSBs.
2  Beneficially held by the Executive Director (or their spouses and children).

The shareholding as a % shown above is based on the share price as at 31 December 2019.

Non-Executive appointments at other companies
Chris Meredith has been a Non-Executive Director of Creavo Medical Technologies Ltd since May 2018. Creavo Medical 
Technologies Ltd is a UK-based, privately-held medical device company that is developing innovative techniques. There is no 
conflict of interest with AMS.

CEO Total Remuneration
The total remuneration figure for the Chief Executive Officer during each of the last five financial years is shown in the table 
below. The total remuneration figure includes the salary, Annual Performance Bonus based on that year’s performance, gains 
made on DSBs in that year and LTIP awards based on the three-year performance periods ending in the relevant year. The Annual 
Performance Bonus payout and LTIP vesting level as a percentage of the maximum opportunity is also shown for each of 
these years.

Year ended 31 December

Total remuneration (£’000)

Annual Bonus (% of maximum)

LTIP vesting (% of maximum)

2015

741

78.76%

55.1%

2016

784

72.5%

50%

2017

1,040

82.6%

76.9%

2018

896

50.6%

87.3%

2019

770

0%

90.3%

Relative Importance of Spend on Pay
The following table shows the Company’s actual spend on pay (for all employees) relative to dividends, tax and profits for the year 
attributable to owners of the parent:

Year ended 31 December

Staff costs

Dividends1

Tax

Profits for the year attributable to owners of the parent

1  The dividend figures relate to amounts payable in respect of the prior year.

2018 
(£m)

33.6

2.5

5.8

22.5

2019 
(£m)

33.2

3.0

5.4

18.9

change 
%

-1.2%

20%

-8.6%

-15.6%

Advanced Medical Solutions Group plc Annual Report 2019 75

Financial StatementsGovernanceCompany OverviewStrategic ReportRemuneration Report  
continued

£1,026,000 (2018: £1,436,000) of the staff costs figure relates to pay for the Directors, of which £568,000 relates to the highest 
paid Director (2018: £712,000). Total pension contributions were £1,309,000 (2018: £1,218,000) and for the highest paid Director 
£30,000 (2018: £28,000).

During 2019, distributions to shareholders included a dividend of £1,931,000 paid on 14 June 2019 (2018: £1,593,000) and 
£1,074,000 paid on 25 October 2019 (2018: £901,000). It is proposed that a dividend of 1.05p per share be paid on 19 June 2020. 
Further details are provided in Note 14 on page 109.

Gender Pay Gap Reporting – Ensuring Opportunities for All
The full compliance statement can be found on the Company’s website ‘www.admedsol.com’.

Private Healthcare
Executive Directors and other senior employees are entitled to private healthcare and permanent health insurance.

Share Options
Employees, except for participants in the Long-Term Incentive Plan (LTIP), may be granted options for shares in the Company 
under the 2019 Share Option Plan (SOP), under which either approved or unapproved options may be granted. Options granted 
under these schemes are not offered at a discount.

The exercising of options under these schemes is conditional on certain performance conditions which are pre-determined by 
the Committee. Options are exercisable normally only after the third anniversary of the date of grant (or such later time as may 
be determined at the time of grant) and cannot, in any event, be exercised later than the tenth anniversary of the date of grant. 
Awards will not vest if the Group is not profitable at the end of the performance period. Full details are included in Note 29 on 
pages 119 to 123. 

Company Share Option Plan (CSOP)/Executive Share Option Scheme
The Company Share Option Plan (CSOP) and Executive Share Option Scheme reached their ten year limit in 2019. The final awards 
under these schemes were made on 24 April 2019, These schemes were replaced at the 2019 AGM by the 2019 Share Option 
Plan (SOP).

2009 Executive Share Option Scheme
Up until 2010, the Company was able to offer options under an Enterprise Management Incentive (EMI) Scheme. The Company no 
longer satisfies the requirements for operating this scheme, however, options already granted will be allowed to vest in accordance 
with the scheme rules. The last remaining options under this scheme will either be exercised or lapse in 2020.

2019 Share Option Plan (SOP)
On 5 June 2019 the Company received approval for the 2019 Share Option Plan (SOP). The SOP allows for employees to be 
granted either approved or unapproved options. Under the approved part of the plan relevant employees can receive up to 
£30,000 of Company shares by reference to the market value of these shares on the grant date and to benefit from the growth in 
value of those shares.

Share Performance – 2019
The opening share price for 2019 was 275p and the closing price, on the last trading day of the year, was 296p. The range during 
the year was 354.5p (high) and 225p (low) (Source: daily official list of the London Stock Exchange).

76  Advanced Medical Solutions Group plc Annual Report 2019

Five-year Share Performance
For the five-year period ending 28 February 2020 the Advanced Medical Solutions Group plc share price has outperformed the 
FTSE All-Share Index by 76%, FTSE Techmark All-Share Index by 54%, FTSE All-Share Health Care Index by 56%, the FTSE Small Cap 
Index by 55%, and FTSE AIM All-Share Index by 53%.

)

0
0
1
o
t
d
e
s
a
b
e
r
(
e
c
i
r
p
e
r
a
h
S

400

350

300
250

200

150

100

50

0

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

2020

AMS

FTSE All Share

FTSE Techmark All Share

FTSE All Share Health

FTSE Small Cap

FTSE AIM All Share

For the five-year period ending 28 February 2020 the Advanced Medical Solutions Group plc Total Shareholder Return (TSR), 
defined as share price growth plus reinvested dividends, has outperformed the FTSE All-Share Index by 58%, FTSE Techmark 
All-Share Index by 38%, FTSE All-Share Health Care Index by 36%, the FTSE Small Cap Index by 39%, and FTSE AIM All-Share Index 
by 48%.

)

0
0
1
o
t
d
e
s
a
b
e
r
(

n
r
u
t
e
r

l

r
e
d
o
h
e
r
a
h
s

l

a
t
o
T

400

350

300
250

200

150

100

50

0

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

2020

AMS

FTSE All Share

FTSE Techmark All Share

FTSE All Share Health

FTSE Small Cap

FTSE AIM All Share

Approved on behalf of the Board.

Penny Freer
Chair of the Remuneration Committee

7 May 2020

Advanced Medical Solutions Group plc Annual Report 2019 77

Financial StatementsGovernanceCompany OverviewStrategic Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ Report
For the year ended 31 December 2019

Strategic Report
The Group has complied with the requirements of S414C(11) of the Companies Act 2006 by including certain non-financial 
information within the Strategic Report. The Strategic Report can be found on pages 4 to 47. This report includes a balanced and 
comprehensive analysis of the development and performance of the business of the Group and a description of the main trends 
and factors likely to affect the future development, performance or position of the business at the end of the year, using key 
performance indicators where appropriate. The Group has complied with Sch 7.11(1)(b) and Sch 7.11B(1).

Principal Risks and Uncertainties
A description of the Group’s principal risks and uncertainties can be found on pages 46 and 47 in the Strategic Report. This includes 
the Financial Risk relating to Forex Exposure. The potential impact and key controls and mitigating factors relating to this risk are 
outlined on page 47.

Research and Development
The Group attaches a high priority to research and development aimed at developing new products and updating existing 
products. The Group has expensed to the Income Statement in the year ended 31 December 2019 £3,195,000 (2018: £3,079,000) 
on research and development. In accordance with International Accounting Standards, a further £2,355,000 (2018: £1,392,000) has 
been capitalised. Following a review of development £nil impairments were made in 2019 (2018: £nil).

Dividends
The Group made a profit before tax for the year to 31 December 2019 of £24.3 million (2018: £28.3 million). The Directors 
are recommending payment of a final dividend of 1.05p per share (2018: 0.90p per share). The final dividend will, subject to 
shareholders’ approval, be paid on 19 June 2020 to shareholders on the register at the close of business on 29 May 2020. This will 
make a total dividend of 1.55p for the full year (2018: 1.32p).

Post-Balance Sheet Events
Since 31 December 2019 the COVID-19 pandemic has impacted the Group. Further details on COVID-19 can be found in the 
Chairman’s Statement (page 8), Chief Executive’s Q&A (pages 9 to 11) and Risk Management Section (pages 44 to 47). The impact 
on going concern is outlined on page 56. 

Key Performance Indicators
The Directors monitor the performance of the Group on a regular basis with particular reference to the relevant Key Performance 
Indicators (KPI’s). The Group updated its KPI’s in 2018 to ensure that they continue to be the most relevant for the Group and 
are linked to the Group strategy (see the Strategic Pillars on pages 12 and 13). Further detail and performance against the KPI’s is 
provided on pages 16 and 17. The KPI’s for 2019 and 2020 are as follows:

•  Revenue growth at constant currency (%)

•  Year-over-year change of our standard cost base (%)

•  Adjusted1 diluted EPS (%)

•  % of spend on R&D and Innovation

•  Customer service (OTIF)2

•  Staff retention/turnover (%)

•  % of sales from new products launched in the previous five years

•  Employee Engagement Score (%)

Capital Structure
A five-year, £80 million, multi-currency, revolving, credit facility was agreed in December 2018 with an accordion option under 
which AMS can request up to an additional £20 million on the same terms. The facility is provided jointly by the Group’s banks 
HSBC and The Royal Bank of Scotland. The facility is subject to leverage and interest cover covenants and is unsecured.

The Company’s Ordinary Shares are admitted to, and traded on, the Alternative Investment Market (AIM), a market operated by the 
London Stock Exchange. Further information regarding the Company’s share capital, including movements during the year, are set 
out in Note 27 to the Financial Statements on page 118.

There are no specific conditions on the following scenarios:

•  No special rights of control and no restrictions on the size or transfer of shares

•  All shares are fully paid

•  No special conditions in the Articles of Association under change of control situations

1  Before exceptional items and amortisation of acquired intangible assets. 
2  OTIF – ‘On time in full’.

78  Advanced Medical Solutions Group plc Annual Report 2019

Going Concern
The Directors continue to adopt the going concern basis in preparing the Financial Statements as outlined in the Corporate 
Governance Report on page 56.

Non-Financial Reporting Statement
In compliance with the European Union (Disclosure of Non-Financial and Diversity Information by certain large undertakings and 
groups) Regulations 2017, our Non-Financial Reporting Statement is set out on page 43.

Share Capital and Issue of Ordinary Shares
At 8 April 2020, the Group’s issued share capital comprised:

Ordinary Shares of 5p each

Number

214,932,064

£000

10,746

% of Issued 
Share Capital

100

The issued share capital of the Company is set out in Note 27 to the Financial Statements on page 118.

Substantial Shareholdings
As at 8 April 2020, the Company had been notified of, in accordance with the Disclosure and Transparency Rules, or was otherwise 
aware of, the following substantial interests of 3% or more in the Ordinary Share capital of the Company.

Octopus Investments Limited

Canaccord Genuity Group Inc

AXA SA

BlackRock Inc

Investec Group

Groupama

Charles Stanley Group

AEGON

Aviva plc

8 April 2020

22,744,483

15,537,008

14,681,511

10,535,960

9,976,667

9,787,629

8,410,871

7,258,849

6,687,377

% of Issued 
Share Capital

10.58

7.23

6.83

4.90

4.64

4.55

3.91

3.38

3.11

There have been no significant changes to the substantial shareholdings between 31 December 2019 and 8 April 2020. The top 
shareholders listed above remain the same as 31 December 2019.

Directors
The names of the current Directors together with brief biographies are shown on pages 48 and 49.

The Directors who were in office during the year ended 31 December 2019, the terms of the Directors’ service contracts and 
details of the Directors’ interests in the shares of the Company, together with details of share options granted and any other awards 
made to the Directors, are disclosed in the Remuneration Report commencing on page 72.

Re-appointment of Directors
Directors are re-appointed by ordinary resolution at the Annual General Meeting of shareholders. The Board can appoint a Director 
during the year but that Director must be elected by an ordinary resolution at the next Annual General Meeting. At the forthcoming 
Annual General Meeting to be held on 10 June 2020, all Directors will be put forward for re-election.

At the forthcoming Annual General Meeting on 10 June 2020 the entire Board will retire and formally offer themselves for  
re-appointment, with the exception of Peter Steinmann who will step down as a Director. This is part of our formal succession 
planning strategy outlined on page 52.

The Directors continue to contribute effectively and demonstrate commitment to their roles. Details of the notice period in their 
service agreements are disclosed in the Remuneration Report on page 73.

Advanced Medical Solutions Group plc Annual Report 2019 79

Financial StatementsGovernanceCompany OverviewStrategic ReportDirectors’ Report  
continued

Directors and their Interests
The Directors of the Company at 31 December 2019 and their interests, all of which are beneficially held, in the share capital of the 
Company were:

Director

Chris Meredith

Eddie Johnson3

Steve Bellamy

Peter Allen

Penny Freer

Peter Steinmann

Ordinary Shares of 5p each at 31 December 2019

Ordinary Shares of 5p each at December 2018

Shares

1,503,377

59,426

100,000

50,000

13,888

–

DSBs

38,983

73,247

–

–

–

–

LTIPs Deferred Bonus2

Shares

658,992

144,522

–

–

–

–

57,977

1,484,395

22,542

–

–

–

–

36,535

100,000

50,000

13,888

–

DSBs

19,164

57,566

LTIPs Deferred Bonus1

343,468

108,761

77,756

20,333

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

1  Deferred Bonus shares are in respect of the bonus earned relating to the 2015, 2016 and 2017 financial years.
2  Deferred Bonus shares are in respect of the bonus earned relating to the 2014, 2015, 2016, 2017 and 2018 financial years.
3  Appointed as a Director on 1 January 2019.

Further details of the Directors’ remuneration and benefits are included in the Remuneration Report on pages 62 to 77.

The Board has agreed on procedures for considering and, where appropriate, authorising Directors’ conflicts or potential conflicts 
of interest. Only Independent Directors’ i.e. those who have no interest in the matter under consideration, are able to take 
the relevant decision. In taking the decision the Directors must act in a way they consider, in good faith, will be most likely to 
promote the Company’s success. Directors will be able to impose limits or conditions when giving authorisation if they believe it 
is appropriate. The Board will report annually on the Company’s procedures for ensuring that the Board’s power of authorisation 
in respect of conflicts of interest operated effectively and that procedures have been followed. None of the Directors had any 
conflicts of interest during or at the end of the year in any contract relating to the business of the Company or its subsidiaries.

Directors’ and Officers’ Liability Insurance
Insurance cover is in force in respect of the personal liabilities which may be incurred by Directors and Officers of the Company 
in the course of their service with the Group, as permitted by the Companies Act 2006. No cover is provided in respect of any 
fraudulent or dishonest act.

Employees – Equal Opportunities and Development
The Group depends on the skills and engagement of its employees in order to achieve its objectives. Staff at all levels are 
encouraged to make the fullest possible contribution to the Group’s success. The Group is an equal opportunities employer. It is 
committed to eliminating all forms of discrimination and to giving fair and equal treatment to all employees and job applicants 
in terms of recruitment, pay conditions, promotions, training and all employment matters regardless of age, disability, race, sex, 
sexual orientation, marriage or civil partnership status, pregnancy, maternity and paternity, gender reassignment, religion or 
belief. An Equality Policy is in force which aims to ensure that all employees are selected, trained, compensated, promoted and 
transferred solely on the strength of their ability, skills, qualifications and merit. The aim is to encourage a culture in which all 
employees have the opportunity to develop as fully as possible in accordance with their individual abilities and the needs of the 
Group. The Group also believes that all employees have a right to work in an environment free from harassment and bullying, and 
there is an emphasis upon providing a safe and healthy working environment.

The Group ensures that every consideration is given to applications for employment from disabled persons. Should an employee 
become disabled, every effort would be made to make responsible adjustments to retrain the employee if required and offer 
suitable alternative employment within the Group.

The Group’s aim is to recruit and retain sufficient skilled and motivated employees to meet the needs of the business. The Group 
operates to the internationally recognised medical device standard ISO 13485. Staff work within a defined quality system, and 
have Personal Development Plans that identify their training requirements to help them progress their careers and development. 
Employees are encouraged to become involved in the financial performance of the Group through participation in the Group’s 
share option plans and are incentivised directly through the Company’s bonus scheme, performance reviews and training and 
development opportunities.

Please refer to pages 32 to 35 of the Stakeholder Engagement section to see further information on Employees.

Employee Share Schemes
Employees, except for participants in the Long-Term Incentive Plan (2014 LTIP), may be eligible after a period of service to be 
granted options over shares in the Company under the 2019 Group Share Option Plan (2019 SOP), which was approved at the 
2019 AGM. Prior to 2019 options were granted under the Company Share Option Plan (CSOP). 

80  Advanced Medical Solutions Group plc Annual Report 2019

The 2019 SOP has been approved by HMRC and allows employees to receive up to £30,000 of options in a tax-efficient manner. 
Options granted under this are not offered at a discount. Further details are included in the Remuneration Report on pages 62 
to 77.

The Company also operates a Deferred Share Bonus Scheme (DSB) in which employees are invited to participate. The DSB 
encourages employee share ownership which helps to align the employees’ interests with those of the shareholders. The details of 
the DSB Scheme are provided in the Remuneration Report on page 68. The original DSB was set up in 2006, and having reached 
the end of its ten-year life, a new DSB scheme was introduced on the same terms as the existing scheme following shareholder 
approval at the 2015 Annual General Meeting.

The Company no longer satisfies the requirements for granting tax-efficient options under its EMI scheme. Options already granted 
under this scheme will be allowed to vest in accordance with the rules of the scheme and the last of these will vest in 2020.

1,417,000 Ordinary Shares (2018: 831,000) were issued during the year to employees exercising their share options and options 
over other share incentive schemes. Details are given in Note 27 to the Group Financial Statements.

Health and Safety
The Group is committed to high standards in health, safety and environmental performance. The Group provides safe places and 
systems of work, safe plant and machinery, safe handling of materials and ensures appropriate information, instruction and training 
are given. Employees are encouraged to identify ‘near misses’ to ensure preventative actions are taken to avoid any unsafe work 
practices. Emphasis is placed on all employees having a responsibility to maintain a safe working environment. Health and Safety 
Committees at all sites assist with advice on safe working practices and ensure any corrective action is taken where necessary. 
Further details are outlined in the Stakeholder Engagement section on pages 30 to 43.

Environment
AMS is focused on reducing our impact on the environment. The Group has operations across a number of countries, where 
local management drive environmental performance. Specific site-level objectives are established to ensure compliance with local 
legislative requirements. The Company aims to adopt responsible environmental practices and to give consideration to minimising 
the impact on the environment. Detail of actions taken in 2019 to minimise our impact are outlined in the Stakeholder Engagement 
section on pages 30 to 43.

Evaluations of capital investment opportunities are ongoing to further reduce energy consumption. 2020 will demonstrate a 
significant investment in both infrastructure and expertise. The UK manufacturing sites will comply with the new Streamlined 
Energy Carbon Reporting (SECR) legislation, that will continually drive us to improve energy efficiency. An analysis of how we 
performed in 2019 can be found on page 39.

Corporate Social Responsibility
AMS is committed to ensuring that the business operates in a responsible way. Please see the Stakeholder Engagement section 
on pages 30 to 43 for an analysis of the key areas of employees, ethical standards, environment, Health and Safety and customer 
and community.

Political Donations
No political donations which require disclosure in accordance with the Electoral Acts 1997 to 2012 were made by the Group during 
the year.

Directors’ Responsibilities Statement
The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report and the Financial Statements in accordance with applicable law 
and regulations.

Company law requires the Directors to prepare Financial Statements for each financial year. Under that law the Directors are 
required to prepare the Group Financial Statements in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as 
adopted by the European Union and Article 4 of the International Accounting Standard Regulation and have elected to prepare the 
Parent Company Financial Statements in accordance with the United Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (United 
Kingdom Accounting Standards and applicable law including FRS 101 ‘Reduced Disclosure Framework’). Under Company law the 
Directors must not approve the accounts unless they are satisfied that they give a true and fair view of the state of affairs of the 
Company and of the profit or loss of the Company for that period.

Advanced Medical Solutions Group plc Annual Report 2019 81

Financial StatementsGovernanceCompany OverviewStrategic ReportDirectors’ Report  
continued

In preparing the Parent Company Financial Statements the Directors are required to:

•  Select suitable accounting policies and then apply them consistently

•  Make judgements and accounting estimates that are reasonable and prudent

•  State whether applicable UK Accounting Standards have been followed, subject to any material departures disclosed and 

explained in the Financial Statements

•  Prepare the Financial Statements on the Going Concern basis unless it is inappropriate to presume that the Company will 

continue in business

In preparing the Group Financial Statements, IAS 1 requires that Directors:

•  Properly select and apply accounting policies

•  Present information, including accounting policies, in a manner that provides relevant, reliable, comparable and 

understandable information

•  Provide additional disclosures when compliance with the specific requirements in IFRS is insufficient to enable users 
to understand the impact of particular transactions, other events and conditions on the entity’s financial position and 
financial performance

•  Assess the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern

The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting records that are sufficient to show and explain the Company’s 
transactions and disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the financial position of the Company and enable them to ensure 
that the Financial Statements comply with the Companies Act 2006. They are also responsible for safeguarding the assets of the 
Company and hence for taking reasonable steps for the prevention and detection of fraud and other irregularities. The Directors 
are responsible for the maintenance and integrity of the corporate and financial information included on the Company’s website. 
Legislation in the United Kingdom governing the preparation and dissemination of Financial Statements may differ from legislation 
in other jurisdictions.

Responsibility Statement
We confirm that to the best of our knowledge:

•  The Financial Statements, prepared in accordance with the relevant financial reporting framework, give a true and fair view of the 
assets, liabilities, financial position and profit or loss of the Company and the undertakings included in the consolidation taken as 
a whole

•  The Strategic Report and Directors’ Report include a fair review of the development and performance of the business and the 

position of the Company and the undertakings included in the consolidation taken as a whole, together with a description of the 
principal risks and uncertainties that they face

•  The Annual Report and Financial Statements, taken as a whole, are fair, balanced and understandable, and provide the 

information necessary for shareholders to assess the Group’s performance, business model and strategy

Auditor
Each of the persons who is a Director at the date of approval of this Annual Report confirms that:

•  So far as the Director is aware, there is no relevant audit information of which the Company’s Auditor is unaware

•  The Director has taken all the steps that he/she ought to have taken as Director in order to make himself/herself aware of any 

relevant audit information and to establish that the Company’s Auditor is aware of that information

This confirmation is given and should be interpreted in accordance with the provisions of Section 418 of the Companies Act 2006.

Deloitte LLP has expressed their willingness to continue in office as Auditor and a resolution to re-appoint them will be proposed at 
the forthcoming Annual General Meeting.

Proposed resolutions for the Annual General Meeting
Details of the business to be conducted at the Annual General Meeting to be held on 10 June 2020 are contained in the Notice 
of the Annual General Meeting. In the opinion of the Directors, the passing of these resolutions is in the best interest of the 
shareholders. Details of the Special Business to be conducted are outlined below.

82  Advanced Medical Solutions Group plc Annual Report 2019

Special Business
The effect of Resolution 10, to be proposed at the meeting, would be to allow the Company to allot shares conferred by Section 
551 of the Companies Act 2006.

The effect of Resolution 11, to be proposed at the meeting, would be to dis-apply the statutory pre-emption rights conferred by 
Section 570 of the Companies Act 2006.

The effect of Resolution 12, to be proposed at the meeting, would be to allow the Company to purchase its own shares conferred 
by Section 701 of the Companies Act 2006.

Annual General Meeting
The Annual General Meeting will be held at 11.00 am on 10 June 2020. In line with the UK Government’s latest guidelines on 
COVID-19, AMS will host its 2020 AGM as a closed meeting at the Group’s Winsford office. The health and safety of the Group’s 
shareholders, as well as its employees and customers, is of paramount importance and, as a result, it will not be possible for 
shareholders to attend the meeting in person. Any shareholders attempting to attend the AGM will be refused entry.

Further details can be found in the Notice of the Annual General Meeting.

Other Information
Other information relevant to the Director’s Report may be found in the following sections of the Annual Report: 

Information

Location in the Annual Report

Principal activities, business review and future developments

Chairman’s Statement and Chief Executive’s Q&A – pages 8 to 11

Results

Corporate Governance

Directors’ remuneration, including the interests of the Directors 
and secretary in the share capital of the Company

Financial Statements – pages 84 to 125

Corporate Governance Report – pages 52 to 57

Remuneration Report – pages 62 to 77

Principal Risks and Uncertainties

Key Performance Indicators

Principal Risks and Uncertainties – pages 46 and 47

Key Performance Indicators – pages 16 and 17

Company’s capital structure including a summary of the rights 
and obligations attaching to shares

Group Statement of Changes in Equity – page 93; 
and Financial Statements

Long Term Incentive Plan, share options and share schemes

Remuneration Report – pages 62 to 77

Events after the balance sheet date

Significant subsidiary undertakings

Financial Statements – Note 32 on page 125

Financial Statements – page 127

The Directors’ Report has been approved by the Board and authorised for issue.

Eddie Johnson
Company Secretary

7 May 2020

Advanced Medical Solutions Group plc Annual Report 2019 83

Financial StatementsGovernanceCompany OverviewStrategic ReportIndependent Auditor’s Report to the Members of Advanced Medical  
Solutions Group plc Report on the audit of the Financial Statements

1  Opinion

In our opinion:
•  the Financial Statements of Advanced Medical Solutions Group plc (the ‘Parent Company’) and its subsidiaries (the ‘Group’) give a true and 
fair view of the state of the Group’s and of the Parent Company’s affairs as at 31 December 2019 and of the Group’s profit for the year 
then ended;

•  the Group Financial Statements have been properly prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs) as 

adopted by the European Union;

•  the Parent Company Financial Statements have been properly prepared in accordance with the United Kingdom Generally Accepted 

Accounting Practice, including Financial Reporting Standard 101 “Reduced Disclosure Framework”; and

•  the Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006.

We have audited the Financial Statements which comprise:

•  the Consolidated Income Statement;

•  the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income;

•  the Consolidated and Parent Company Statements of Financial Position;

•  the Consolidated and Parent Company Statements of Changes in Equity;

•  the Consolidated Cash Flow Statement;

•  the related Consolidated Financial Statement Notes 1 to 32; and

•  the related Parent Company Financial Statement Notes 1 to 7.

The financial reporting framework that has been applied in the preparation of the Group Financial Statements is applicable law and 
IFRSs as adopted by the European Union. The financial reporting framework that has been applied in the preparation of the Parent 
Company Financial Statements are applicable law and the United Kingdom Accounting Standards, including FRS 101 “Reduced 
Disclosure Framework” (United Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting Practice).

2  Basis for opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK) (ISAs (UK)) and applicable law. 
Our responsibilities under those standards are further described in the auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the Financial 
Statements section of our report. 

We are independent of the Group and the Parent Company in accordance with the ethical requirements that are relevant to our 
audit of the Financial Statements in the UK, including the Financial Reporting Council’s (the ‘FRC’s’) Ethical Standard as applied to 
listed entities, and we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with these requirements. 

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.

3  Summary of our audit approach
Key audit matters

The key audit matters that we identified in the current year were:
•  Revenue recognition;

•  Acquisition accounting;

•  Carrying value of goodwill related to the newly acquired subsidiary; and

•  Going concern.

Within this report, key audit matters are identified as follows:

  Newly identified
  Increased level of risk
  Similar level of risk
  Decreased level of risk  

Materiality

Scoping 

Significant changes in our 
approach

The materiality that we used for the Group Financial Statements was £1.2 million which was determined on 
the basis of 5% of profit before tax.

We focused our Group audit scope on the UK, Germany and Netherlands, with the UK and Germany subject 
to a full scope audit, and Netherlands, France and Israel subject to specified procedures. As a consequence 
of the audit scope determined, we achieved coverage of approximately 100% of revenue, 95% of profit 
before tax and 99% of net assets. 

Last year the auditor’s report included only one key audit matter, whereas this year we have included three 
further key audit matters: acquisition accounting, the carrying value of goodwill related to a newly acquired 
subsidiary and going concern. These are included in our report as a result of events that have happened 
within the year.

84  Advanced Medical Solutions Group plc Annual Report 2019

4  Conclusions relating to going concern
We are required by ISAs (UK) to report in respect of the following matters where:

•  the Directors’ use of the going concern basis of accounting in preparation of the Financial Statements is not appropriate; or 

•  the Directors’ have not disclosed in the Financial Statements any identified material uncertainties that may cast significant doubt 
about the Group’s or the Parent Company’s ability to continue to adopt the going concern basis of accounting for a period of at 
least 12 months from the date when the Financial Statements are authorised for issue.

We have nothing to report in respect of these matters.

5  Key audit matters
Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgement, were of most significance in our audit of the financial 
statements of the current period and include the most significant assessed risks of material misstatement (whether or not due to 
fraud) that we identified. These matters included those which had the greatest effect on: the overall audit strategy, the allocation of 
resources in the audit; and directing the efforts of the engagement team.

These matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the Financial Statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion 
thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters.

5.1  Revenue recognition 
Key audit matter description

The Group sells medical devices across a number of geographical regions generating revenue of £102.4 
million (2018: £102.6 million). 
The timing of when revenue is recognised is relevant to the reported performance of the Group. There is 
an opportunity through manipulation or error to misstate the allocation of revenue between periods. This 
timing of revenue recognised, in particular around year end, is a focus for material Group revenue streams.
We have specifically focused this key audit matter to cut-off and occurrence for revenue recorded 
within November and December 2019 and other one-off material revenue transactions based on our 
understanding of monthly peaks in sales reported and the associated credit terms with those, and other 
major, customers. Pressures to meet stakeholder expectations could provide incentives to record revenues 
where risk and reward have not passed. 
The associated disclosure is included within Note 4 to the Financial Statements. For specific detail on the 
Groups accounting policy, please see Note 3 to the Financial Statements.

How the scope of our  
audit responded to the  
key audit matter

We obtained an understanding of the relevant controls over the revenue process. 
We tested a sample of individual sales transactions and traced to despatch notes and subsequent cash 
receipt or other supporting documents.
We performed a detailed analysis of revenue trends within each Business Unit including:
•  inquiry of management and obtaining evidence of management reviews of actual revenue to budget; and

•  performing enquiries of management and key members of the commercial team to identify any key changes 

to sales terms in force during the previous year.

To validate cut off and occurrence of revenue within the risk period:
•  we identified the population upon which a risk of material misstatement could be likely and for the population 
identified we validated a sample of sales transactions to despatch records, or alternative evidence, to confirm 
timing and occurrence of the transaction;

•  we interrogated and analysed any credit notes post year end which may contradict occurrence of revenue; 

and 

•  we analysed the receivables ledgers at year end and post year end to identify and interrogate any material 

overdue debts.

We identified and considered the impact of any credit notes or inventory returns occurring after year-end, 
including evaluating the impact of any material overdue debts from customers.

Key observations 

Based on the work performed we concluded that revenue has been recognised appropriately.

Advanced Medical Solutions Group plc Annual Report 2019 85

Financial StatementsGovernanceCompany OverviewStrategic Report 
Independent Auditor’s Report to the Members of Advanced Medical  
Solutions Group plc Report on the audit of the Financial Statements continued

5.2  Acquisition accounting 
Key audit matter description

During the year, the Group has acquired two new subsidiaries, Sealantis Limited and Biomatlante SA.
On 31 January 2019, the Group acquired the entire issued share capital of Sealantis Limited for £20.8 
million, generating £15 million in intangible assets and £9.6 million in goodwill. A discount rate of 22.5% 
was used by management in discounting to fair value and 11 year forecasts were used to determine the 
net present value, underpinned by the assumptions that the products being developed will get the various 
approvals sought, the underlying assumptions of 41% growth rate over 21 years and that management’s 
projections are reasonably representative of a market participant perspective
And then on 29 November 2019, the Group acquired the entire issued share capital of Biomatlante SA for 
£5.9 million, generating £3 million in intangible assets and £3.9 million in goodwill. A discount rate of 11.9% 
was used by management in discounting to fair value and seven year forecasts were used to determine the 
net present value. Within the forecasts, management has made assumptions of growth within the business 
underpinned by growth in sales of existing products reliant on know-how as well as new product sales 
reliant on patents, giving an overall growth rate of 10%.
In both acquisitions, the intangibles were identified using various valuation techniques: excess earning, relief 
from royalty, cost-based.
Accounting for acquisitions under IFRS 3 Business combinations is complex as management are required to 
separately identify the intangible assets acquired, which involves a higher level of judgement.
The associated disclosure is included within Note 31 to the Financial Statements. For specific detail on the 
Group’s accounting policy, please see Note 3 to the Financial Statements.

How the scope of our  
audit responded to the  
key audit matter

We obtained an understanding of the relevant controls within acquisition accounting. 
We reviewed the sale and purchase agreements (SPA), other transactional documentation and third 
party purchase price allocation reports to evaluate the goodwill and intangible assets recognised and to 
corroborate the consideration paid.
With the involvement of internal specialists we evaluated the valuation techniques, the reasonableness of 
assumptions applied, to challenge the appropriateness of the risk-adjusted discount rate and whether the 
fair value model being used is appropriate considering circumstances identified.
We challenged the discount rates used by independently setting expectations based on various competitors 
to the Group and third-party information available, such as beta values, risk-free rates and cost of debt 
and premiums based on the size of the acquisition or the risk profile of the entity. We then compared 
management’s calculation to that derived by our internal specialists.
We have reviewed the key judgments and assumptions to cash flow forecasts, including assessing the 
potential impact of market developments and strategic plans allowing us to consider sensitivities and 
whether it reflects a reasonable possible change. 
We have reviewed that the policies for acquisition accounting within the Financial Statements to assess 
whether the policies are consistent with the principles of IFRS 3 Business combinations and have been 
applied appropriately.

Key observations

Based on the work performed we are satisfied that the policies for acquisition accounting under IFRS 3 
Business Combinations have been applied appropriately. 
5.3  Carrying value of goodwill related to newly acquired subsidiary 
Key audit matter description

During the year, the Group acquired a business (Sealantis Limited) which has yet to begin trading and is in 
the development stage. The Group has recorded significant values of goodwill (£9.6 million) and intangible 
assets (£15 million) in relation to this acquisition. 
Sealantis Limited is recognised as its own cash-generating unit. A discount rate of 22.5% has been applied 
in determining the net present value to represent the increased risk presented by the development stage of 
the acquisition. Management has used a 21 year period to forecast their results, and determined an eleven 
year break even period.
Within the forecast, management have assumed a 41% growth rate over 21 years and that the entity will 
return a positive EBITDA from the fourth year onwards.
There is a risk the carrying value of goodwill and intangible assets may be higher than its value in use due to 
the judgement required in forecasting future sales of the entity given it is in the development stage. We have 
considered the carrying value and indicators of impairment in accordance with IAS 38 Intangible Assets.
The associated disclosure is included within Note 19 to the Financial Statements. For specific detail on the 
Group’s accounting policy, please see Note 3 to the Financial Statements.

86  Advanced Medical Solutions Group plc Annual Report 2019

 
How the scope of our  
audit responded to the  
key audit matter

Key observations

5.4  Going concern 
Key audit matter description

How the scope of our  
audit responded to the  
key audit matter

We obtained an understanding of the controls relevant to acquisition accounting. 
We have understood and challenged the rationale behind the risk-adjusted discount rate applied to the 
specific cash-generating unit reflecting the additional risk relating to the development stage of the business 
and the associated inherent risk. With the support of internal specialists we challenge the appropriateness of 
the risk-adjusted discount rate.
We challenged the underlying assumptions included within the budgets by discussing with management 
and corroborating committed plans through review of management papers. We assessed the potential 
impact to EBITDA of changes in the market and internal hurdles in the development process, including 
understanding the current status of product approvals from relevant Notified Bodies.
We have compared the forecasts to a selection of market reports and evaluated management’s justifications 
and assumptions for future cash flows.
We re-performed the sensitivity analysis and performed additional sensitivities on the time impact of 
delaying results, or considering the impact of reduced revenue growth.

Based on the work performed we concluded that no impairment should be recorded against the 
Sealantis cash generating unit and that goodwill and intangible assets are fairly stated in accordance 
with IAS 38 Intangible Assets.

Subsequent to the year-end, there has been a global outbreak of the COVID-19 strain of Coronavirus. The 
impact of this is still being understood around the world, with non-critical businesses being forced to close 
or work from home (if possible), and thus likely to impact on possible supply chains and workforces.
There is a risk that one or more of the following apply and need to be considered: 
•  the extent of operational disruption; 

•  potential diminished demand for products or services; 

•  contractual obligations due or anticipated within one year; 

•  potential liquidity and working capital shortfalls; and 

•  gaining access to existing sources of capital. 

There are therefore additional levels of uncertainty in respect to the going concern assumptions being 
applied.
Given the added level of uncertainty in the application of the going concern basis of accounting, additional 
time has been required by both management and the audit team to prepare and audit models and forecasts 
and challenge their basis of preparation, including any assumptions made within those models. 
The associated disclosure is included within Note 2 to the Financial Statements. 

We obtained an understanding of the controls relevant to management’s assessment of the going concern 
basis of preparation. 
We have reviewed and challenged management’s updated going concern paper, and we have completed 
the following additional audit procedures:
We have evaluated management’s method to assess the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern 
in light of COVID-19; assessing completeness of all material aspects of the business being considered.
We have evaluated the relevance and reliability of the underlying data used to make the assessment of the 
impact of COVID-19. 
We have evaluated the assumptions on which management’s assessment of the impact of COVID-19 is 
based by determining whether there is adequate support for the assumptions underlying management’s 
assessment. We have also performed additional sensitivities on their assumptions to stress test them and 
determined that they are not sensitive to small variations. We have then evaluated how much headroom 
remains in the forecasts to assess whether the going concern assumption remains appropriate.
We have evaluated management’s plans for future actions to mitigate the impact of COVID-19 in relation 
to its going concern assessment, including determining whether the outcome of these plans is likely to 
improve the situation and whether management’s plans are feasible in the circumstances.
We have considered whether any additional facts or information in relation to the impact of COVID-19 have 
become available since the date on which management made its assessment.

Key observations

Based on the work performed we concluded that the adoption of the going concern basis of 
accounting is appropriate.

Advanced Medical Solutions Group plc Annual Report 2019 87

Financial StatementsGovernanceCompany OverviewStrategic ReportIndependent Auditor’s Report to the Members of Advanced Medical  
Solutions Group plc Report on the audit of the Financial Statements continued

6  Our application of materiality
6.1  Materiality
We define materiality as the magnitude of misstatement in the Financial Statements that makes it probable that the economic 
decisions of a reasonably knowledgeable person would be changed or influenced. We use materiality both in planning the scope 
of our audit work and in evaluating the results of our work.

Based on our professional judgement, we determined materiality for the Financial Statements as a whole as follows:

Materiality

£1.2 million (2018: £1.4 million)

£1.1 million (2018: £1.26 million) 

Group financial statements

Parent company financial statements

Basis for determining materiality

5% of profit before tax  
(2018: 5% of profit before tax)

Rationale for the benchmark applied

Profit before tax is determined to be the most 
relevant performance measure to the users of 
the Financial Statements. 

The Parent Company materiality represents less 
than 1% of the Group’s equity (2018: less than 1% 
of the Group’s equity) which is capped at 90% of 
Group materiality.

As a non-trading Parent Company, equity is the 
key driver of the company.

Materiality

Profit before tax
£24.3 million

Profit before tax

Group materiality

Group materiality
£1.2 million

Component 
materiality range 
£0.6m to £0.8m

Audit Committee 
reporting threshold 
£0.06m

6.2  Performance materiality
We set performance materiality at a level lower than materiality to reduce the probability that, in aggregate, uncorrected and 
undetected misstatements exceed the materiality for the Financial Statements as a whole. Group performance materiality 
was set at 70% of Group materiality for the 2019 audit (2018: 70%). In determining performance materiality, we considered the 
following factors:

a)  the quality of the control environment, and

b)   our past experience of the audit, which has indicated a low number of corrected and uncorrected misstatements 

identified in prior periods.

6.3  Error reporting threshold
We agreed with the Audit Committee that we would report to the Committee all audit differences in excess of £0.06m 
(2018: £0.07m), as well as differences below that threshold that, in our view, warranted reporting on qualitative grounds. 
We also report to the Audit Committee on disclosure matters that we identified when assessing the overall presentation of the 
financial statements.

88  Advanced Medical Solutions Group plc Annual Report 2019

 
 
7  An overview of the scope of our audit
7.1  Identification and scoping of components
Our Group audit was scoped by obtaining an understanding of the Group and its environment, including Group-wide controls, and 
assessing the risks of material misstatement at the Group level. 

Based on this assessment, we focused our Group audit scope on the UK, Germany and Netherlands, with the UK and Germany 
subject to a full scope audit and the Netherlands, France and Israel subject to specified procedures. As a consequence of the audit 
scope determined, we achieved coverage of 100% (2018: 94%) of the Group’s revenue, 95% (2018: 93%) of the Group’s profit 
before tax and 99% (2018: 95%) of the Group’s net assets. Our audit work at each location was executed at levels of materiality 
applicable to each individual entity which was lower than Group materiality. Component materiality ranged from £0.6m to £0.8m 
(2018: £0.3m to £1.26m). 

Audit work to respond to the risks of material misstatement was performed directly by the Group audit engagement team except 
for Germany which is audited by the component auditor Deloitte & Touche GmbH. During the year and subsequent to the 
year end, senior members of the Group audit team have engaged in regular communications with Deloitte & Touche GmbH. 
We included the component audit team in our team briefing, discussed their risk assessment, attended the close meeting and 
reviewed their documentation of the findings from their work.

At the Group level we also tested the consolidation process and carried out analytical procedures to confirm our conclusion that 
there were no significant risks of material misstatement of the aggregated financial information of the remaining components 
(Russia, Czech Republic and the US components) not subject to audit.

7.2  Our consideration of the control environment
A fully substantive audit was performed with no controls or IT reliance undertaken as determined from our initial risk assessment. 

8  Other information
The Directors are responsible for the other information. The other information comprises the information included in the annual 
report, other than the Financial Statements and our auditor’s report thereon.

Our opinion on the Financial Statements does not cover the other information and, except to the extent otherwise explicitly stated 
in our report, we do not express any form of assurance conclusion thereon.

In connection with our audit of the Financial Statements, our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so, 
consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent with the Financial Statements or our knowledge obtained in the 
audit or otherwise appears to be materially misstated.

If we identify such material inconsistencies or apparent material misstatements, we are required to determine whether there is a 
material misstatement in the Financial Statements or a material misstatement of the other information. If, based on the work we 
have performed, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this other information, we are required to report that fact.

We have nothing to report in respect of these matters.

9  Responsibilities of Directors
As explained more fully in the Directors’ responsibilities statement, the Directors are responsible for the preparation of the Financial 
Statements and for being satisfied that they give a true and fair view, and for such internal control as the Directors determine 
is necessary to enable the preparation of Financial Statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud 
or error.

In preparing the Financial Statements, the Directors are responsible for assessing the Group’s and the Parent Company’s ability 
to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of 
accounting unless the Directors either intend to liquidate the group or the Parent Company or to cease operations, or have no 
realistic alternative but to do so.

10  Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the Financial Statements as a whole are free from material 
misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance 
is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs (UK) will always detect a 
material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or 
in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these 
Financial Statements.

A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the Financial Statements is located on the FRC’s website at: 
www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities. This description forms part of our auditor’s report.

Advanced Medical Solutions Group plc Annual Report 2019 89

Financial StatementsGovernanceCompany OverviewStrategic ReportIndependent Auditor’s Report to the Members of Advanced Medical Solutions 
Group plc Report on other legal and regulatory requirements

11  Opinions on other matters prescribed by the Companies Act 2006

In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of the audit:
•  the information given in the Strategic Report and the Directors’ Report for the financial year for which the Financial 

Statements are prepared is consistent with the Financial Statements; and

•  the Strategic Report and the Directors’ Report have been prepared in accordance with applicable legal requirements.

In the light of the knowledge and understanding of the Group and the parent company and their environment obtained in 
the course of the audit, we have not identified any material misstatements in the Strategic Report or the Directors’ Report.

12  Matters on which we are required to report by exception
12.1 Adequacy of explanations received and accounting records
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report to you if, in our opinion:

•  we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit; or

•  adequate accounting records have not been kept by the Parent Company, or returns adequate for our audit have not been 

received from branches not visited by us; or

•  the Parent Company Financial Statements are not in agreement with the accounting records and returns.

We have nothing to report in respect of these matters.

12.2 Directors’ Remuneration
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are also required to report if in our opinion certain disclosures of Directors’ Remuneration have 
not been made.

We have nothing to report in respect of this matter.

13  Use of our report
This report is made solely to the company’s members, as a body, in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 
2006. Our audit work has been undertaken so that we might state to the Company’s members those matters we are required to 
state to them in an auditor’s report and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume 
responsibility to anyone other than the Company and the Company’s members as a body, for our audit work, for this report, or for 
the opinions we have formed.

Rachel Argyle (Senior statutory auditor)
For and on behalf of Deloitte LLP 
Statutory Auditor 
Manchester

7 May 2020

90  Advanced Medical Solutions Group plc Annual Report 2019

Consolidated Income Statement 
For the year ended 31 December 2019

Year ended 31 December 2019

Restated (see Note 3)
Year ended 31 December 2018

Profit from operations 

4, 5

25,296

(1,053)

24,243

Revenue

Cost of sales

Gross profit

Distribution costs

Administration costs

Other income

Finance income

Finance costs

Profit before taxation 

Income tax

Profit for the year attributable to equity 
holders of the parent 

Earnings per share

Basic

Diluted

11

12

13

15

15

The above results relate to continuing operations.

Note

4

Before 
exceptional  
items 
£’000

102,368

(41,885)

60,483

(997)

Exceptional  
items (Note 6) 
£’000

Before 
exceptional  
items 
£’000

Exceptional  
items (Note 6) 
£’000

Total 
£’000

102,368

102,598

–

–

–

–

(41,885)

60,483

(997)

Total 
£’000

102,598

(39,192)

63,406

(1,316)

(33,720)

104

–

–

–

–

(402)

–

(402)

28,474

–

–

(402)

–

378

(581)

28,271

(5,784)

(39,192)

63,406

(1,316)

(33,318)

104

28,876

378

(581)

28,673

(5,784)

(34,566)

(1,053)

(35,619)

376

–

376

406

(392)

25,310

(5,338)

–

–

(1,053)

–

406

(392)

24,257

(5,338)

19,972

(1,053)

18,919

22,889

(402)

22,487

9.30p

9.21p

(0.49p)

(0.49p)

8.81p

8.72p

10.74p

10.59p

(0.19p)

(0.18p)

10.55p

10.41p

Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income
For the year ended 31 December 2019

Profit for the year

Items that will potentially be reclassified subsequently to profit and loss:

Exchange differences on translation of foreign operations

Gain/(loss) arising on cash flow hedges

Deferred tax charge arising on cash flow hedges

Other comprehensive expense for the year

Total comprehensive income for the year attributable to equity holders of the parent

Year ended 
31 December 
2019 
£’000

Note

Restated
Year ended 
31 December 
2018 
£’000

18,919

22,487

18

(3,538)

3,091

(130)

(577)

18,342

466

(3,064)

–

(2,598)

19,889

Advanced Medical Solutions Group plc Annual Report 2019 91

Financial StatementsGovernanceCompany OverviewStrategic Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated Statement of Financial Position
At 31 December 2019

Assets

Non-current assets

Acquired intellectual property rights

Intangible assets

Software intangibles

Development costs

Goodwill

Property, plant and equipment

Deferred tax assets

Trade and other receivables

Current assets

Inventories

Trade and other receivables

Current tax assets

Cash and cash equivalents

Total assets

Liabilities

Current liabilities

Trade and other payables

Current tax liabilities

Lease liability

Non-current liabilities

Trade and other payables

Bank loans

Deferred tax liabilities

Lease liability

Total liabilities

Net assets

Equity

Share capital

Share premium

Share-based payments reserve

Investment in own shares

Share-based payments deferred tax reserve

Other reserve

Hedging reserve

Translation reserve

Retained earnings

Equity attributable to equity holders of the parent

Note

2019 
£’000

Restated
2018 
£’000

Restated
2017 
£’000

16

16

16

16

19

17

18

21

20

21

22

23

23

23

23

18

23

27

28

28

28

28

9,478

15,985

2,832

5,039

53,558

27,707

96

531

9,673

–

2,548

3,204

42,145

27,850

208

415

9,675

–

3,078

2,135

41,801

27,362

199

286

115,226

86,043

84,536

17,655

29,221

 129 

64,751

111,756

14,800

27,172

813

76,391

119,176

226,982

205,219

14,043

1,781

1,353

17,177

3,150

664

6,409

8,347

18,570

35,747

191,235

10,745

36,226

9,466

(159)

649

1,531

555

(249)

14,643

3,863

975

19,481

655

–

3,303

9,055

13,013

32,494

172,725

10,674

35,192

7,333

(156)

708

1,531

(2,406)

3,289

11,073

20,950

48

62,454

94,525

179,061

10,547

2,305

874

13,726

310

–

3,120

9,579

13,009

26,735

152,326

10,632

34,778

4,676

(152)

815

1,531

658

2,823

132,471

191,235

116,560

172,725

96,565

152,326

The financial statements of Advanced Medical Solutions Group plc (registration number 2867684) on pages 91 to 125 were 
approved by the Board of Directors and authorised for issue on 7 May 2020 and were signed on its behalf by:

Chris Meredith
Chief Executive Officer

92  Advanced Medical Solutions Group plc Annual Report 2019

 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity
Attributable to equity holders of the Group 

Share  
capital 
£’000

Share  
premium 
£’000

Share-based 
payments 
£’000

Investment 
in own 
shares 
£’000

At 1 January 2018 (Restated)

10,632

34,778

4,676

(152)

Share-based 
payments 
deferred tax  

£’000

815

Other 
reserve 
£’000

1,531

Hedging 
reserve 
£’000

Translation 
reserve 
£’000

Retained
earnings 
£’000

Total 
£’000

658

2,823

96,565

152,326

Consolidated profit for the year 
to 31 December 2018

Other comprehensive 
(expense)/income

Total comprehensive (expense)/
income

Share-based payments

Share options exercised

Shares purchased by EBT

Shares sold by EBT

Dividends paid

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

42

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

414

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

1,659

998

 – 

 – 

 – 

At 31 December 2018 (Restated)

10,674

35,192

7,333

Consolidated profit for the year 
to 31 December 2019

Other comprehensive  
income/(expense)

Total comprehensive  
income/(expense)

Share-based payments

Share options exercised

Shares purchased by EBT

Shares sold by EBT

Dividends paid

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 71 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

1,856

 1,034 

277

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

At 31 December 2019

10,745

36,226

9,466

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

(600)

596

 – 

(156)

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

(603)

 600 

 – 

(159)

 – 

 – 

 – 

(107)

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

22,487

22,487

 – 

(3,064)

466

 – 

(2,598)

 – 

(3,064)

466

 22,487 

19,889

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

1,552

1,454

(600)

596

(2,492)

(2,492)

708

1,531

(2,406)

3,289

116,560

172,725

 – 

 – 

 – 

 (59) 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

18,919

18,919

 – 

 2,961

(3,538)

 – 

(577)

 – 

 2,961 

(3,538)

 18,919 

 18,342

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

1,797

 1,382 

(603)

600

(3,008)

(3,008)

649

1,531

555

(249)

132,471

191,235

Advanced Medical Solutions Group plc Annual Report 2019 93

Financial StatementsGovernanceCompany OverviewStrategic ReportYear ended 
31 December 
2019 
£’000

Restated
Year ended 
31 December 
2018 
£’000

24,243

28,474

3,154

1,683

519

492

(2,454)

(574)

(1,275)

1,856

(5,945)

21,699

(826)

(2,355)

(2,673)

4

422

(24,145)

(29,573)

(3,008)

(925)

1,066

(603)

600

(709)

(3,579)

(11,453)

76,391

(187)

3,180

81

593

325

(3,707)

(6,813)

1,692

1,659

(3,810)

21,674

(304)

(1,392)

(3,062)

78

377

–

(4,303)

(2,492)

(858)

430

(600)

596

(581)

(3,505)

13,866

62,454

71

64,751

76,391

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows
For the year ended 31 December 2019

Cash flows from operating activities

Profit from operations

Adjustments for:

Depreciation

Amortisation – intellectual property rights

– software intangibles

– development costs 

Increase in inventories

Increase in trade and other receivables

(Decrease)/increase in trade and other payables

Share-based payments expense

Taxation

Net cash inflow from operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities

Purchase of software

Capitalised research and development

Purchases of property, plant and equipment

Disposal of property, plant and equipment

Interest received

Acquisition of subsidiaries (net of cash acquired)

Net cash used in investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities

Dividends paid

Repayment of principal under lease liabilities

Issue of equity shares

Shares purchased by EBT

Shares sold by EBT

Interest paid

Net cash used in financing activities

Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year

Effect of foreign exchange rate changes

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year

94  Advanced Medical Solutions Group plc Annual Report 2019

 
 
Notes Forming Part of the Consolidated Financial Statements

1  Reporting entity 
Advanced Medical Solutions Group plc (‘the Company’) is a public limited company incorporated and domiciled in England and 
Wales (registration number 2867684). The Company’s registered address is Premier Park, 33 Road One, Winsford Industrial Estate, 
Cheshire, CW7 3RT.

The Company’s Ordinary Shares are traded on the AIM market of the London Stock Exchange plc. The Consolidated Financial 
Statements of the Company for the 12 months ended 31 December 2019 comprise the Company and its subsidiaries (together 
referred to as the ‘Group’).

The Group is primarily involved in the design, development and manufacture of novel high performance polymers (both natural 
and synthetic) for use in advanced woundcare dressings, and distribution of medical adhesives and related devices, for closing and 
sealing tissue, and sutures, haemostats and synthetic bone substitutes for sale into the global medical device and dental market.

2  Basis of preparation
The Group financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs), as 
adopted by the EU.

The Financial Statements have been prepared on the historical cost basis of accounting except as disclosed in the accounting 
policies set out below.

The individual Financial Statements for each Group Company are presented in the currency of the primary economic environment 
in which it operates (its ‘functional currency’). For the purpose of the Consolidated Financial Statements, the results and financial 
position of each Group Company are expressed in Pounds Sterling, which is the functional currency of the Company, and the 
presentation currency for the Consolidated Financial Statements.

In carrying out their duties in respect of going concern, the Directors have carried out a review of the Group’s financial position and 
cash flow forecasts for a period of 12 months from the date of signing the accounts. These have been based on a comprehensive 
review of revenue, expenditure and cash flows, taking into account specific business risks and the current economic environment. 
In light of the COVID-19 pandemic sensitivity analysis has been prepared to stress test forecasts and the Directors are confident the 
business can withstand the challenges and is a going concern, due to the significant headroom available.

All AMS sites are currently in operation and meeting the Group’s commitments to maintain supply of its medical devices to 
healthcare partners and customers worldwide. However, the Group is now experiencing a slowdown in demand caused by the 
cancellation or postponement of elective surgeries and a reduction in accident and emergency treatment as a result of the global 
lockdowns. The Group currently estimates that its annual revenues will be impacted by approximately 3% to 5% for each month the 
widespread restrictions remain in place.

With regards to the Group’s financial position, it had cash and cash equivalents at the year-end of £64.8 million. The Group has 
an undrawn £80 million, multi-currency credit facility with a £20 million accordion option. The credit facility is provided jointly by 
HSBC UK Bank PLC and The Royal Bank of Scotland Group PLC and is in place until December 2023. It is unsecured and has not 
been drawn down. This facility carries an annual interest rate of LIBOR or EURIBOR plus a margin that varies between 0.60% and 
1.70% depending on the Group’s net debt to EBITDA  ratio as well as certain financial covenants that need to be complied with.

While the current economic environment is very uncertain, in particular in relation to COVID-19, the Group operates in markets 
whose demographics are favourable, underpinned by an increasing need for products to treat chronic and acute wounds. 
Consequently, market growth is predicted in the medium-term once the impact of COVID-19 subsides. The Group has a large 
number of contracts with customers across different geographic regions and also with substantial financial resources, ranging from 
government agencies through to global healthcare companies.

Having taken the above into consideration, the Directors have reached a conclusion that the Group is well placed to manage its 
business risks in the current economic environment, including Brexit and COVID-19. Accordingly, they continue to adopt the going 
concern basis in preparing the accounts.

In the current year the Group has applied a number of amendments to IFRSs issued by the IASB. With the exception of IFRS 
16 Leases, their adoption has not had a material impact on the disclosures or on the amounts reported in the Annual Financial 
Statements. The following amendments were applied:

•  IFRIC 23 Uncertainty over Income Tax Treatments 

•  Amendments to IFRS 9, Prepayment features with Negative Compensation

•  Amendments to IAS 28, Long-term Interests in Associates and Joint ventures

•  Annual Improvements to IFRSs 2015-2017 cycle

Advanced Medical Solutions Group plc Annual Report 2019 95

Financial StatementsGovernanceCompany OverviewStrategic ReportNotes Forming Part of the Consolidated Financial Statements
continued

3  Accounting policies
Critical Accounting Judgements and Key Sources of Estimation Uncertainty
The preparation of financial statements, in conformity with adopted IFRS, requires management to make judgements, estimates 
and assumptions that affect the application of accounting policies and the reported value of assets and liabilities, income and 
expense. Actual results may differ from these estimates. In preparing these Financial Statements, one key source of estimation 
uncertainty has been identified that could potentially have a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities in 
future financial years. No critical accounting judgement or key sources of estimation uncertainty have been identified in relation 
to Brexit.

Valuation of assets acquired on acquisition
Upon acquisition of Sealantis in January 2019 and Biomatlante in November 2019, the Group has identified assets and liabilities 
arising on acquisitions and devised fair values for them. Third party valuation specialists were engaged to assist in the identification 
and valuation of separable intangible assets. As Sealantis is a pre-commercialisation venture, it’s cash flows are predicted to support 
the carrying value of these assets. Management considers that the methodologies adopted in the valuation are supportable and 
reasonable but there are inherent sources of estimation uncertainty due to the inclusion of future cash flows in the valuation and 
assumed growth rates of the future business. There is also some estimation uncertainty in relation to the date of product approvals. 
Sensitivities have been considered further in note 19. 

Basis of consolidation
Subsidiaries are entities controlled by the Group. Control exists when the Group has the power to govern the financial and 
operating policies of an entity to retain benefits from its activities. The Financial Statements of the subsidiaries are included in the 
Consolidated Financial Statements on the basis of acquisition accounting, from the date that control commences until the date 
that control ceases. All entities within the Group have the same year-end.

Intercompany transactions and balances between Group entities are eliminated upon consolidation.

Business combinations
The acquisition of subsidiaries is accounted for using the purchase method. The cost of the acquisition is measured at the 
aggregate of the fair values, at the date of exchange, of assets given, liabilities incurred or assumed, the equity instruments issued 
by the Group in exchange for control of the acquiree, plus any costs directly attributable to the issue of debt or equity. Acquisition-
related expenses are accounted for as expenses in the period in which the costs are incurred and the services rendered, with the 
exception of directly attributable costs incurred as a result of raising equity, which are off-set against share premium, and raising 
debt, which are capitalised and amortised over the term of the debt. The acquiree’s identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent 
liabilities that meet the conditions for recognition under IFRS 3 are recognised at their fair value at the acquisition date, except for 
non-current assets (or disposal groups) that are classified as held for sale in accordance with IFRS 5 Non-Current Assets Held for 
Sale and Discontinued Operations, which are recognised and measured at fair value less costs to sell.

Goodwill arising on acquisition is recognised as an asset and initially measured at cost, being the excess of the cost of the business 
combination over the Group’s interest in the net fair value of the identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities recognised. 
If, after reassessment, the Group’s interest in the net fair value of the acquiree’s identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities 
exceeds the cost of the business combination, the excess is recognised immediately in profit or loss.

Goodwill
Goodwill arising on consolidation represents the excess of the cost of acquisition over the Group’s interest in the fair value of the 
identifiable assets and liabilities of a subsidiary, associate or jointly controlled entity at the date of acquisition. Goodwill is initially 
recognised as an asset at cost and is subsequently measured at cost less any accumulated impairment losses. Goodwill which 
is recognised as an asset is reviewed for impairment at least annually based on the recoverable amount for the relevant cash-
generating unit. In assessing the recoverable amount, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using 
a discount rate that reflects the current market assessments of the time. Any impairment is recognised immediately in the Income 
Statement and is not subsequently reversed.

Revenue recognition
The Group manufactures and sells a range of innovative and technologically advanced products for the global surgical, woundcare 
and wound closure markets. Sales are recognised when control of the products has transferred to the customer in accordance 
with the contractual shipping terms, the customer has discretion over the channel and price to sell the products in accordance 
with the sales contract, and there is no unfulfilled obligation that could affect the customer’s acceptance of the products. 
Transfer occurs when the products have been shipped to the specific location, the risks of obsolescence and loss have been 
transferred to the customer, and either the customer has accepted the products in accordance with the sales contract, the 
acceptance provisions have lapsed, or the Group has objective evidence that all criteria for acceptance have been satisfied. 

96  Advanced Medical Solutions Group plc Annual Report 2019

Occasionally, the products are sold with volume discounts based on aggregate sales over a 12 month period. Revenue from these 
sales is recognised based on the price specified in the contract, net of the estimated volume discounts. Accumulated experience 
and customer-provided forecasts are used to estimate and provide for the discounts, using the expected value method, and 
revenue is only recognised to the extent that it is highly probable that a significant reversal will not occur. No element of finance is 
deemed present as the sales are made with a credit term of up to 90 days, which is consistent with market practice. A receivable 
is recognised when the goods are transferred as this is the point in time that the consideration is unconditional because only the 
passage of time is required before the payment is due. 

The Group also recognises revenue from royalty income receivable under licence agreements from external customers at 
amounts excluding value added tax as the products under licence are sold and the revenue can be reliably measured. For the year 
ended 31 December 2019, £3.4 million (2018: £2.3 million) revenue from royalty income was recognised.

Other income
Other income relates to tax credits received under the UK Research and Development Expenditure Credit (RDEC) scheme and is 
recognised in the Income Statement in the same period in which the expense is incurred.

Exceptional items
Exceptional items are those items that are significant by virtue of their size, nature or incidence, or that the Directors consider 
should be disclosed separately to enable a full understanding of the Group’s financial performance. This includes non-recurring 
transaction costs (see Note 6). Exceptional items have been presented separately on the face of the Income Statement. 

The Directors consider that this presentation gives a fairer presentation of the results of the Group.

Finance income
Finance income relates to interest earned on cash, cash equivalents and investments. Interest income is accrued on a time basis, 
by reference to the principal outstanding and at the effective interest rate applicable.

Finance costs
Finance costs relate to finance payments associated with financial liabilities. They are recognised in the Income Statement as they 
accrue using the effective interest method.

Finance costs directly attributable to the acquisition, construction or production of qualifying assets, which are assets that 
necessarily take a substantial period of time to get ready for their intended use, are added to the cost of those assets, until such 
time as the assets are substantially ready for their intended use.

Investment income earned on the temporary investment of specific borrowings pending their expenditure on qualifying assets is 
deducted from the borrowing costs eligible for capitalisation.

Provisions
Provisions are recognised when the Group has a present obligation (legal or constructive) as a result of a past event, it is probable 
that an outflow of resources embodying economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation and a reliable estimate can be 
made of the amount of the obligation.

Foreign currencies
Transactions in foreign currencies are translated at the foreign exchange rate ruling at the date of the transaction. Monetary assets 
and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies at the Statement of Financial Position date are translated at the foreign exchange 
rate ruling at that date. Foreign exchange differences arising on translation are recognised in the Income Statement. Non-monetary 
assets and liabilities that are measured in terms of historical cost in a foreign currency are translated using the exchange rate at 
the date of the transaction. Non-monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies that are stated at fair value are 
translated at foreign exchange rates ruling at the date the fair value was determined.

The assets and liabilities of foreign operations, including goodwill and fair value adjustments arising on consolidation, are translated 
at foreign exchange rates ruling at the Statement of Financial Position date. The revenue and expenses of foreign operations 
are translated at an average rate for the period unless exchange rates fluctuate significantly. Exchange differences arising on 
consolidation are recognised in equity within the Group’s translation reserve. Such translation differences are recognised as income 
or expense in the period in which the operation is disposed of.

Hedging
The Group designates certain hedging instruments, which include derivatives, embedded derivatives and non-derivatives in 
respect of foreign currency risk, as either fair value hedges, cash flow hedges, or hedges of net investments in foreign operations. 
Hedges of foreign exchange risk on firm commitments are accounted for as cash flow hedges. At the inception of the hedge 
relationship, the entity documents the relationship between the hedging instrument and the hedged item, along with its risk 
management objectives and its strategy for undertaking various hedge transactions to confirm the principle of an ‘economic 
relationship’ exists. Note 24 sets out details of the fair values of the derivative instruments used for hedging purposes. Movements in 
the hedging reserve in equity are detailed in the Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity. 

The Group’s risk management strategies and hedge documentation are aligned with the requirements of IFRS 9.

Advanced Medical Solutions Group plc Annual Report 2019 97

Financial StatementsGovernanceCompany OverviewStrategic ReportNotes Forming Part of the Consolidated Financial Statements
continued

3  Accounting policies continued
Taxation
Taxation expense includes the amount of current income tax payable and the charge for the year in respect of deferred taxation.

The income tax payable is based on an estimation of the amount due on the taxable profit for the year. Taxable profit is different 
from profit before tax as reported in the Income Statement because it excludes items of income or expenditure which are not 
taxable or deductible in the year as a result of either the nature of the item or the fact that it is taxable or deductible in another 
period. The Group’s liability for current tax is calculated by using tax rates that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the 
Statement of Financial Position date.

Deferred tax is accounted for on a basis of temporary differences, except to the extent where it arises from the initial recognition of 
goodwill or of an asset or liability in a transaction where it is probable the temporary difference will not reverse in the foreseeable 
future. Deferred tax assets are recognised only to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profits will be available against 
which temporary differences can be utilised.

Deferred tax is charged or credited to the Income Statement, except when it relates to items charged or credited directly to equity, 
in which case it is dealt with within equity. It is calculated at the tax rates that are expected to apply to the period when the asset is 
realised or the liability is settled based on tax laws enacted or substantively enacted by the reporting date.

Intangible assets
Acquired intellectual property rights
Intellectual property rights that are acquired in a business combination are initially recognised at their fair value. Intellectual property 
rights purchased outright are initially recognised at cost. Intellectual property rights are capitalised and amortised over their 
estimated useful economic lives, usually not exceeding 18 years. In determining the useful economic life each asset is reviewed 
separately and consideration given to the period over which the Group expects to derive economic benefit from the asset.

Other intangible assets
Other intangibles consist mainly of research and device technologies acquired on acquisition and are initially recognised at their 
fair value. Other intangibles are amortised over their estimated useful economic lives, usually 9 years. In determining the useful 
economic life each asset is reviewed separately and consideration given to the period over which the Group expects to derive 
economic benefit from the asset.

Development costs
Expenditure on research activities, undertaken with the prospect of gaining new scientific or technical knowledge, is recognised in 
the Income Statement as an expense in the period in which it is incurred.

Expenditure on development activities, where research findings are applied to a plan or design for the production of new or 
substantially improved products and processes, is capitalised once it can be demonstrated that the product or process is clearly 
identifiable, technically and commercially feasible, will generate future economic benefits, that the development costs of the asset 
can be measured reliably and the Group has sufficient resources to complete development. Expenditure capitalised is stated as the 
cost of materials and direct labour less accumulated amortisation.

Where development expenditure results in new or substantially improved products or processes and it is probable that recovery will 
take place, it is capitalised and amortised on a straight-line basis over the product’s useful life starting from the date on which serial 
production commences, which is between one and ten years. Patents and trademarks are measured initially at purchase cost and 
are amortised on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives, which is between three and 20 years.

Regulatory certification costs
Expenditure on regulatory certification costs, where the certificate allows a product to be sold into a market for a period of 
time greater than one year, is capitalised once it can be demonstrated that the product is clearly identifiable, technically and 
commercially feasible, will generate future economic benefits, that the certification costs of the asset can be measured reliably 
and the Group has sufficient resources to complete certification. Expenditure capitalised is stated as the cost of materials less 
accumulated amortisation. Internal costs relating to regulatory certification costs are not capitalised unless they can be identified as 
directly attributable to the certification process. Capitalised certification costs are amortised over the term of the certificate which is 
deemed to be the useful economic life.

Software intangibles
Where computer software is not integral to an item of property, plant or equipment its costs are capitalised and categorised as 
intangible assets. Amortisation is provided on a straight-line basis over its useful economic life, which is in the range of three to 
ten years.

98  Advanced Medical Solutions Group plc Annual Report 2019

Property, plant and equipment
Land and buildings and plant and equipment held for use in the production of goods and services or administrative purposes are 
carried in the Statement of Financial Position at cost less any subsequent accumulated depreciation and subsequent accumulated 
impairment losses.

The Group elected to use the fair value as the deemed cost in respect of land and buildings at the date of transition to IFRS. 
Fair value was calculated by reference to their existing use at the date of transition.

Depreciation is provided to write off the cost, less estimated residual values, of all property, plant and equipment, over the expected 
useful life of the asset from the date that the asset is brought into use. It is calculated at the following rates:

•  Freehold property and improvements 

– 4% per annum on cost

•  Leasehold improvements and Right-of-use assets 

– Shorter of useful economic life and unexpired period of the lease

•  Plant and machinery 

•  Fixtures and fittings 

•  Motor vehicles   

– 6.7% to 33.3% per annum on cost

– 33.3% per annum on cost

– 25% per annum on cost

Property, plant and equipment in the course of construction for production are carried at cost, less any recognised impairment 
loss. Depreciation of these assets, on the same basis as other property, plant and equipment assets, commences when the assets 
are ready for their intended use.

No depreciation is provided on freehold land.

Impairment of tangible and intangible assets excluding goodwill
The carrying amount of the Group’s assets other than inventories and deferred tax assets are reviewed at each Statement of 
Financial Position date to determine whether there is any indication of impairment. If any such indication exists, the asset’s 
recoverable amount is estimated.

An impairment loss is recognised whenever the carrying amount of an asset or its cash-generating unit exceeds its recoverable 
amount. Impairment losses are recognised in the Income Statement.

Impairment losses recognised in respect of cash-generating units are allocated to reduce the carrying amount of the assets in the 
unit on a pro-rata basis. A cash-generating unit is the smallest identifiable group of assets that generates cash inflows that are largely 
independent of the cash inflows from other assets or groups of assets.

Calculation of recoverable amount
The recoverable amount is the higher of fair value less costs to sell or value in use. In assessing value in use, the estimated future 
cash flows are discounted to their present value using a discount rate that reflects the current market assessments of the time.

Reversal of impairment
An impairment loss in respect of a receivable carried at amortised cost is reversed if the subsequent increase in recoverable amount 
can be related objectively to an event occurring after the impairment loss was recognised.

In respect of other assets, an impairment loss is reversed when there is an indication that the impairment loss may no longer exist 
and there has been a change in the estimates used to determine the recoverable amount.

An impairment loss is reversed only to the extent that the asset’s carrying amount does not exceed the carrying amount that would 
have been determined, net of depreciation or amortisation, if no impairment loss had been recognised.

Inventory
Inventory is valued at the lower of cost or net realisable value. Cost comprises direct materials and, where applicable, direct labour 
costs that have been incurred in bringing the inventories to their present location and condition and an attributable proportion of 
manufacturing overheads based on normal levels of activity.

Net realisable value is based on estimated selling price less further costs to completion and disposal.

The Group makes provision for inventory deemed to be irrecoverable or where the net realisable value is lower than cost. 
This provision is established on a stock-keeping unit (SKU) basis by reference to the age of the stock, the forward order book, 
management’s experience and its assessment of the present value of estimated future cash flow.

Advanced Medical Solutions Group plc Annual Report 2019 99

Financial StatementsGovernanceCompany OverviewStrategic Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes Forming Part of the Consolidated Financial Statements
continued

3  Accounting policies continued
Financial instruments
Classification of financial instruments
Financial instruments are classified as financial assets, financial liabilities or equity instruments.

Financial instruments issued by the Group are treated as equity only to the extent that they meet the following two conditions:

•  They include no contractual obligations upon the Group to deliver cash or other financial assets that are potentially unfavourable 

to the Group; and 

•  Where the instrument will or may be settled in the Group’s own equity instruments, it is either a non-derivative that includes no 
obligation to deliver a variable number of the Group’s own equity instruments or is a derivative that will be settled by the Group 
exchanging a fixed amount of cash or other financial assets for a fixed number of its own equity instruments.

To the extent that this definition is not met, the proceeds of issue are classified as a financial liability.

Recognition and valuation of financial assets
Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash at bank and in hand and cash deposits and amounts under short-term guarantees, 
usually three months or less, that are held to meet short-term cash commitments and are subject to insignificant risk in the change 
in value and which are readily convertible to a known amount of cash. Cash held in accounts with more than 90 days’ notice that 
are not required to meet short-term cash commitments are shown as an investment.

Investments
Cash held in accounts with more than 90 days’ notice that are not required to meet short-term cash commitments are shown as 
an investment. The Group invests funds which are surplus to requirements in fixed-rate deposits operating within parameters for 
credit ratings and credit limits for individual institutions that are approved and monitored by the Board.

Under IFRS 9 ‘Financial instruments’, such investments are classified as loans and receivables and are recognised at fair value on 
initial recognition and subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method.

Trade and other receivables
Trade receivables are stated initially at fair value and subsequent to initial recognition they are measured at amortised cost including 
a provision for expected credit losses. The Group measures the provision at an amount equal to lifetime expected credit losses, 
estimated by reference to past experience and relevant forward-looking factors. The Group writes off a trade receivable when there 
is objective evidence that the debtor is in significant financial difficulty and there is no realistic prospect of recovery, for example, 
when a debtor enters bankruptcy or financial reorganisation.

Recognition and valuation of equity instruments
Equity instruments are stated at par value. Any premium on issue is taken to the share premium account.

Recognition and valuation of financial liabilities
Financial liabilities are classified according to the substance of the contractual arrangements entered into.

Trade payables
Trade payables are initially recognised at fair value and are subsequently recognised at amortised cost using the effective 
interest method.

Other loans
Other loans are initially recognised at fair value and are subsequently recognised at amortised cost using the effective 
interest method.

Financial liabilities at Fair Value Through Profit or Loss (‘FVTPL’)
A derivative that is not designated and effective as a hedging instrument is classified as held for trading. Financial liabilities are 
classified as FVTPL where the financial liabilities are held for trading.

Financial liabilities at FVTPL are stated at fair value, with any resultant gain or loss recognised in profit or loss. Fair value is determined 
in the manner described in Note 24.

100  Advanced Medical Solutions Group plc Annual Report 2019

Derivative financial instruments
The Group enters into foreign exchange forward contracts to manage its exposure to foreign exchange rate risk. Further details of 
derivative financial instruments are disclosed in Note 24 to the Financial Statements.

Derivatives are initially recognised at fair value at the date a derivative contract is entered into and are subsequently remeasured to 
their fair value at each Statement of Financial Position date. The resulting gain or loss is recognised in profit or loss (administrative 
costs) immediately unless the derivative is designated and effective as a hedging instrument, in which event the timing of the 
recognition in profit or loss depends on the nature of the hedge relationship. The Group currently designates certain derivatives 
as hedges of highly probable forecast transactions or hedges of foreign currency risk of firm commitments (cash flow hedges). 
A derivative with a positive fair value is recognised as a financial asset whereas a derivative with a negative fair value is recognised as 
a financial liability.

Derivatives with remaining maturity of less than 12 months are presented as current assets or current liabilities.

Leased assets
For all assets, the lessee recognises a right-of-use asset and a corresponding liability at the date at which the leased asset is available 
to use. Assets and liabilities arising from a lease are initially measured on a present value basis using the interest rate implicit in the 
lease or if that rate cannot be readily determinable, the incremental borrowing rate. Lease payments are allocated between the 
liability and finance expense. The finance expense is charged to profit and loss over the lease period so as to produce a constant 
periodic rate of interest on the remaining balance of the liability for each period, The right-of-use asset is depreciated over the 
shorter of the asset’s useful life and the lease term on a straight line basis. Payments associated with leases with a lease term of 
12 months or less and leases of low-value assets are recognised as an expense in profit or loss on a straight-line basis.

Pensions
The Group operates a money purchase pension scheme. The assets of the scheme are held separately from those of the Group in 
an independently administered fund. The amount charged against the Income Statement represents the contributions payable to 
the scheme in respect of the accounting period.

Share-based payments
The Group has applied the requirements of IFRS 2 ‘Share-based payments’.

The group issues equity–settled share-based payments to certain employees. Equity-settled share-based payments are measured 
at fair value at the date of grant. The fair value, as determined at the grant date of equity–settled share-based payments, is expensed 
on a straight-line basis over the vesting period, based on the Group’s estimate of options that will eventually vest. At each Statement 
of Financial Position date the Group revises its estimate of the number expected to vest as a result of the effect of non-market 
based vesting conditions. The impact, if any, is recognised in profit or loss with a corresponding adjustment to reserves.

Fair value is measured by use of a Black-Scholes Merton or Monte Carlo model. The expected life used in the model 
has been adjusted, based on management’s best estimate, for the effect of non-transferability, exercise restrictions and 
behavioural considerations.

Capital management
For the year ended 31 December 2019, the Group had net funds but acquired £1.2 million of borrowings on the acquisition of 
Biomatlante. Capital is managed by maximising retained profits. Working capital is managed to generate maximum conversion of 
these profits into cash and cash equivalents thereby maintaining capital. 

Capital includes share capital, share premium, investment in own shares, share-based payments reserve, share-based payments 
deferred tax reserve, other reserve, translation reserve and retained earnings reserve. There are no externally imposed capital 
requirements on the Group.

Employee Benefit Trusts
The Group operates an Employee Benefit Trust (EBT): ‘Advanced Medical Solutions Group plc UK Employee Benefit Trust’.

The Group has de facto control of the assets, liabilities and shares held by the Trust and bear their benefits and risks. The Group 
records assets and liabilities of the Trust as its own.

In compliance with IAS 32 ‘Financial Instruments: Presentation Group’, shares held by the EBT are included in the Consolidated 
Statement of Financial Position as a reduction in equity. Gains and losses on Group shares are recognised directly in reserves.

Advanced Medical Solutions Group plc Annual Report 2019 101

Financial StatementsGovernanceCompany OverviewStrategic ReportNotes Forming Part of the Consolidated Financial Statements
continued

3  Accounting policies continued
IFRS not yet effective and not adopted early
New accounting standards not yet applied
At the date of authorisation of the Annual Financial Statements, the following new and revised IFRSs that are potentially relevant to 
the Group, and which have not been applied in the Annual Financial Statements, were in issue but not yet effective (and in some 
cases had not yet been adopted by the EU):

•  Amendments to References to Conceptual Framework in IFRS Standards – effective for accounting periods beginning on or after 

1 January 2020

•  Amendments to IFRS 3 – effective for accounting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2020

•  Amendments to IAS1 and IAS8 – effective for accounting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2020

•  IFRS 17 Insurance Contracts – effective for accounting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2021

Changes in accounting policies – IFRS 16
From 1 January 2019, the Group has adopted IFRS 16 (Leases)
The Group is not party to any material leases where it acts as a lessor, but the Group does have a number of material property 
leases relating to operating sites as well as equipment and vehicle leases. Details of the Group’s accounting policies under IFRS 
16 are set out below, followed by a description of the impact of adopting IFRS 16. Judgements applied in the adoption of IFRS 
16 included determining the lease term for those leases with termination or extension options and determining an incremental 
borrowing rate where the rate implicit in a lease could not be readily determined.

Approach to transition
The Group has applied IFRS 16 using the full retrospective approach, with the restatement of the comparative information. 
In respect of those leases the Group previously treated as operating leases, the Group has elected to measure its right of use assets 
arising from property leases using the approach set out in IFRS 16.C8(b)(i). Under IFRS 16.C8(b)(i) right of use assets are calculated as 
if the Standard applied at lease commencement but discounted using the borrowing rate at the date of initial application.

Financial impact
The application of IFRS 16 to leases previously classified as operating leases under IAS 17 resulted in the recognition of right-of-use 
assets and lease liabilities. Provisions for onerous lease contracts have been derecognised and operating lease incentives previously 
recognised as liabilities have been derecognised and factored into the measurement of the right-to-use assets and lease liabilities.

The Group has chosen to use the table on page 103 to set out the adjustments recognised at the date of initial application 
of IFRS16.

102  Advanced Medical Solutions Group plc Annual Report 2019

Assets

Non-current assets

Property, plant and equipment

Deferred tax asset

Total impact on assets

Liabilities

Current liabilities

Lease liabilities

Non-current liabilities

Lease liabilities

Total impact on liabilities

Retained earnings

As previously 
reported
at 31 December 
2018
£’000

Impact of 
IFRS16
£’000

As Restated
at 1 January 
2019
£’000

18,124

177

18,301

9,726

31

9,757

27,850

208

28,058

–

–

–

976

976

9,055

10,031

9,055

10,031

116,833

(273)

116,560

Additional Property, plant and equipment recognised at 31 December 2018 as part of the transition includes £9.0 million of 
Leasehold property, £0.5 million of Plant and machinery and £0.2 million of Motor vehicles.

In terms of the income statement impact, the application of IFRS 16 resulted in a decrease in other operating expenses and an 
increase in depreciation and interest expense compared to IAS 17. During the 12 months ended 31 December 2019, in relation to 
leases under IFRS 16 the Group recognised the following amounts in the consolidated income statement:

Depreciation

Operating leases

Finance cost

Net impact on Group profit

 Year ended
31 December 
2019
£’000

Year ended
31 December 
2018
£’000

(1,051)

1,309

(383)

(125)

(1,020)

1,272

(415)

(163)

The table below presents a reconciliation from operating lease commitments disclosed at 31 December 2018 under IAS 17 to lease 
liabilities recognised at 1 January 2019 under IFRS 16.

Operating lease commitments disclosed under IAS 17 at 31 December 2018

Short-term and low-value lease commitments straight-line expensed under IFRS 16

Effect of discounting

Effect of different rent calculations between IAS 17 and IFRS 16

Finance lease liabilities recognised under IAS 17 at 31 December 2018

Lease liabilities recognised at 1 January 2019

£’000

15,181

(300)

(2,775)

(2,075)

–

10,031

4  Segment information
As previously communicated in the 2018 annual report, the Group has identified some significant benefits accessible by 
implementing a realignment to our Business Units. The changes included the transfer of ActivHeal® (£6.3 million sales in 2018) 
from Branded to OEM, and the renaming of the Business Units to Surgical and Woundcare respectively to better reflect the nature 
of the business. The new structure was implemented in January 2019 and is presented in this way with comparative information 
restated to align with the new segmental structure.

The Surgical Unit (previously the Branded Unit) will only include the sales, marketing, research, development and innovation of all 
our surgical products. Woundcare (previously the OEM Unit) will now include all advanced woundcare sales, marketing, research, 
development and innovation of all woundcare devices, regardless of whether they are sold under an AMS or a partner brand name. 

Advanced Medical Solutions Group plc Annual Report 2019 103

Financial StatementsGovernanceCompany OverviewStrategic ReportNotes Forming Part of the Consolidated Financial Statements
continued

4  Segment information continued

Year ended 31 December 2019

Revenue

Result

Adjusted segment operating profit

Amortisation of acquired intangibles

Segment operating profit

Unallocated expenses

Exceptional costs

Operating profit

Finance income

Finance costs

Profit before tax

Tax

Profit for the year

At 31 December 2019

Other information

Capital additions:

Software intangibles

Research & development

Property, plant and equipment

Depreciation and amortisation

Statement of Financial Position

Assets

Segment assets

Unallocated assets

Consolidated total assets

Liabilities

Segment liabilities

Year ended 31 December 2018 (Restated)

Revenue

Result

Adjusted segment operating profit

Amortisation of acquired intangibles

Segment operating profit

Unallocated expenses

Exceptional costs

Profit from operations

Finance income

Finance costs

Profit before tax

Tax

Profit for the year

104  Advanced Medical Solutions Group plc Annual Report 2019

Surgical
£’000

56,544

16,086

(1,675)

14,411

Woundcare
£’000

Consolidated
£’000

45,824

102,368

11,378

(8)

11,370

27,464

(1,683)

25,781

(485)

(1,053)

24,243

406

(392)

24,257

(5,338)

18,919

Surgical
£’000

Woundcare
£’000

Consolidated
£’000

364

1,346

1,393

462

1,009

1,280

826

2,355

2,673

(3,985)

(1,863)

(5,848)

160,241

66,354

226,595

387

226,982

21,647

14,100

35,747

Surgical
£’000

57,113

Woundcare
£’000

Consolidated
£’000

45,485

102,598

18,240

11,277

29,517

(76)

(5)

(81)

18,164

11,272

29,436

(560)

(402)

28,474

378

(581)

28,271

(5,784)

22,487

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
At 31 December 2018 (Restated)

Other information

Capital additions:

Software intangibles

Research & development

Property, plant and equipment

Depreciation and amortisation

Statement of Financial Position

Assets

Segment assets

Unallocated assets

Consolidated total assets

Liabilities

Segment liabilities

Surgical
£’000

Woundcare
£’000

Consolidated
£’000

170

815

1,730

(2,281)

134

577

1,332

(1,898)

304

1,392

3,062

(4,179)

137,208

67,492

204,700

519

205,219

19,349

13,145

32,494

Geographical segments
The Group operates in the UK, Germany, the Netherlands, the Czech Republic, with sales offices in Russia and a sales presence in 
the USA. As a result of acquisitions in the year, the Group now has an office in Israel and an operating site in France. In presenting 
information on the basis of geographical segments, segment revenue is based on the geographical location of customers. 
Segment assets are based on the geographical location of the assets.

The following table provides an analysis of the Group’s sales by geographical market, irrespective of the origin of the goods/
services, based upon the location of the Group’s customers:

United Kingdom

Germany

Europe excluding the United Kingdom and Germany

United States of America

Rest of World

The following table provides an analysis of the Group’s total assets by geographical location.

United Kingdom

Germany

Europe excluding the United Kingdom and Germany

United States of America

Israel

Year ended
31 December
2019
£’000

Year ended
31 December
2018
£’000

20,151

20,018

23,476

34,879

3,844

18,447

19,416

23,987

37,317

3,431

102,368

102,598

Year ended
31 December
2019
£’000

117,055

69,501

14,718

2,532

23,175

Restated
Year ended
31 December
2018
£’000

129,340

66,505

6,663

2,711

–

226,982

205,219

Advanced Medical Solutions Group plc Annual Report 2019 105

Financial StatementsGovernanceCompany OverviewStrategic Report 
 
 
 
Notes Forming Part of the Consolidated Financial Statements
continued

5  Profit from operations

Profit from operations is arrived at after charging:

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment

Amortisation of: 

– acquired intellectual property rights and other intangible assets

– software intangibles

– development costs

Research and development costs expensed to the income statement

Cost of inventories recognised as expense

Write-down of inventories expensed

Staff costs

Net foreign exchange loss

Year ended
31 December
2019
£’000

Restated
Year ended
31 December
2018
£’000

3,154

3,180

1,683

519

492

3,195

40,717

504

33,179

2,790

81

593

325

3,079

37,927

780

33,559

88

6  Exceptional items
During 2019, £1,053,000 of exceptional costs were incurred mainly relating to the acquisition and integration of Sealantis Ltd  
and Biomatlante SA and transaction costs to participate in another potential process which was ultimately unsuccessful. 
(2018: £402,000 mainly relating to the acquisition of Sealantis Ltd).

7  Auditor’s remuneration
Amounts payable to Deloitte LLP and their associates in respect of both audit and non-audit services:

Fees payable to the Company’s auditor and their associates for the audit of the Company’s annual accounts

Fees payable to the Company’s auditor and their associates for other audit services to the Group and the audit 
of the Company’s subsidiaries

Total audit fees

Audit related assurance services

Other services

Total non-audit fees

Year ended
31 December
2019
£’000

Year ended
31 December
2018
£’000

 23 

 152 

 175 

 24

 175 

 199 

 374 

 20 

 105 

 125 

 14 

 7 

 21 

 146 

Other services in the year predominantly relate to transaction services on an unsuccessful transaction process. 

Fees payable to the Company’s auditor, Deloitte LLP and its associates, for non-audit services to the Company, are not required 
to be disclosed in subsidiaries’ accounts because the Consolidated Financial Statements are required to disclose such fees on a 
consolidated basis.

A description of the work of the Audit Committee is set out in the Governance section of the Annual Report which includes 
explanations of how the audit objectivity and independence is safeguarded when non-audit services are provided by the Auditor.

106  Advanced Medical Solutions Group plc Annual Report 2019

8  Employees
The average monthly number of employees of the Group during the year, including Executive Directors, was as follows:

Production

Research and development

Sales and marketing

Administration

Staff costs for all employees, including Executive Directors, consists of:

Wages and salaries

Social Security costs

Pension costs

Share-based payments (see Note 29)

9  Directors’ emoluments

Remuneration for management services

Pension

Amounts paid to third parties

Share-based payments

Year ended
31 December
2019
Number

Year ended
31 December
2018
Number

361

50

139

114

664

353

39

137

100

629

Year ended
31 December
2019
£’000

Year ended
31 December
2018
£’000

25,858

26,699

4,156

1,309

1,856

3,983

1,218

1,659

33,179

33,559

Year ended
31 December
2019
£’000

Year ended
31 December
2018
£’000

604

47

68

308

1,026

902

49

67

418

1,436

The Group’s highest-paid Director is disclosed in the Remuneration Report on page 70.

Retirement benefits are accruing to the following number of Directors under money purchase schemes

2

2

10  Remuneration of Key Management Personnel
The key management of the Group comprises the Directors of the Group together with senior members of the management 
team. Their aggregate compensation is shown below:

Salaries, fees and short-term employee benefits

Pension

Share-based payments

11  Finance income

Bank interest

Year ended
31 December
2019
£’000

Year ended
31 December
2018
£’000

1,659

108

607

 2,109 

 107 

 750 

 2,374 

 2,966 

Year ended 
31 December 
2019 
£’000

Year ended 
31 December 
2018 
£’000

406

 378 

Advanced Medical Solutions Group plc Annual Report 2019 107

Financial StatementsGovernanceCompany OverviewStrategic ReportNotes Forming Part of the Consolidated Financial Statements
continued

12  Finance costs

Amortisation of facility fees

Finance lease interest

Other interest

Change in fair value of long-term debt

13  Taxation
a) Analysis of charge for the year

Current tax:

Tax on ordinary activities – current year

Tax on ordinary activities – prior year

Deferred tax:

Tax on ordinary activities – current year

Tax on ordinary activities – prior year

Tax charge for the year

Year ended 
31 December 
2019 
£’000

Restated
Year ended 
31 December 
2018 
£’000

 299 

 383 

55

(345)

392 

164

417

–

–

581 

Year ended 
31 December 
2019 
£’000

Year ended 
31 December 
2018 
£’000

5,195

5

5,200

61

77

138

5,338

5,859

(126)

5,733

107

(56)

51

5,784

b) Factors affecting tax charge for the year
The Group has chosen to use a weighted average country tax rate rather than the UK tax rate for the reconciliation of the charge 
for the year to the profit per the Income Statement. The Group operates in several jurisdictions, some of which have a tax rate in 
excess of the UK tax rate. As such, a weighted average country tax rate is believed to provide the most meaningful information to 
the users of the Financial Statements.

The tax assessed for the year is higher (2018: lower) than the weighted average Group tax rate of 21.64% (2018: 21.08%) as 
explained below:

Profit before taxation

Weighted average Group tax rate 21.64% (2018: 21.08%)

Effects of:

Expenses not deductible for tax purposes and other timing differences

Utilisation and recognition of trading losses 

Patent Box Relief

Net impact of deferred tax on capitalised development costs and R&D relief

Share-based payments

Adjustments in respect of prior year – current tax

Adjustments in respect of prior year and rate changes – deferred tax

Taxation

Year ended 
31 December 
2019 
£’000

24,257

5,248

Restated 
Year ended 
31 December 
2018 
£’000

28,271

5,960

246

(26)

(124)

 (131)

43

5

77

12

–

(318)

210

102

(126)

(56)

5,338

5,784

Legislation to reduce the main rate of UK corporation tax to 17% was passed by parliament in September 2016 to take effect from 
1 April 2020. Subsequent to year-end, parliament reversed this tax rate reduction in March 2020 and therefore the Group will apply 
revised substantively enacted rates in future reporting periods. The impact of the rate change is not deemed to be significant to 
the Group.

108  Advanced Medical Solutions Group plc Annual Report 2019

In addition to the amount charged to the Income Statement and other Comprehensive Income, the Group has recognised directly 
in equity:

•  Excess tax deductions related to share-based payments on exercised options

•  Changes in excess deferred tax deductions related to share-based payments, totalling £59,000 surplus: (2018:£107,000 surplus).

A Deferred tax charge arising on cash flow hedge is included in other comprehensive income totalling £130,000 (2018: nil).

14  Dividends
Amounts recognised as distributions to equity holders in the period:

Final dividend for the year ended 31 December 2018 of 0.90p (2017: 0.75p) per Ordinary Share

Interim dividend for the year ended 31 December 2019 of 0.50p (2018: 0.42p) per Ordinary Share

Proposed final dividend for the year ended 31 December 2019 of 1.05p (2018: 0.90p) per ordinary share

Year ended 
31 December 
2019 
£’000

Year ended 
31 December 
2018 
£’000

1,921 

1,087 

3,008 

2,256

1,591 

901 

2,492 

1,921

The proposed final dividend is subject to approval by the shareholders and has not been included as a liability in these 
Financial Statements.

15  Earnings per share
The calculation of the basic and diluted earnings per share, based on statutory earnings and adjusted earnings, is based on the 
following data:

Number of shares

Weighted average number of Ordinary Shares for the purposes of basic earnings per share

Effect of dilutive potential Ordinary Shares: share options, deferred share bonus, LTIPs

Weighted average number of Ordinary Shares for the purposes of diluted earnings per share

Profit for the year attributable to equity holders of the parent 

Exceptional costs

Amortisation of acquired intangible assets

Movement in liability fair value accounting

Year ended 
31 December 
2019 
‘000

Year ended 
31 December 
2018 
‘000

214,730

213,146

2,107

2,911

216,837

216,057

£’000

18,919

1,053

1,683

(345)

Restated
£’000

22,487

402

81

–

Adjusted profit for the year attributable to equity holders of the parent pre exceptional costs

21,310

22,970

Earnings per share

Basic – pre exceptional

Basic – post exceptional

Diluted – pre exceptional

Diluted – post exceptional

Adjusted basic – pre exceptional items

Adjusted diluted – pre exceptional items

Adjusted basic – post exceptional items

Adjusted diluted – post exceptional items

pence

9.30

8.81

9.21

8.72

9.92

9.83

9.43

9.34

Restated
pence

10.74

10.55

10.59

10.41

10.78

10.63

10.59

10.45

Advanced Medical Solutions Group plc Annual Report 2019 109

Financial StatementsGovernanceCompany OverviewStrategic ReportNotes Forming Part of the Consolidated Financial Statements
continued

16  Acquired intellectual property rights, software intangibles and development costs

2019

Cost

At beginning of year

On acquisition

Additions

Disposals/impairment

Exchange differences

At end of year

Amortisation

At beginning of year

Charged in the year

Disposals/impairment

Exchange differences

At end of year

Net book value

At 31 December 2019

At 31 December 2018

Acquired
intellectual
property rights
£’000

Other
intangible
assets
£’000

Software
intangibles
£’000

Development
and
recertification
costs
£’000

 13,316 

 – 

 4,645 

 360 

 17,624 

 – 

 – 

(538)

 – 

–

(40)

–

 826 

(1)

(53)

 5,997 

 30 

 2,355 

–

(49)

Total
£’000

 23,958 

 18,014 

 3,181 

(1)

(680)

 13,138 

 17,584 

 5,417 

 8,333 

 44,472 

 3,643 

– 

 2,097 

 84 

–

(67) 

 1,599 

– 

– 

 519 

(1)

(30)

 2,793 

 492 

– 

9

 8,533 

 2,694 

(1)

(88)

 3,660 

1,599 

 2,585 

 3,294

 11,138 

 9,478 

 9,673 

 15,985 

– 

 2,832 

 2,548 

 5,039 

 3,204 

 33,334 

15,425 

Acquired intellectual property rights were initially recognised on the acquisition of MedLogic Global Limited representing patents 
and on the acquisition of RESORBA® representing brand names, know how and customer listings and contracts. Other intangible 
assets were recognised on the acquisition of Sealantis Limited and represent technological based know-how.

Intangible assets are amortised on a straight-line basis and the amortisation is recognised within administration costs, the largest 
intangible asset being RESORBA® ‘know-how’ and GENTA-COLL® brand name which are being amortised over 10 and 15 
years respectively with two and seven years remaining, with the exception of the RESORBA® brand name, which the Directors 
believe has an unlimited useful economic life and has a carrying value of £8,829,000. In reaching this assessment, the Directors 
have considered that the RESORBA® brand has existed for over 80 years and is widely recognised as a market leader in the 
surgical market.

Acquired
intellectual
property rights
£’000

Other
intangible
assets
£’000

Software
intangibles
£’000

Development
costs
£’000

Total
£’000

 13,237 

– 

– 

 79 

– 

 13,316 

 3,562 

 81 

– 

– 

 3,643 

 9,673 

 9,675 

–

–

–

–

–

– 

–

–

–

–

– 

– 

– 

 4,711 

 304 

(139)

(6)

(225)

 4,606 

 1,392 

 22,554 

 1,696 

– 

(1)

–

(139)

 72 

(225)

 4,645 

 5,997 

 23,958 

 1,633 

 593 

(138)

9

 2,471 

 325 

–

(3)

 7,666 

 999 

(138)

6

 2,097 

 2,793 

 8,533 

 2,548 

 3,078 

 3,204 

 2,135 

 15,425 

 14,888 

2018

Cost

At beginning of year

Additions

Disposals/impairment

Exchange differences

Transfer of asset

At end of year

Amortisation

At beginning of year

Charged in the year

Disposals/impairment

Exchange differences

At end of year

Net book value

At 31 December 2018

At 31 December 2017

110  Advanced Medical Solutions Group plc Annual Report 2019

17  Property, plant and equipment

Freehold land, 
property and
improvements
£’000

Right-of-use
assets
£’000

Short
leasehold
improvements
£’000

Plant and
machinery
£’000

Fixtures
and
fittings
£’000

Motor
vehicles
£’000

Total
£’000

2019

Cost

At beginning of year (Restated)

 5,962 

 12,285 

On acquisition

Additions

Disposals

Exchange adjustment

At end of year

Depreciation

At beginning of year

Provided for the year

Disposals

Exchange adjustment

At end of year 

Net book value

At 31 December 2019

At 31 December 2018

 407 

 198 

(300)

(94)

 12 

 101 

 – 

– 

– 

 27,917 

66

 2,411 

(130)

(147)

 12,496 

 113 

 30,117 

 922 

– 

 41 

– 

(218)

 5,785 

 963 

152 

 – 

(50)

2,559

 1,068

(300)

(13)

 10 

–

– 

– 

 15,710 

 1,732 

(130)

(164)

 1,065 

 3,314

 10 

 17,148

 4,720 

 4,999 

 9,182 

9,726

 103 

 2 

 12,969 

 12,207 

 894 

 1,146 

 48,216 

 21 

 23 

 – 

(16)

 605 

 77 

–

(11)

 671 

 251 

 289 

 – 

– 

(102)

(49)

 995 

 519 

 125 

(102)

(29)

 513 

 482 

 627 

 595 

 2,673 

(532)

(524)

 50,428 

 20,366 

 3,154 

(532)

(267)

 22,721 

 27,707 

 27,850 

At 31 December 2019, the Group had entered into contractual commitments for the acquisition of property, plant and equipment 
amounting to £349,000 (2018: £1,035,000).

The net book value of plant and equipment includes £103,000 within plant and machinery (2018: £125,000) of capitalised 
borrowing costs relating to the Winsford site.

Freehold land, 
property and
improvements
£’000

Right-of-use
assets
£’000

Short
leasehold
improvements
£’000

Plant and
machinery
£’000

Fixtures
and
fittings
£’000

Motor
vehicles
£’000

Total  
£’000

2018

Cost

At beginning of year

Additions

Disposals

Transfer of assets from intangible assets

Exchange adjustment

At end of year (Restated)

Depreciation

At beginning of year

Provided for the year

Disposals

Exchange adjustment

At end of year (Restated)

Net book value

 5,321 

 604 

–

–

 37 

11,890 

 12 

405 

(15) 

– 

 5

–

–

–

–

 25,807 

 2,306 

(473)

225

 52 

 752 

 152 

(13)

–

 3 

 1,139 

 44,921

–

–

–

 7 

 3,467 

(501)

225

 104 

 5,962 

12,285 

 12 

 27,917 

 894 

 1,146 

 48,216 

 801 

 148 

–

 14 

 963 

1,547 

 1,021 

(15) 

6 

 10 

–

–

–

 14,436 

 1,652 

(399)

 21 

 2,559 

 10 

 15,710 

 441 

 172 

(10)

 2 

 605 

 289 

 311 

 324 

 187 

–

 8 

 17,559 

 3,180 

(424)

 51 

 519 

 20,366

 627 

 815 

 27,850 

27,362 

At 31 December 2018 (Restated)

At 31 December 2017 (Restated)

 4,999 

 4,520 

 9,726 

10,343 

 2 

 2 

12,207 

11,371 

Advanced Medical Solutions Group plc Annual Report 2019 111

Financial StatementsGovernanceCompany OverviewStrategic Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes Forming Part of the Consolidated Financial Statements
continued

18  Deferred tax
The following are the major deferred tax liabilities and assets recognised by the Group and movements thereon during the current 
and prior reporting year.

At 31 December 2017

Charge/(credit) to income

Credit to equity

Exchange adjustment

At 31 December 2018 (Restated)

Charge/(credit) to income

Credit to equity

Exchange adjustment

Acquisition of subsidiary

At 31 December 2019

Share-based

 payment  

£’000

 1,074 

 110 

(107)

–

 1,077 

 114 

(59)

 –

–

Advanced 
capital 
allowances
£’000

(587)

 76 

–

–

(511)

(186)

–

–

–

Research 
and 
Development 
Assets
£’000

(430)

(263)

–

–

(693)

(314)

–

–

–

Intangible
assets
£’000

(2,978)

25

–

(46)

(2,999)

477

–

29

 (3,145) 

Other
£’000

–

31

–

–

31

 (134)

–

 –

 –

1,132 

(697) 

 (5,638)

 (1,007)

 (103)

Total
£’000

(2,921)

(21)

(107)

(46)

(3,095)

(43)

(59)

29

 (3,145) 

(6,313) 

Certain deferred tax assets and liabilities have been offset where there is a legal, enforceable right to do so. The following is the 
analysis of the deferred tax balances (after offset) for financial reporting purposes:

Deferred tax liabilities

Deferred tax assets

2019 
£’000

(6,409)

96

(6,313)

2018 
£’000

(3,303)

208 

(3,095)

At the Statement of Financial Position date, the Group has approximately £8.8 million unused tax losses (2018: £nil) arising on the 
acquisition of Biomatlante and Sealantis, available for offset against future profits. These have not been recognised in the Statement 
of financial Position as there is not currently sufficient evidence to prove that sufficient taxable profit will be available. 

19  Goodwill

Cost

At 1 January

Acquisitions

Exchange differences 

At 31 December

2019 
£’000

2018 
£’000

42,145

13,542

(2,129)

53,558

41,801

–

344

42,145

Three cash generating units (CGU) exist within the Surgical segment whereby goodwill has been allocated. CGU1 has goodwill 
and indefinite useful life intangible assets of £37.2 million and £8.1 million (2018: £39.1 million and £9.3 million) respectively. 
CGU2 which is in a pre-commercialisation stage has goodwill of £9.6 million (2018: £nil) and CGU3 has goodwill of £3.9 million 
(2018: £nil).

One cash generating unit (CGU) exists within the Woundcare segment whereby goodwill has been allocated. CGU1 has goodwill 
of £2.9 million (2018: £3 million which is restated by £1.8 million to include the 2018 Branded CGU1 balance as a result of the 
business unit reorganisation (See Note 4).

Goodwill arose on the acquisition of Advanced Medical Solutions B.V. on 30 September 2009 and on the acquisition of RESORBA® 
on 22 December 2011.

£9.6 million of goodwill arose in the year on the acquisition of Sealantis Limited on 31 January 2019 and £3.9 million arose on the 
acquisition of Biomatlante SA on 30 November 2019.

112  Advanced Medical Solutions Group plc Annual Report 2019

 
The goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite useful economic life have been allocated to the relevant CGU based upon the 
underlying identification of operations and assets to which the goodwill and intangibles relate to, as follows:

At 31 December 2019

Surgical: CGU1

Surgical: CGU2

Surgical: CGU3

Woundcare: CGU1

Consolidated

Intangible 
assets with 
indefinite 
useful life
£’000

Total
£’000

8,829

46,049

–

–

–

9,554

3,927

2,857

Goodwill 
£’000

37,220

9,554

3,927

2,857

53,558

 8,829 

62,387

The Group tests goodwill annually for impairment, or more frequently if there are indications that goodwill might be impaired. 

Surgical CGU3 relates to Biomatlante which was recently acquired in November 2019 and therefore an annual impairment 
assessment has not been made. 

The recoverable amounts have been determined based on a value-in-use calculation on a cash generating unit basis, which uses 
cash flow projections based on financial budgets approved by the Directors covering a 12-month period. These budgets have 
been adjusted for specific risk factors that take into account sensitivities of the projection. With the exception of CGU2, a pre-
commercialisation venture, the base 12-month projection is extrapolated using reasonable growth rates specific to each cash 
generating unit up to year five of between 0% and 14%, and with growth not exceeding the long-term average growth rate for the 
industry for years 6 to 20. Using a forecasting period of 20 years is deemed reasonable given the nature of the products sold by the 
CGUs. The growth rate would have to fall significantly in order for an impairment to be required. A discount rate of between 7.1% 
and 7.5% per annum (2018: between 7.3% and 8.05%), being the Group’s current pre tax weighted average cost of capital adjusted 
for risk, has been applied to these cash flows, being an estimation of current market risks and the time value of money. A discount 
rate of 22.5% has been applied to the cash flows of CGU2 to represent the pre-commercialisation stage of this venture. The Group 
has conducted a sensitivity analysis on the impairment test. 

For Surgical CGU1 and Woundcare CGU1, there is no reasonably possible changes in key assumptions that would lead to an 
impairment and the assumptions do not give rise to a key source of estimation uncertainty.

For Surgical CGU2 as a pre-commercial venture, the assumptions applied to the impairment test give rise to a key source of 
estimation uncertainty.

The cash flows used within the impairment model are based on assumptions which are sources of estimation uncertainty and 
movements in these could lead to an impairment.

The following key assumptions have been sensitised to identify the change required to eliminate the headroom within the 
impairment test:

The cash flow forecasts in each of the years covered by the forecast would have to be 41% below forecast 

The discount rate would have to increase to 30%

The business continuity period would have to decrease from 20 years to 11.

20  Inventories

Raw materials

Work in progress

Finished goods

2019 
£’000

7,333

3,866

6,456

17,655

2018 
£’000

6,526

3,373

4,901

14,800

There is no material difference between the replacement cost of stock and the amount at which it is stated in the 
Financial Statements.

Included above are finished goods of £nil (2018: £nil) carried at net realisable value.

Total gross inventories

Inventory impairment

Net inventory

2019 
£’000

19,068

(1,413)

17,655

2018 
£’000

16,552

(1,752)

14,800

Advanced Medical Solutions Group plc Annual Report 2019 113

Financial StatementsGovernanceCompany OverviewStrategic Report 
Notes Forming Part of the Consolidated Financial Statements
continued

21  Trade and other receivables

Current assets

Trade receivables

Other receivables

Derivative financial instruments

Prepayments and accrued income

Non-current assets

Derivative financial instruments

Prepayments and accrued income

Amount receivable for the sale of goods 

Loss allowance

Net trade receivables

2019 
£’000

2018 
£’000

25,627

24,660

1,269

715

1,610

29,221

273 

281

531

2019 
£’000

694

–

1,818

27,172

–

415 

415 

2018 
£’000

25,788

24,937

(161)

(277)

25,627

24,660

The Group’s principal financial assets are cash and trade receivables. The Group’s credit risk is primarily attributable to its 
trade receivables.

No interest is charged on receivables within the contracted credit period. Thereafter, interest may be charged at 2% per month 
on the outstanding balance. In determining the recoverability of a trade receivable the Group considers any change in the credit 
quality of the trade receivable from the date credit was initially granted up to the reporting date. The concentration of credit risk 
is limited due to the Group’s large and unrelated customer base. Accordingly, the Directors believe that there is no further credit 
provision required in excess of the allowance for impairments.

Before accepting any new customer, the Group assesses the potential customer’s credit quality and defines credit limits by 
customer. Limits are reviewed on an ongoing basis and reflect current payment history.

The Group believes that the unimpaired amounts that are past due are still collectable in full, based on historic payment behaviour 
and extensive analysis of customer credit risk – a large proportion of debts overdue over 30 days were recovered post the 
Statement of Financial Position date. The Group does not hold any collateral or other credit enhancements over these balances. 
The carrying amount and ageing of these debtors is summarised below.

Ageing of overdue but not impaired trade receivables

31 to 60 days overdue

61 to 90 days overdue

Over 90 days overdue

Total

Movement in loss allowance for trade receivables

Balance at the beginning of the year

Impairment losses recognised 

Amounts written off as non-collectable

Amounts recovered during the year

Balance at the end of the year

2019 
£’000

880

215

308

1,403

2018 
£’000

1,693 

146

– 

1,839

Year ended 
31 December 
2019 
£’000

Year ended 
31 December 
2018 
£’000

277

20

(88)

(48)

161

192

126

(8)

(33)

277

Analysis of customers
In the year ended 31 December 2019, one customer accounted for more than 10% of the Group’s revenue. The customer 
accounted for 12% of the Group’s revenue in 2019 (2018: one – 16% of revenue). 

114  Advanced Medical Solutions Group plc Annual Report 2019

 
22  Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents

2019 
£’000

2018 
£’000

64,751

76,391

Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash and short-term bank deposits with an original maturity of three months or less. 
The carrying amount of these assets is approximately equal to their fair value.

23  Trade and other payables

Current liabilities

Trade payables

Other payables

Lease liabilities

Derivative financial instruments

Accruals and deferred income

Non-current liabilities

Other payables

Lease liabilities

Bank loans

Derivative financial instruments

2019 
£’000

 7,402 

 3,164

1,353

 302 

 3,175 

15,396

 3,150 

8,347

664

–

 12,161

Restated
2018 
£’000

 3,962 

 2,378 

975

 2,008 

 6,295 

15,618 

 258 

9,055

–

 397 

 9,710

Trade payables, other payables and accruals and deferred income principally comprise amounts outstanding for trade purchases 
and ongoing costs. 

No interest is charged on trade payables that are within pre-agreed credit terms. Thereafter, interest may be charged on the 
outstanding balances at various interest rates. The Group has financial risk management policies in place to ensure that all payables 
are paid within the pre-agreed credit terms. 

Bank loans relate to a number of loans acquired as part of the Biomatlante acquisition in the year and expire in 3-5 years with an 
average interest rate of 2.56%.

The Directors consider that the carrying amount of trade payables approximates to their fair value.

24  Financial instruments
Categories of financial instruments
All financial instruments held by the Group, as detailed in this Note, are classified as ‘Loans and Receivables’ (trade and other 
receivables and cash and cash equivalents), ‘Held to maturity investments’ (short-term investments), ‘Financial Liabilities Measured 
at Amortised Cost’ (trade and other payables, financial liabilities and obligations under finance leases), ‘Derivative Instruments 
in Designated Hedge Accounting Relationships’ (cash flow hedges) and ‘Fair Value Through Profit and Loss (FVTPL)’ (derivative 
financial instruments) under IFRS 9 ‘Financial Instruments’ and leases under IFRS 16 ‘Leases’.

Carrying value

Financial assets

Loans and receivables (including cash and cash equivalents)

Derivative instruments in designated hedge accounting relationships

Financial liabilities

Derivative instruments in designated hedge accounting relationships

Financial liabilities measured at amortised cost

Financial liabilities measured at fair value

Lease liabilities

2019 
£’000

Restated
2018 
£’000

 91,905 

 102,160 

988

–

302

14,816

2,739

9,700

 2,406 

15,298

–

10,030 

Advanced Medical Solutions Group plc Annual Report 2019 115

Financial StatementsGovernanceCompany OverviewStrategic Report 
Notes Forming Part of the Consolidated Financial Statements
continued

24  Financial instruments continued
In December 2018 the Group entered into a multi-currency facility with the Royal Bank of Scotland Group PLC and HSBC UK Bank 
PLC. The principal features of the facility are:

•  The committed value of the facility is £80 million

•  There is an uncommitted accordion of an additional £20 million

•  It is unsecured

•  Facility will expire in December 2023

•  The interest payable on drawings under the loan is based on inter-bank interest rates (EURIBOR or, if Sterling denominated, 

LIBOR) plus a sliding scale margin determined by the Group’s leverage: the margin would currently be 0.60%

•  The facility has two covenants – interest cover (ratio of EBITDA to net finance charges) must be above 4:1 and leverage (ratio of 

Total Net Debt to adjusted EBITDA) should not exceed 3:1

•  It was undrawn at the end of the year

The Risk Management section on pages 44 to 47 provides an explanation of the financial risks faced by the Group and the objectives and 
policies for managing those risks including hedging practices adopted. The information below deals with the financial assets and liabilities.   

(a) Maturity of financial liabilities
The maturity profile of the Group’s financial liabilities, of which other loans and finance lease obligations are at fixed rates and 
denominated in Sterling whilst derivative financial instruments are non-interest bearing, is as follows:

2019

Trade and other payables

Lease liabilities

Bank loans

At 31 December 2019

2018 (Restated)

Trade and other payables

Lease liabilities

At 31 December 2018

On-demand
or within
one year
£’000

Between
one and
two years
£’000

14,043

1,353

–

15,396

139

909

133

1,181

On demand
or within
one year
£’000

Between
one and
two years
£’000

Between
two and
five years
£’000

1,154

1,545

531

3,230

Between
two and
five years
£’000

 14,643 

975

 15,618 

 450 

791

 1,241 

 158 

1,564

 1,722 

Five
years 
or more
£’000

1,857

5,893

–

7,750

Five
years 
or more
£’000

 47 

6,700

6,747 

Total
financial
liabilities
£’000

17,193

9,700

664

27,557

Total
financial
liabilities
£’000

 15,298 

10,030

 25,328 

Interest
rate
%

2.56%

Interest
rate
%

(b) Interest rate and currency of financial assets
The currency and interest rate profile of the financial assets of the Group is as follows:

Cash and cash equivalents

Currency

Sterling

US Dollar

Euro

Israeli Shekel

At 31 December 2019

Currency

Sterling

US Dollar

Euro

At 31 December 2018

116  Advanced Medical Solutions Group plc Annual Report 2019

Floating 
£’000

Non-interest
bearing
£’000

Total
£’000

 54,926 

 6,786 

 61,712 

 317 

 1,974 

– 

57,217

 276 

 384 

 88 

7,534

Floating 
£’000

Non-interest
bearing
£’000

 593 

 2,358 

 88 

64,751

Total
£’000

 48,321 

 25,059 

 73,380 

 334 

 1,340 

 1,279 

 58 

 1,613 

 1,398 

 49,995 

 26,396 

 76,391 

 
 
 
 
Trade and other receivables
The Directors consider that the carrying amount of trade and other receivables approximates to their fair value.

Sterling

US Dollar

Euro

Israeli Shekel

2019 
£’000

 10,703 

 13,449 

 5,555 

 45 

2018 
£’000

11,544

12,636

3,406

–

29,752

27,586

The financial assets all mature within one year. Credit risk is discussed in Note 21.

(c) Currency exposures
At 31 December 2019, the Group had unhedged US Dollar currency exposures of £nil (2018: £nil) and unhedged Euro currency 
exposures of £nil (2018: £nil).

Risk sensitivity
The Group’s interest rate risk is not considered to be a significant risk. 

The Group estimates that a 10% movement in the £:US$ or £:Euro exchange rate would have impacted 2019 Sterling revenues by 
approximately 3.4% and 2.7% respectively and in the absence of any hedging this would have had an impact on profit of 2.7% and 1.0%.

Forward foreign exchange contracts
It is the policy of the Group to enter into forward foreign exchange contracts to cover specific foreign currency payments 
and receipts.

The following table details the forward foreign currency contracts outstanding as at the year-end:

Outstanding contracts

Average contract rate 

Notional principle

Fair value

2019
USD:£1

2018
USD:£1

2019
USD ‘000

2018
USD ‘000

2019
£’000

2018
£’000

Cash flow hedges

Sell US dollars

Less than 3 months

3 to 6 months

7 to 12 months 

Over 12 months

Sell Euros

Less than 3 months

3 to 6 months

7 to 12 months 

Over 12 months

1.386

1.328

1.271

1.301

1.319

1.432

1.423

1.407

9,000

8,000

17,500

12,500

47,000

10,400

7,500

17,000

7,000

41,900

Average exchange rate 

Foreign currency

2018
EUR:£1

2019
EUR ‘000

2018
EUR ‘000

(307)

(5)

615

262

565

(230)

(589)

(1,175)

(397)

(2,391)

Fair value

2019
£’000

2018
£’000

1.114

1.116

1.110

1.110

620

1,200

1,500

1,200

4,520

600

960

1,920

320

3,800

23

25

61

12

121

(4)

(9)

(2)

(15)

2019
EUR:£1

1.125

1.143

1.112

1.144

The fair value amounts (classified under level two of the fair value hierarchy) presented above are the difference between the 
market value of equivalent instruments at the Statement of Financial Position date and the contract value of the instruments. 
No profits or losses are included in operating profit in the year (2018: £nil) in respect of FVTPL contracts. The gain of £3,091,000 
(2018: £3,064,000 loss) in respect of cash flow hedges has been taken to reserves.

25  Fair value of financial assets and liabilities
The Directors consider that the fair value of the Group’s financial instruments do not differ significantly from their book values.

Advanced Medical Solutions Group plc Annual Report 2019 117

Financial StatementsGovernanceCompany OverviewStrategic Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes Forming Part of the Consolidated Financial Statements
continued

26  Foreign exchange rates

Currency

US Dollar

Euro

27  Share capital

Number of Ordinary Shares of 5p each

At 1 January 2018

Share options exercised

At 31 December 2018

Share options exercised

At 31 December 2019

Average rate

Closing rate

Percentage change

2019

2018

2019

2018

Average
%

Closing
%

1.275

1.138

1.337

1.130

1.320

1.175

1.280

1.118

5

(1)

3

5

Allotted,  
called up
and fully paid
‘000

212,642

 831 

213,473

1,417

214,890

During the year, employees exercised share options and options over LTIPs for 1,087,946 shares (2018: 642,121) at a range of 
option prices from 71p to 185p.

During the year, 312,521 (2018: 353,045) shares were issued under the Deferred Share Bonus Scheme and the Deferred Annual 
Bonus Scheme at the nominal value of 5p per share. At the Statement of Financial Position date, 420,270 (2018: 424,652) shares 
are retained by the Trust to meet the matching requirements of the scheme.

Ordinary Shares of 5p each

At 1 January 2018

Share options exercised

At 31 December 2018

Share options exercised

At 31 December 2019

Allotted,  
called up
and fully paid
£’000

10,632

42

10,674

71 

10,745

28  Reserves
Investment in own shares
This is the nominal value of the shares held in trust on behalf of employees in respect of the DSB scheme.

Other reserve
This represents Advanced Medical Solutions Limited’s share premium account arising from merger accounting.

Hedging reserve
The hedging reserve represents the cumulative amount of gains and losses on hedging instruments deemed effective in cash flow 
hedges. The cumulative deferred gain or loss on the hedging instruments are recognised in profit or loss only when the hedged 
transaction impacts the profit or loss, or is included as a basis adjustment to the non-financial hedged item, consistent with the 
applicable accounting policy.

Translation reserve
Exchange differences relating to the translation of the net assets of the Group’s foreign operations, which relate to subsidiaries only, 
from their functional currency into the parent’s functional currency, being Sterling, are recognised directly in the translation reserve. 
Gains and losses on hedging instruments that are designated as hedges of net investments in foreign operations are included in the 
translation reserve.

A £3,538,000 loss has been recorded in the translation reserve during the period, which would otherwise have been recognised in 
Administration costs (2018: £466,000 gain) if hedge accounting had not been adopted.

118  Advanced Medical Solutions Group plc Annual Report 2019

29  Share-based payments
The charge for share based payments under IFRS 2 arises across the following schemes: 

Unapproved Executive Share Option Scheme, Enterprise Management Incentive Scheme and Company Share 
Option Scheme

Long-Term Incentive Plan

Deferred Share Bonus Scheme and Deferred Annual Bonus Scheme

2019 
£’000

265

748

843

1,856

2018 
£’000

136

936

587

1,659

Unapproved Executive Share Option Scheme, Enterprise Management Incentive Scheme (EMI) and 
Company Share Option Plan (CSOP)
The fair value of the executive options is calculated based on a Black-Scholes Merton model assuming the inputs below:

Grant Date

Share price at grant date

Exercise price

Expected life

Contractual life

Risk free rate

Expected volatility

Expected dividend yield

Fair value of options

Grant Date

Share price at grant date

Exercise price

Expected life

Contractual life

Risk free rate

Expected volatility

Expected dividend yield

Fair value of options

20/04/2009

15/04/2011

08/09/2011

10/05/2012

26/04/2013

15/04/2014

33.75p

33.75p

3 yrs

10 yrs

2.40%

34%

0%

6p

88.0p

88.0p

3 yrs

10 yrs

1.92%

18%

0.7%

9p

86.25p

86.25p

3 yrs

10 yrs

1.92%

18%

0.7%

9p

69.08p

69.08p

3 yrs

10 yrs

0.39%

34%

0.7%

13p

77.5p

77.5p

3 yrs

10 yrs

0.36%

36%

0.7%

15p

115.75p

115.75p

3 yrs

10 yrs

0.80%

36%

0.7%

23p

19/09/2014

02/04/2015

18/04/2016

06/04/2017

13/04/2018

24/04/2019

121.75p

121.75p

3 yrs

10 yrs

0.80%

36%

0.7%

24p

132.0p

132.0p

3 yrs

10 yrs

0.80%

31%

0.7%

22p

184.6p

184.6p

3 yrs

10 yrs

0.67%

25%

0.4%

25p

246.7p

246.7p

3 yrs

10 yrs

0.18%

23%

0.4%

29p

308.0p

308.0p

3 yrs

10 yrs

0.94%

34%

0.7%

41p

328.75p

328.75p

3 yrs

10 yrs

0.75%

26%

0.4%

48p

Advanced Medical Solutions Group plc Annual Report 2019 119

Financial StatementsGovernanceCompany OverviewStrategic ReportNotes Forming Part of the Consolidated Financial Statements
continued

29  Share-based payments continued
Under the terms of the Company’s Share Option Scheme, approved by shareholders in 2019, the Board may offer options to 
purchase Ordinary Shares in the Company to all employees of the Company at the market price on a date determined prior to 
the date of the offer. Individuals who are entitled to awards under the LTIP are not eligible to receive options under the Company’s 
Share Option Schemes.

Performance targets are assessed over a three-year period from the date of grant. Once options have vested they can be exercised 
during the period up to ten years from the date of grant.

The expected volatility was determined by calculating the historic volatility of the Group’s share price over the previous three years.

Options have been granted over the following number of Ordinary Shares which were outstanding at 31 December 2019:

Date of grant

Option  

price (p)

Weighted
average price at 
exercise (p)

Number of 
options as at 
1 January 2019

Remaining 
life 1 January
2019

Issued

Lapsed

Exercised

Number of 
options as at 
31 December 
2019

Remaining life
31 December
2019

Unapproved Executive Share Option Scheme

10.05.12

15.04.14

19.09.14

02.04.15

18.04.16

06.04.17

13.04.18

24.04.19

69.08

115.75

121.75

132.00

184.60

246.70

308.00

328.75

 319.00 

 5,500 

 330.00 

 122,000 

 319.00 

 33,360 

 312.74 

 139,546 

 317.69 

 601,088 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 500,580 

 404,304 

 – 

Enterprise Management Incentive Scheme

16.04.10

42.00

274.00

 38,000 

Company Share Option Plan

15.04.11

08.09.11

10.05.12

26.04.13

15.04.14

19.09.14

02.04.15

18.04.16

06.04.17

13.04.18

24.04.19

88.00

86.25

69.08

77.50

115.75

121.75

132.00

184.60

246.70

308.00

328.75

–

 – 

330.00

 – 

 319.00 

 319.00 

 6,000 

 1,000 

 1,000 

 1,000 

 24,400 

 24,640 

 330.00 

 17,727 

 330.00 

 148,053 

 211,922 

 156,476 

 – 

 – 

 – 

3.4

5.3

5.7

6.2

7.3

8.3

9.3

–

1.3

2.3

2.7

3.4

4.3

5.3

5.7

6.2

7.3

8.3

9.3

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 535,437 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

(5,500)

 – 

(16,000)

 106,000 

(5,360)

 28,000 

(59,546)

 80,000 

(408,804)

 192,284 

(49,483)

(55,283)

(34,707)

 – 

 – 

–

 451,097 

 349,021 

 500,730 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

(23,000)

 15,000 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

(18,875)

(26,695)

 – 

 – 

(1,000)

 6,000 

 1,000 

–

– 

 1,000 

(5,180)

 19,220 

(24,640)

 – 

(5,000)

 12,727 

(81,255)

 66,798 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 193,047 

 129,781 

 157,341 

2.4

4.3

4.7

5.2

6.3

7.3

8.3

9.3

0.3

1.3

1.7

2.4

3.3

4.3

4.7

5.2

6.3

7.3

8.3

9.3

 – 

 – 

 157,341 

 – 

The weighted average remaining contractual life of the options outstanding at 31 December 2019 is 8.2 years (2018: 7.7 years).

 2,436,596 

 692,778 

(185,043)

(635,285)

 2,309,046 

2019

2018

Number of 
Options

Weighted 
average
exercise price  
(p)

Number of 
Options

Weighted 
average 
exercise price  

(p)

 2,436,596 

219.12

 2,273,099 

 692,778 

(635,285)

(185,043)

328.75

314.97

289.25

 599,479 

(333,413)

(102,569)

 2,309,046

260.72

 2,436,596 

 528,029 

150.16

 414,173 

183.50

308.00

314.75

242.13

219.12

113.78

Outstanding at beginning of the year

Issued

Exercised

Lapsed

Outstanding at end of the year

Exercisable at end of the year

120  Advanced Medical Solutions Group plc Annual Report 2019

Long Term Incentive Plan (LTIP)
The fair value of the LTIP is calculated based on a binomial tree model assuming the inputs below:

Grant date

06/06/2014

02/04/2015

10/09/2015

18/04/2016

06/04/2017

02/11/2017

13/04/2018

24/04/2019

Share price at grant date

Exercise price

Expected life

Contractual life

Risk free rate

Expected volatility

Expected dividend yield

Probability of performance 
conditions

Fair value of option

117.0p

0p

3 yrs

10 yrs

0.80%

36%

0.7%

75%

85.9p

132.0p

0p

3 yrs

10 yrs

0.80%

29%

0.7%

80%

64.4p

151.5p

0p

3 yrs

10 yrs

0.67%

27%

0.4%

80%

75.5p

184.6p

246.7p

344.7p

306.8p

328.75p

0p

3 yrs

10 yrs

0.67%

25%

0.4%

0p

3 yrs 

10 yrs

0.18%

23%

0.4%

0p

3 yrs

10 yrs

0.18%

23%

0.4%

0p

3 yrs

10 yrs

0.94%

25%

0.4%

0p

3 yrs

10 yrs

0.75%

26%

0.4%

64%

159.0p

64%

220.0p

64%

220.0p

72%

264.0p

50%

297.0p

The expected volatility was determined by calculating the historic volatility of the Group’s share price over the previous three years.

The entitlement to shares under the LTIP is subject to achieving the performance conditions referred to on page 71. The numbers 
shown are maximum entitlements and the actual number of shares issued (if any) will depend on these performance conditions 
being achieved.

Date of grant

Long-Term Incentive Plan

Market
price at 
date of 
Grant (p)

Number of 
LTIPs at
1 January
2019

Remaining
life
1 January
2019

Issued

Lapsed

Exercised

Number of 
LTIPs at
31 December
2019

Remaining
life
31 December
2019

06.06.14

02.04.15

10.09.15

18.04.16

06.04.17

02.11.17

13.04.18

24.04.19

117.00

132.00

151.50

184.60

246.70

344.70

308.00

328.75

 49,033 

 103,566 

 262,186 

 610,023 

 912,324 

 9,308 

 364,645 

– 

5.5

 6.3 

6.7

7.3

8.3

 8.8 

 9.3 

–

– 

–

– 

– 

– 

– 

 437,469 

–

– 

–

(10,583)

(4,296)

38,450

99,270

(115,247)

146,939

(59,180)

(322,535)

228,308

(4,449)

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

–

–

907,875

9,308

364,645

437,469

 2,311,085 

437,469

(63,629)

(452,661)

 2,232,264 

4.5

5.3

5.7

6.3

7.3

7.8

8.3

9.3

The weighted average remaining contractual life of the LTIPs outstanding at 31 December 2019 is 7.5 years (2018: 8.1 years).

Outstanding at beginning of the year

Issued

Exercised

Lapsed

Outstanding at end of the year

Exercisable at end of year

The exercise price of these options is £1 for each issue of LTIPs.

2019
Number of
Options

2018
Number of
Options

2,311,085 

1,887,825 

437,469

824,500 

(452,661)

(308,708)

(63,629)

(92,532)

 2,232,264 

2,311,085 

 512,967 

 414,785 

Advanced Medical Solutions Group plc Annual Report 2019 121

Financial StatementsGovernanceCompany OverviewStrategic Report 
 
 
 
 
Notes Forming Part of the Consolidated Financial Statements
continued

29  Share-based payments continued
Deferred Share Bonus Scheme (DSB)
The fair value of the DSB shares are calculated based on a Black-Scholes Merton model assuming the inputs below:

Grant date

12/04/2007

02/05/2008

23/04/2009

05/05/2010

11/05/2011

10/05/2012

02/07/2013

Share price at grant date

18.25p

35.50p

34.00p

40.32p

83.00p

70.625p

74.125p

Exercise price

Expected life

Contractual life

Risk-free rate

Expected volatility

Expected dividend yield

Probability of performance conditions

Fair value of option

Grant date

Share price at grant date

Exercise price

Expected life

Contractual life

Risk-free rate

Expected volatility

Expected dividend yield

Probability of performance conditions

Fair value of option

0p

3.5 yrs

10 yrs

5.00%

27%

0%

100%

14p

0p

3.5 yrs

10 yrs

5.00%

38%

0%

100%

30p

0p

3 yrs

10 yrs

2.40%

30%

0%

100%

72p

0p

5 yrs

10 yrs

2.40%

34%

0%

100%

61p

0p

5 yrs

10 yrs

1.92%

18%

0.7%

100%

72p

0p

5 yrs

10 yrs

0.39%

34%

0.7%

100%

110p

0p

5 yrs

10 yrs

0.69%

36%

0.7%

100%

63p

30/04/2014

29/04/2015

03/05/2016

02/05/2017

13/04/2018

24/04/2019

126.0p

0p

5 yrs

10 yrs

0.80%

36%

0.7%

100%

110p

141.5p

0p

5 yrs

10 yrs

0.80%

31%

0.7%

100%

124p

183.0p

264.1p

306.8p

328.75p

0p

5 yrs

10 yrs

0.67%

25%

0.4%

100%

160p

0p

5 yrs

10 yrs

0.18%

23%

0.4%

100%

233p

0p

5 yrs

10 yrs

0.94%

25%

0.4%

100%

266p

0p

5 yrs

10 yrs

0.75%

26%

0.4%

100%

296p

The expected volatility was determined by calculating the historic volatility of the Group’s share price over the previous three years.

The entitlement to shares under the DSB is subject to a three-year holding period. Additionally, for certain levels of share matching, 
additional performance conditions also need to be achieved. The actual number of shares that will be matched will depend on 
these performance conditions being met. Details on the DSB are given on page 68.

Grant date

Deferred Share Bonus Plan

12.04.07

02.05.08

23.04.09

05.05.10

11.05.11

10.05.12

02.07.13

30.04.14

29.04.15

03.05.16

02.05.17

13.04.18

24.04.19

Market
price at 
date of 
grant (p)

Number of 
 DSB matching 
shares at
1 January
2019

Remaining
life
1 January
2019

Issued

Lapsed

Exercised

Number of
 DSB matching 
shares at
31 December
2019

Remaining
life
31 December
2019

18.25

35.50

34.00

40.32

83.00

70.63

74.13

126.00

141.50

183.00

264.10

306.77

328.75

 11,187 

 13,640 

 19,416 

 16,120 

 9,858 

 10,562 

 102,070 

 85,991 

 141,051 

 318,567 

 272,369 

 285,413 

–

1,286,244 

– 

–

0.3

1.3

2.4

3.4

4.5

5.3

6.3

 7.3 

 8.3 

 9.3 

–

–

– 

–

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

–

– 

–

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

(4,428)

– 

(1,051)

–

(1,853)

–

(4,514)

(1,218)

 6,759 

13,640 

18,365 

16,120 

8,005 

10,562 

97,556 

84,773 

(23,635)

117,416 

(556)

(25,675)

292,336 

(5,562)

(13,803)

253,004 

(14,131)

(135,419)

135,863 

275,800 

275,800 

(14,436)

(9,986)

251,378 

(34,685)

(221,582)

1,305,777 

–

–

– 

0.3

1.4

2.4

3.5

4.3

5.3

6.3

7.3

8.3

9.3

The weighted average remaining contractual life of the DSBs outstanding at 31 December 2019 is 6.5 years (2018: 6.9 years).

122  Advanced Medical Solutions Group plc Annual Report 2019

 
 
 
 
Outstanding at beginning of the year

Issued

Exercised

Lapsed

Outstanding at end of the year

Exercisable at end of year

The exercise price of the matching shares is £nil.

2019
Number of
Options

2018
Number of
Options

1,286,244

1,155,699

275,800

290,008

(221,582)

(152,843)

(34,685)

(6,620)

1,305,777

1,286,244

665,532

409,895

Deferred Annual Bonus Scheme (DAB)
The fair value of the DAB are calculated based on a Black-Scholes Merton model assuming the inputs below:

Grant date

Share price at grant date

Exercise price

Expected life

Contractual life

Risk-free rate

Expected volatility

Expected dividend yield

Probability of performance conditions

Fair value of option

21/05/2014

15/04/2015

18/04/2016

06/04/2017

13/04/2018

24/04/2019

115.4p

0p

3 yrs

10 yrs

0.80%

31%

0.7%

100%

115p

129.0p

0p

3 yrs

10 yrs

0.80%

31%

0.7%

100%

129p

184.6p

246.7p

308.0p

328.75p

0p

3 yrs

10 yrs

0.67%

25%

0.4%

100%

183p

0p

3 yrs

10 yrs

0.18%

23%

0.4%

100%

250p

0p

3 yrs

10 yrs

0.94%

25%

0.4%

100%

308p

0p

3 yrs

10 yrs

0.75%

26%

0.4%

100%

329p

The expected volatility was determined by calculating the historic volatility of the Group’s share price over the previous three years.

The DAB scheme began on 21 May 2014. Participants compulsorily defer part of their bonus for the relevant financial year and they 
vest at the end of a three-year period from the time of grant.

Grant date

Deferred Annual Bonus Plan

21.05.2014

15.04.2015

18.04.2016

06.04.2017

13.04.2018

24.04.2019

Market
price at 
date of 
grant (p)

Number of 
 DAB matching 
shares at
1 January
2019

Remaining
life
1 January
2019

Issued

Lapsed

Exercised

Number of
 DAB matching 
shares at
31 December
2019

Remaining
life
31 December
2019

115.40

129.00

184.60

246.70

308.00

328.75

 520 

 20,847 

 89,888 

 64,886 

 63,037 

– 

239,178 

 5.3 

 6.3 

 7.3 

 8.3 

 9.3 

– 

–

– 

–

– 

– 

 36,721 

 36,721 

–

– 

–

– 

– 

 – 

– 

– 

(8,454)

(71,422)

– 

– 

– 

 520 

 12,393 

 18,466 

 64,886 

 63,037 

 36,721 

(79,876)

 196,023 

4.3

5.3

6.3

7.3

8.3

9.3

The weighted average remaining contractual life of the DABs outstanding at 31 December 2019 is 7.8 years (2018: 7.5).

Outstanding at beginning of the year

Issued

Exercised

Lapsed

Outstanding at end of the year

Exercisable at end of year

2019
Number of
Options

2018
Number of
Options

239,178 

 233,587 

36,721 

(79,876)

– 

 63,037 

(57,446)

– 

196,023 

 239,178 

31,379 

 21,367 

30  Related party transactions
Transactions between the Company and its subsidiaries, which are related parties, have been eliminated on consolidation and there 
are no other related party transactions to disclose.

Advanced Medical Solutions Group plc Annual Report 2019 123

Financial StatementsGovernanceCompany OverviewStrategic Report 
 
 
 
Notes Forming Part of the Consolidated Financial Statements
continued

31  Acquisitions
On 31 January 2019 the Group acquired the entire issued share capital of Sealantis Limited, an Israel-based developer of an 
alginate-based tissue adhesive technology platform.

Identifiable net assets acquired

Technology-based Intangible assets

Property, plant and equipment

Other receivables

Cash and cash equivalents

Trade and other payables

Deferred tax on Intangible assets

Grant liability

Goodwill

Satisfied by

Cash consideration

Contingent consideration

£’000 

 15,012

 21 

 59 

 999 

(804) 

(2,402) 

(1,694) 

 9,615 

£’000

 19,407

 1,399 

 20,806 

Contingent consideration reflects the fair value of a royalty due to the sellers in each financial year up to 31st December 2027.

Net cash flow on acquisition

Cash consideration

Cash acquired

£’000

19,407 

(999) 

18,408 

None of the goodwill on the acquisition is expected to be deductible for income tax..

In the year ended 31 December 2019, Sealantis contributed no revenue to the Group and had an operating loss of £1,001,000. 
In addition, amortisation of intangible assets of £1,574,000 and a credit of £345,000 related to a revaluation of a long-term debt 
were recorded within the Group as a result of the acquisition. Had Sealantis been part of the Group since 1 January 2019, it would 
have contributed no revenue and £1,140,000 of operating loss. 

On 30 November 2019 the Group acquired the entire issued share capital of Biomatlante S.A. a French based developer and 
manufacturer of synthetic bone graft technologies.

Identifiable net assets acquired

Technology-based Intangible assets (Know-how)

Technology-based Intangible assets (Patents)

Customer-related Intangible assets

Development costs Intangible assets

Finance lease assets

Property, plant and equipment

Inventory

Trade receivables

Lease liabilities

Cash and cash equivalents

Trade and other payables

Loan and borrowings

Deferred tax on Intangible assets

Goodwill

Satisfied by

Cash consideration

124  Advanced Medical Solutions Group plc Annual Report 2019

£’000

 2,186 

 360 

 426 

30

 407 

 167

 682 

1,471

(430)

135

(1,441)

(1,267)

(742)

3,927

£’000

 5,911 

Net cash flow on acquisition

Cash consideration

Completion payment

Cash acquired

£’000

5,911

(39)

(135)

5,737

None of the goodwill on the acquisition is expected to be deductible for income tax.

In the year ended 31 December 2019, Biomatlante contributed £431,000 revenue to the Group and had an operating profit of 
£93,000. In addition, amortisation of intangible assets of £29,000 was recorded within the Group as a result of the acquisition. 
Had Biomatlante been part of the Group since 1 January 2019, it would have contributed £4,581,000 of revenue and £42,000 of 
operating profit.

32  Subsequent events
Subsequent to the Statement of Financial Position date, the Group has been impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic. The impact has 
been discussed on page 1.

Advanced Medical Solutions Group plc Annual Report 2019 125

Financial StatementsGovernanceCompany OverviewStrategic ReportCompany Statement of Financial Position
At 31 December 2019

Non-current assets

Investments in subsidiaries

Loans and other financial assets

Current assets

Investments

Trade and other receivables

Cash and cash equivalents

Current liabilities 

Trade and other payables

Net current assets

Net assets

Equity shareholders’ funds 

Share capital

Share premium 

Share-based payments reserve

Investment in own shares

Retained earnings

Equity attributable to equity holders of the parent

Company Statement of Changes in Equity
For the year ended 31 December 2019

Note

2019 
£’000

2018 
£’000

3

 58,017 

 255

52,147

415

 58,272 

 52,562 

4

5

6

 24,723 

 59,043 

 83,766 

3,380

71,676

 75,056 

(7,838)

 75,928 

(7,411)

67,645

 134,200 

 120,207 

 10,745 

 36,226 

 9,466 

(159)

10,674

35,192

7,333

(156)

 77,922 

67,164

 134,200 

 120,207 

Share 
premium 
£’000

Retained 
earnings 
£’000

Total 
£’000

 34,778 

 54,086 

 104,020 

At 1 January 2018

Share-based payments

Share options exercised

Shares purchased by EBT

Shares sold by EBT

Total comprehensive income

Dividends paid

At 31 December 2018

Share-based payments

Share options exercised

Shares purchased by EBT

Shares sold by EBT

Total comprehensive income

Dividends paid

At 31 December 2019

Share capital  

£’000

 10,632 

– 

 42 

– 

– 

– 

– 

Share-based 
payments 
£’000

 4,676 

 1,659 

 998 

– 

– 

– 

– 

Investment in 
own shares  

£’000

(152)

– 

– 

(600)

 596 

– 

– 

– 

 414 

– 

– 

– 

– 

10,674

7,333

(156)

35,192

– 

 71 

– 

– 

– 

– 

 1,856 

277

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

(603)

 600 

– 

– 

– 

 1,034 

– 

– 

– 

– 

10,745

9,466

(159)

36,226

– 

– 

– 

– 

 15,570 

(2,492)

67,164

– 

– 

– 

– 

13,766

(3,008)

77,922

 1,659 

 1,454 

(600)

 596 

 15,570 

(2,492)

120,207

 1,856 

 1,382 

(603)

 600 

 13,766 

(3,008)

134,200

The Company reported a net profit for the year ended 31 December 2019 of £13.8 million (2018: £15.6 million).

The financial statements of Advanced Medical Solutions Group plc (registration number 2867684) on pages 126 to 130 were 
approved by the Board of Directors and authorised for issue on 7 May 2020 and were signed on its behalf by:

C Meredith
Chief Executive Officer

126  Advanced Medical Solutions Group plc Annual Report 2019

 
 
Notes to the Company Financial Statements
Year ended 31 December 2019

Significant accounting policies

1 
Basis of preparation
These Financial Statements were prepared in accordance with Financial Reporting Standard 101 Reduced Disclosure Framework 
(‘FRS 101’). In preparing these Financial Statements, the Company applies the recognition, measurement and disclosure 
requirements of International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the EU (‘Adopted IFRSs’), but makes amendments where 
necessary in order to comply with Companies Act 2006 and has set out below where the advantage of the FRS 101 disclosure 
exemptions have been taken.

As permitted by FRS 101, the Company has taken advantage of the disclosure exemptions available under that standard in relation 
to share-based payments, financial instruments, capital management, presentation of a Cash Flow Statement, presentation of 
comparative information in respect of certain assets, standards not yet effective, impairment of assets, business combinations, 
discontinued operations and related party transactions.

Critical judgements in applying the Company’s accounting policies and areas of key 
estimation uncertainty
In the process of applying the Company’s accounting policies, which are described below, no judgements have been made by 
the Directors, nor do any areas of key estimation uncertainty exist that have a significant effect on the amounts recognised in the 
Financial Statements. 

Impairment of investments and intragroup receivables
Investment and receivable carrying values are reviewed for impairment if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the 
carrying amount of an asset or cash-generating unit is not recoverable. Recoverable amount is the higher of fair value, as supported 
by management valuation, less costs to sell and value in use. In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash flows are 
discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money 
and risks specific to the asset for which the estimates of future cash flows have not been adjusted.

Investments in subsidiaries
Investments in subsidiaries are shown at cost less provision for impairment.

Foreign currencies
Transactions in currencies other than Pounds Sterling are recorded at the rates of exchange prevailing on the dates of the 
transactions. At each Statement of Financial Position date, monetary assets and liabilities that are denominated in foreign currencies 
are retranslated at the rates prevailing on the Statement of Financial Position date. Non-monetary items that are measured in terms 
of historical cost in a foreign currency are not retranslated. Gains and losses arising on retranslation are included in the profit or loss 
for the period.

Taxation
Tax on the profit or loss for the period comprises current and deferred tax.

Current tax
Current tax is the expected tax payable on the taxable income for the year, using tax rates enacted or substantively enacted at the 
reporting date, and any adjustment to tax payable in respect of previous years.

Deferred tax
Deferred tax is recognised in respect of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial 
reporting purposes and the amounts used for taxation purposes. Temporary differences in respect to the initial recognition of assets 
and liabilities that affect neither accounting nor taxable profit are not provided for. The amount of deferred tax provided is based 
on the expected manner of realisation or settlement of the carrying amount of assets and liabilities, using tax rates enacted or 
substantively enacted at the reporting date.

Trade and other creditors
Trade and other creditors are non-interest bearing and recognised initially at fair value. Subsequent to initial recognition they are 
measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method.

Finance charges
Finance charges comprise interest payable on interest-bearing loans and borrowings and fair value losses on interest rate swap 
derivative financial instruments. Finance charges are recognised in the Income Statement on an effective interest method.

Financial instruments
Financial assets and financial liabilities are recognised in the Company’s Statement of Financial Position when the Company 
becomes a party to the contractual provisions of the instrument. Financial assets are derecognised when the contractual rights to 
the cash flows from the financial assets expire or are transferred. Financial liabilities are derecognised when the obligation specified 
in the contract is discharged, cancelled or expires.

Advanced Medical Solutions Group plc Annual Report 2019 127

Financial StatementsGovernanceCompany OverviewStrategic ReportNotes to the Company Financial Statements
continued

Derivatives
The Company uses derivative financial instruments to hedge its exposure to interest rate risks arising from operational, financing 
and investment activities. In accordance with its treasury policy, the Company does not hold or issue derivative financial 
instruments for trading purposes. However, derivatives that do not qualify for hedge accounting are accounted for as trading 
instruments. Derivative financial instruments are recognised initially at fair value and re-measured at each period end. The gain or 
loss on re-measurement to fair value is recognised immediately in the Income Statement. The Company has elected not to apply 
hedge accounting. Forward currency contracts are recognised at fair value in the Statement of Financial Position with movements 
in fair value recognised in the Income Statement for the period. The fair value of the instruments is the estimated amount that 
the Company would receive or pay to terminate the swap at the reporting date, taking into account current interest rates and the 
respective risk profiles of the swap counterparties.

Derivatives are presented as assets when the fair values are positive and as liabilities when the fair values are negative.

A derivative is presented as a non-current asset or a non-current liability if the remaining maturity of the instrument is more than 
12 months and it is not expected to be realised or settled within 12 months.

Share-based payments
The Company has applied the requirements of IFRS 2 Share-based payments.

The Company issues equity-settled share-based payments to certain employees. Equity-settled share-based payments are 
measured at fair value at the date of grant. The fair value determined at the grant date of the equity-settled share-based payments 
is expensed on a straight-line basis over the vesting period. At each Statement of Financial Position date, the Company revises its 
estimate of the number of equity instruments expected to vest as a result of the effect of non-market based vesting conditions. 
The impact of the revision of the original estimates, if any, is recognised in profit or loss such that the cumulative expense reflects 
the revised estimates with a corresponding adjustment to the equity-settled employee benefits reserve.

Income statement

2 
As permitted by section 408 of the Companies Act 2006 the Company has elected not to present its own Income Statement for 
the year. Advanced Medical Solutions Group plc reported a profit for the financial year ended 31 December 2019 of £13,766,000 
(2018: Profit of £15,570,000).

The Auditor’s remuneration for audit and other services is disclosed in Note 7 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

The average number of employees in the year was 16 (2018: 16), all of whom were classified as Administration (2018: same). 
The Directors’ remuneration is detailed in Note 9 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Staff costs for all employees, including Executive Directors, consists of:

Wages and salaries

Social Security costs

Pension costs

Share-based payments (see Note 29)

3 

Investments in subsidiaries

Cost

At 1 January 2019 

Additions in the year

At 31 December 2019

Provisions for impairment

At 1 January 2019

At 31 December 2019

Net Book value

At 31 December 2019

At 31 December 2018

Year ended  
31 December 
2019 
£’000

Year ended  
31 December 
2018 
£’000

1,400,081

 3,355,650 

552,613

85,780

 512,247 

 102,872 

1,855,688

 1,659,409 

 3,894,162 

 5,630,178 

Investments
in subsidiaries
£’000

80,817

5,870

86,687

28,670

28,670

58,017

52,147

Additions in the year represent the acquisition of Biomatlante S.A.

Shares in Group undertakings and loans to Group undertakings have been written down to recognise losses in subsidiary companies.

128  Advanced Medical Solutions Group plc Annual Report 2019

Investments in subsidiaries continued

3 
The following were subsidiary undertakings at the end of the year and have all been included in the consolidated accounts.

Name

Country of operation

Proportion of
voting rights and
ordinary share
capital held

Nature of business

Registered address

Advanced Medical Solutions 
Limited

England

100%

Development and manufacture 
of medical products

Advanced Medical Solutions 
(UK) Limited

England

100%

Holding Company

Advanced Medical Solutions 
Trustee Company Limited

England

100%

Trustee Company

Advanced Medical Solutions 
(Plymouth) Limited

England

100%

Dormant

Advanced Healthcare 
Systems Limited

England

100%*

Dormant

MedLogic Global Holdings 
Limited

England

100%¶

Holding Company

Innovative Technologies 
Limited

England

100%‡

Dormant

Premier Park, 33 Road One, 
Winsford Industrial Estate, 
Winsford, Cheshire, CW7 3RT, 
United Kingdom
Premier Park, 33 Road One, 
Winsford Industrial Estate, 
Winsford, Cheshire, CW7 3RT, 
United Kingdom
Premier Park, 33 Road One, 
Winsford Industrial Estate, 
Winsford, Cheshire, CW7 3RT, 
United Kingdom
Premier Park, 33 Road One, 
Winsford Industrial Estate, 
Winsford, Cheshire, CW7 3RT, 
United Kingdom
Premier Park, 33 Road One, 
Winsford Industrial Estate, 
Winsford, Cheshire, CW7 3RT, 
United Kingdom
Premier Park, 33 Road One, 
Winsford Industrial Estate, 
Winsford, Cheshire, CW7 3RT, 
United Kingdom
Premier Park, 33 Road One, 
Winsford Industrial Estate, 
Winsford, Cheshire, CW7 3RT, 
United Kingdom
Munnikenheiweg 35, 4879 NE 
Etten-Leur, Netherlands
Am Flachmoor 16, 90475 
Nuremberg, Germany
Am Flachmoor 16, 90475 
Nuremberg, Germany
Haltravska No. 9/578, 34401, 
Domazlice, Czech Republic

Advanced Medical Solutions 
BV
Advanced Medical Solutions 
(Germany) GmbH
Resorba Medical GmbH

Netherlands

100%

Germany

100%^

Germany

100%#

Resorba s.r.o.

Czech Republic

100%#

Resorba ooo

Advanced Medical Solutions 
Israel (Sealantis) Limited
Biomatlante S.A

MPN Medizin Produkte 
Neustadt GmbH
Advanced Medical Solutions 
(USA) Inc

Russia

Israel

100%#

100%*~

France

100%~

Germany

100%#

USA

100%¶

Development and manufacture 
of medical products
Holding Company

Development and manufacture 
of medical products
Manufacture and sales office of 
medical products
Sales office of medical products Fadeeva Str. 5, 125047  

Development and manufacture 
of medical products
Development and manufacture 
of medical products
Manufacture of medical products Sierkdorfer Str. 15, 23730,  

Moscow, Russia
Malat Building, Technion City, 
Haifa, Israel 3200004
5, Rue Edouard Belin, 44360 
Vigneux de Bretagne, France

Marketing support of medical 
products

Neustadt in Holstein, Germany
2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, 
Wilmington, Newcastle, 19808, 
Delaware, USA
Premier Park, 33 Road One, 
Winsford Industrial Estate, 
Winsford, Cheshire, CW7 3RT, 
United Kingdom

Advanced Medical Solutions 
(Europe) Limited

England

100%

Providing financial support to 
other Group entities

*  Held indirectly through Advanced Medical Solutions Limited.
‡  Held indirectly through MedLogic Global Holdings Limited.
^ s.291 of German Commercial Code invoked: No consolidated financial statements prepared for the German companies.
¶ Held indirectly through Advanced Medical Solutions (Plymouth) Limited.
# Held indirectly through Advanced Medical Solutions (Germany) GmbH.
~ Acquired during the financial year ended 31 December 2019.
The above table reflects the situation at the year-end.

Advanced Medical Solutions Group plc Annual Report 2019 129

Financial StatementsGovernanceCompany OverviewStrategic ReportNotes to the Company Financial Statements
continued

4  Trade and other receivables

Due within one year

Prepayments and accrued income

Other receivables

Amounts due from Group undertakings

Derivative financial instruments

Amounts Owed by Group undertakings

At 1 January

Movement

At 31 December

Provisions for impairment

At 1 January

At 31 December

Net book value

At 31 December

5  Creditors: amounts falling due within one year

Amounts owed to group undertakings

Accruals and deferred income

Derivative financial instruments

2019 
£’000

2018 
£’000

179

–

24,423

121

24,723

2019 
£’000

5,234

 21,529 

26,763

412

74

 2,894 

–

3,380

2018 
£’000

4,925

309

5,234

2,340

2,340

2,340

2,340

 24,423 

2,894 

2019 
£’000

6,232

1,606

–

 7,838 

2018 
£’000

 3,922 

 3,474 

 15 

 7,411 

6  Share capital
Details on the share capital of the Company are provided in Note 27 on page 118 in the Notes to the Group’s accounts.

7  Share-based payments 
The charge for share-based payments under IFRS 2 arises across the following schemes:

Unapproved Executive Share Option Scheme, Enterprise Management Incentive Scheme and  
Company Share Option Scheme

Long-Term Incentive Plan

Deferred Share Bonus Scheme

2019 
£’000

265

748

843

2018 
£’000

136

936

587

 1,856 

 1,659 

Details on the share-based payments of the Company are provided in Note 29 on pages 119 to 123 in the Notes to the 
Group’s accounts.

130  Advanced Medical Solutions Group plc Annual Report 2019

 
 
 
 
 
Five Year Summary

Consolidated Income Statement (Pre-exceptional)

Revenue

Profit from operations

Profit attributable to equity holders of the parent

Basic earnings per share

Consolidated Statement of Financial Position

Net assets employed

Non-current assets

Current assets

Total liabilities

Net assets

Shareholders’ equity

Share capital & investment in own shares

Share-based payments reserve

Share-based payments deferred tax reserve

Share premium account

Other reserve

Hedging reserve

Translation reserve

Retained equity

Equity attributable to equity holders of the parent

2019
£m

2018
£m

 102.4 

 25.3 

 20.0 

9.3p

 115.2 

 111.8 

(35.7)

191.3

 10.6 

 9.5 

 0.6 

 36.2 

 1.5 

 0.6 

(0.2)

 132.5 

191.3

 102.6 

 28.9 

 22.9 

10.7p

 86.0 

 119.2 

(32.5)

172.7

 10.5 

 7.3 

 0.7 

 35.2 

 1.5 

(2.4)

 3.3 

 116.6 

 172.7 

2017
£m

 96.9 

 25.2 

 20.1 

9.5p

 84.5 

 94.5 

(26.7)

152.3

 10.5 

 4.7 

 0.8 

 34.8 

 1.5 

 0.6 

 2.8 

 96.6 

 152.3 

2016
£m

 82.6 

 19.1 

 15.7 

7.5p

 70.1 

 74.9 

(19.5)

125.5

 10.4 

 3.5 

 0.5 

 34.0 

 1.5 

(3.5)

 0.6 

 78.6 

 125.5 

2015
£m

 68.6 

 17.0 

 14.1 

6.8p

 62.7 

 53.9 

(12.9)

103.7

 10.3 

 2.3 

 0.4 

 33.2 

 1.5 

(0.5)

(8.2)

 64.7 

 103.7 

Advanced Medical Solutions Group plc Annual Report 2019 131

Financial StatementsGovernanceCompany OverviewStrategic ReportAdvisers

Nominated Advisor and Broker
Investec Bank plc 
30 Gresham Street 
London EC2V 7QN

Auditor
Deloitte LLP 
Statutory Auditor 
PO Box 500 
2 Hardman Street 
Manchester M60 2AT

Tax Adviser
PwC 
No. 1 Spinningfields 
1 Hardman Square 
Manchester M3 3EB

Bankers
HSBC 
99–101 Lord Street 
Liverpool L2 6PG

Royal Bank of Scotland 
2nd Floor 
1 Spinningfields Square 
Manchester M3 3AP

Patent Attorneys
Marks & Clerk 
Manchester Office 
1 New York Street 
Manchester M1 4HD

Foley & Lardner LLC 
975 Page Mill Square 
Palo Alto CA 94304–1013

Registrars and Transfer Office
Link Registrars 
The Registry 
34 Beckenham Road 
Beckenham 
Kent BR3 4TU

Public Relations
Consilium Strategic Communications 
41 Lothbury 
London EC2R 7HG

132  Advanced Medical Solutions Group plc Annual Report 2019

Designed and produced by Radley Yeldar www.ry.com

Printed by L&S Printing Company Ltd who are certified to ISO 14001 
environmental management system.

Printed using vegetable oil based inks.

This report is printed on GalerieArt Satin which contains material sourced 
from responsibly managed forests, certified in accordance with the FSC® 
(Forest Stewardship Council).

FSC® – Forest Stewardship Council. This ensures that there is an audited 
chain of custody from the tree in the well-managed forest through to the 
finished document in the printing factory.

ISO 14001. A pattern of control for an environmental management system 
against which an organisation can be accredited by a third party.

Registered Office:

Premier Park, 33 Road One  
Winsford Industrial Estate  
Winsford, Cheshire, CW7 3RT

Company Number: 2867684  
Tel: +44 (0)1606 863500  
Fax: +44 (0)1606 863600  
e-mail: info@admedsol.com

Web: www.admedsol.com